Avaya Definity SI Скачать руководство пользователя страница 798

Страница: 798 / 2968

Maintenance Object Repair Procedures

555-233-123

10-12

Issue 4 May 2002

22 (a)(b)(c)(d)(j)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

28 (a)(b)(c)(d)(e)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

29 (a)(b)(c)(k)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

31 (a)(b)(c)(g)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

34 (a)(b)(c)(l)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

38 (a)(b)(c)(m)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

40 (a)(b)(c)(l)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

41 (a)(b)(c)(m)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

42 (a)(b)(c)(l)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

43 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

44 (a)(b)(c)(l)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

50 (a)(b)(c)(d)(n)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

52 (a)(b)(c)(d)(o)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

54 (a)(b)(c)(o)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

58 (a)(b)(c)(l)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

65 (a)(b)(c)(d)(p)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

66 (a)(b)(c)(d)(p)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

69 (a)(b)(c)(d)(p)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

81 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

82 (a)(b)(c)(r)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

88 (a)(b)(c)(d)(s)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

91 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

95 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

96 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

97 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

98 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

99 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

100 (a)(b)(c)(q)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

102 (a)(b)(c)(i)

Any

None

Any

OFF

None

Table 10-6.

Administered Connection Error Log Entries — Continued

Error Type

Aux

Data

Associated

Test

Alarm

Level

On/Off

Board

Test to Clear

Value

Continued on next page

Содержание Definity SI

Страница 1: ...0DLQWHQDQFH IRU YD D 1 7 6HUYHU 6 Volumes 1 2 and 3 555 233 123 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 2: ...labor costs and or legal costs Responsibility for Your Company s Telecommunications Security The final responsibility for securing both this system and its net worked equipment rests with you Avaya s...

Страница 3: ...CC registration number and ringer equivalence number REN for this equipment If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices...

Страница 4: ...mpliant with FCC Part 68 but many have been registered with the FCC before the SDoC process was available A list of all Avaya registered products may be found at http www part68 org by conducting a se...

Страница 5: ...xxxii Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards xxxiii Trademarks and Service Marks xxxiv How to Order Documentation xxxv How to Comment on This Document xxxv Where to Call for Technical Support xxxvi 1...

Страница 6: ...ased Bulletin Board 3 22 DEC VT220 Terminal 3 25 4 Initialization and Recovery 4 1 Reset commands 4 1 Procedure for SPE Down Mode 4 8 Procedure for Duplication Interface Processing Element Communicati...

Страница 7: ...System Technician Commands for High and Critical Reliability Systems 6 15 Processor Complex Circuit Pack LED Strategies 6 19 Repair Procedures for High and Critical Reliability 6 21 Procedure for Inst...

Страница 8: ...3 busyout port 8 15 busyout pri endpoint 8 16 busyout sp link 8 17 busyout spe standby 8 18 busyout station 8 19 busyout tdm 8 21 busyout tone clock 8 22 busyout trunk 8 23 cancel hardware group 8 25...

Страница 9: ...communication interface processor channel 8 74 display disabled tests 8 76 display errors 8 77 display events 8 82 display failed ip network region 8 97 display firmware download 8 97 display initcaus...

Страница 10: ...list measurements clan ppp 8 158 list measurements clan sockets 8 160 list measurements ds 1 8 163 list measurements ip codec 8 167 list measurements ip dsp resource 8 171 list measurements ip signal...

Страница 11: ...lease packet control 8 259 release pms link 8 260 release port 8 261 release pri endpoint 8 262 release sp link 8 263 release spe standby 8 264 release station 8 265 release tdm 8 266 release tone clo...

Страница 12: ...us administered connection 8 301 status attendant 8 302 status audits 8 303 status bri port 8 311 status card mem 8 318 status cdr link 8 321 status clan port 8 322 status cleared alarm notif 8 322 st...

Страница 13: ...endpoint 8 411 test alarms 8 412 test analog testcall 8 417 test board 8 420 test card mem 8 422 test cdr link 8 425 test customer alarm 8 426 test data module 8 428 test ds1 loop 8 430 test duplicati...

Страница 14: ...est synchronization 8 487 test tdm 8 489 test tone clock 8 491 test trunk 8 493 test tsc administered 8 495 traceroute 8 496 upgrade software 8 499 9 Packet Bus Fault Isolation and Correction 9 1 Gene...

Страница 15: ...PT AUDIX Analog Line Control Link 10 34 ALARM PT ALARM PORT 10 43 ANL 24 L 24 Port Analog Line 10 44 ANL 16 L 16 Port Neon Analog Line 10 63 ANL BD Analog Line Circuit Pack 10 85 ANL LINE 8 Port Analo...

Страница 16: ...wered Systems 10 360 CARR POW Carrier Port Power Unit for DC Powered Systems 10 377 CLAN BD Control LAN Circuit Pack 10 393 CLSFY BD Call Classifier Circuit Pack 10 411 CLSFY PT Call Classifier Port 1...

Страница 17: ...al Line 10 722 EMG XFER 10 733 EPN SNTY EPN Sanity Audit 10 737 ERR LOG Error Log 10 739 ETH PT Control LAN Ethernet 10 740 ETR PT Enhanced Tone Receiver Port 10 752 EXP INTF Expansion Interface Circu...

Страница 18: ...RES TN802 reserve slot 10 1068 MEDPRO Media Processor MAPD Circuit Pack 10 1069 MEDPROPT TN802 TN2302 MED PRO DSP PORT 10 1081 MEM BD Memory 10 1089 MEMORY 10 1095 MIS Management Information System 1...

Страница 19: ...PPP PT Control LAN Packet Port 10 1352 PR MAINT Maintenance Processor TN2404 TN790 RISC Systems 10 1366 PR MAINT Maintenance Processor 10 1385 PR MEM TN2404 TN790 RISC Memory 10 1400 PRI CDR SEC CDR...

Страница 20: ...TN2185 ISDN Trunk Side BRI 10 1686 TDMODULE Trunk Data Module 10 1698 TDM BUS TDM Bus 10 1699 TDM CLK TDM Bus Clock 10 1721 TIE BD Tie Trunk Circuit Pack 10 1736 TIE DS1 DS1 Tie Trunk 10 1737 TIE TRK...

Страница 21: ...A 2 busyout cdr link A 3 busyout data module A 4 busyout journal printer A 5 busyout link A 5 busyout mis A 6 busyout modem pool A 7 busyout packet control A 8 busyout pms link A 8 busyout port A 9 bu...

Страница 22: ...isplay errors A 39 display initcauses A 43 display memory configuration A 43 display port A 44 display synchronization A 44 display system parameters maintenance A 45 display time A 45 download update...

Страница 23: ...e journal printer A 64 release link A 65 release mis A 65 release modem pool A 66 release packet control A 67 release pms link A 68 release port A 68 release pri endpoint A 69 release sp link A 70 rel...

Страница 24: ...s card mem A 96 status cdr link A 97 status cleared alarm notif A 98 status data module A 98 status hardware group A 99 status health A 99 status interface A 100 status isdn testcall A 101 status jour...

Страница 25: ...t duplication interface A 123 test environment A 124 test hardware group A 124 test inads link A 127 test interface A 127 test isdn testcall A 129 test journal printer A 130 test led A 131 test link A...

Страница 26: ...233 123 xxvi Issue 4 May 2002 test station A 145 test synchronization A 146 test tdm A 147 test tone clock A 148 test trunk A 149 test tsc administered A 150 traceroute A 151 upgrade software A 153 I...

Страница 27: ...raditional methods include terminal substitution visual inspections continuity checks and clarification of operating procedures with users The information in this book is intended for use by a mainten...

Страница 28: ...All physical dimensions in this book are in English Foot Pound Second FPS followed by the metric Centimeter Grams Second CGS in parenthesis Wire gauge measurements are in AWG followed by the diameter...

Страница 29: ...set up the terminals Chapter 4 Initialization and Recovery describes the various reset and reboot processes and discusses how these processes are used to perform maintenance and to recover systems or...

Страница 30: ...or Common Port Circuit Pack maintenance which is XXX BD The XXX BD section contains a set of common tests used by certain circuit packs listed in the section The common portion of these circuit packs...

Страница 31: ...the system Class 1 Laser Device The Avaya DEFINITY Server SI contains a Class 1 Laser device if single mode fiber optic cable is connected to a remote Expansion Port Network EPN The LASER device oper...

Страница 32: ...his document complies with the following as appropriate ITU T Formerly CCITT ECMA ETSI IPNS DPNSS National ISDN 1 National ISDN 2 ISO 9000 ANSI FCC Part 15 and Part 68 EN55022 EN50081 EN50082 CISPR22...

Страница 33: ...ce The system conforms to the following Electromagnetic compatibility General Immunity Standard part 1 residential commercial light industry EN50082 1 CENELEC 1991 Issue 1 1984 and Issue 2 1992 Electr...

Страница 34: ...h 25 Hz ring generator AC powered Compact Single Carrier Cabinet CSCC with 25 Hz ring generator Enhanced DC Power System Trademarks and Service Marks The following are trademarks or registered tradema...

Страница 35: ...of PictureTel Corporation ProShare registered trademark of Intel Corporation UNIX trademark of X Open Corporation Zydacron registration pending for Zydacron Corporation How to Order Documentation In...

Страница 36: ...Fraud Intervention 1 800 643 2353 Avaya Technical Service Center maintenance repair 1 800 242 2121 Avaya Corporate Security 1 800 822 9009 1 925 224 3401 North America 1 800 248 1111 Central Latin Ame...

Страница 37: ...ation on the system s overall functions For detailed descriptions of components and subsystems refer to related topics in Chapter 10 Maintenance Object Repair Procedures How to use the Maintenance boo...

Страница 38: ...vel Description Reported to INADS Reported to console What action to take MAJOR Critical service degradation Y Yes after 4 attempts to call INADS Immediate attention MINOR Some service degradation but...

Страница 39: ...e alarmed port address 5 Type display errors and press Enter A query screen appears where you can chose to see all the errors or restrict the list to certain kinds of errors Except for warning levels...

Страница 40: ...een 13 Find the Port Diagnostic Test 35 from Test No in the DID TRK section of the Maintenance book Note the Error Code 61472 MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the unive...

Страница 41: ...FAIL Battery feed test failed A problem with the incoming CO line was detected 1 Check the incoming CO line for proper operation If warranted refer the problem to the CO 2 If the CO line checks out O...

Страница 42: ...al sensors represent larger subsystems or sets of monitors Finally some MOs such as SYNChronization represent processes or a combination of processes and hardware Maintenance names are recorded in the...

Страница 43: ...t error When an error counter is active greater than zero there is a maintenance record for the MO Alarms are classified as MAJOR MINOR or WARNING depending on the effect on system operation They are...

Страница 44: ...hours so as not to interfere with calls Fixed interval Background tests performed by software maintenance at regular time intervals these intervals cannot be administered These tests run concurrently...

Страница 45: ...ommunications contains seven layers each with a specific function Communications to and through the system concern themselves only with layers 1 and 2 of the model Layer 1 or the physical layer covers...

Страница 46: ...A MODULE DATA MODULE DATA MODULE DTE DTE DATA MODULE DS1 PORT 1 D I G I T A L P O R T RAW BITS RS232C DS1 FORMAT DCP DMI ASCII 2 P O R T D S 1 DTE T R U N K P O R T A N A L O G ADU ADU DTE E I A P O R...

Страница 47: ...pped at the port The DS1 protocol can be inserted at the originating outgoing trunk port and stripped at the destination port Digital Communications Protocol DCP A standard for a 3 channel link This p...

Страница 48: ...on appears in one of two forms 1 Raw digital data where the physical layer protocols like DCP are stripped at the incoming port and reinserted at the outgoing port 2 Pulse Code Modulation PCM encoded...

Страница 49: ...ge 1 14 Table 1 4 Protocol States for Data Communication Transmis sion Type Incoming DTE to DCE OSI Layer Protocols DTE to DCE DCE to System Port Inside System Analog Modem 1 RS 232 RS 449 or V 35 ana...

Страница 50: ...ystem port data is identical to digital line data Data entering the system at a DCP line port can exit at an EIA port Conversely data entering the system at an EIA port can exit at any DCP line port T...

Страница 51: ...assurance that at least one party on the call can control the dropping of the call This avoids locking up circuits on a call where no party is able to send a disconnect signal to the system Internal...

Страница 52: ...utters indicating a denial If transferring to a DCS trunk the denial may drop the call since the transfer is allowed and the other system is queried for disconnect supervision Analog Station Transfer...

Страница 53: ...m 5000 feet 1524 m 7000 feet 2130 m 12 000 feet 3654 m 20 000 feet 6100 m 40 000 feet 12200 m RS 449 Processor Interface to Processor Interface 19 2 kbps 9 6 kbps 4 8 kbps 2 4 kbps 200 feet 61 m 400...

Страница 54: ...Category A Data modules to terminals or cluster controller Data module in ASCII emulation mode 64 kbps 9 6 kbps 500 feet 152 m ISDN BRI Communication interface to ISDN BRI S T ISDN BRI U 64 kbps 160 k...

Страница 55: ...tation or CO trunk to digital interface DS0 relative to loss at 1 kHz for the United States NOTE The following numbers apply only to DCP or BRI station types They do not apply to IP stations Table 1 8...

Страница 56: ...llowing numbers apply only to DCP or BRI station types They do not apply to IP stations Table 1 10 Insertion Loss for the United States Typical Connections NominalLoss dB at 1 kHz On premises to on pr...

Страница 57: ...uantization Distortion Loss Table 1 13 lists the quantization distortion loss in the system for analog port to analog port NOTE The following numbers apply only to DCP or BRI station types They do not...

Страница 58: ...ingle Frequency Return Loss SFRL performance is usually dominated by termination and or loop input impedances The system provides an acceptable level of echo performance if the ERL and SFRL are met Ta...

Страница 59: ...microwave systems 7 0Z Partially protected private communications microwave systems 8 0X Port for ancillary equipment 9 0F Fully protected terminal equipment 9 0P Partially protected terminal equipme...

Страница 60: ...ger Equivalency Numbers RENs and types of network jacks that connect a line to a rear panel connector on a carrier Table 1 15 Analog Private Line and Trunk Port Circuit Packs Circuit Pack FIC Service...

Страница 61: ...The Vistium Personal Conferencing System is supported either through the 8510T BRI terminal or directly through the Vistium TMBRI PC board Using the World Class Core WCC BRI interface most desktop mu...

Страница 62: ...Maintenance Architecture 555 233 123 1 26 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 63: ...nd supported by the DEFINITY Servers Where appropriate detailed information down to the circuit pack level is provided This chapter also discusses the power sources required to enable the various comp...

Страница 64: ...vice fails The time and extent of the holdover varies according to the type of cabinet and to whether or not the system has a duplicated control complex Table 2 1 summarizes the response to the interr...

Страница 65: ...ets are dropped Table 2 2 Response to Power Service Interruption with an Internal Holdover Battery System and Configuration Cabinet Holdover for Entire Cabinet in seconds Holdover for Entire Control C...

Страница 66: ...power is restored in less than 250 milliseconds no calls are dropped If power is restored between 250 milliseconds and two minutes all calls are dropped and memory is maintained However since the tone...

Страница 67: ...he typical maintenance tasks that can be performed from them This chapter discusses the following topics Management Terminals System Login Procedure Password Aging Administrable Logins System Logoff P...

Страница 68: ...any time the terminal may be disconnected from the Duplication Interface circuit pack A and connected directly to the active processor circuit pack by attaching the terminal to the connector labeled T...

Страница 69: ...he permissible entries the user can input for that field This key can be pressed at thanker command level to obtain a list of all commands System Login Procedure To log into the system 1 Turn on the a...

Страница 70: ...ssful login enter command appears on the screen You can enter a command A command is made up of multiple words that are typed on the keyboard and that instruct the system to perform a particular task...

Страница 71: ...Login type Service level Disable following a security violation value Access to Inads Port value Password aging cycle length Facility test call notification and acknowledgment Remote access notificat...

Страница 72: ...aged starting with the date the password was created or changed and continuing for a specified number of days 1 to 99 If a login is added or removed the Security Measurement reports are not updated un...

Страница 73: ...add login name and press Enter to access the Login Administration screen 2 Enter your super user password in the Password of Login Making Change field on the Login Administration screen The login nam...

Страница 74: ...in this field password aging does not apply to the login 10 Decide whether or not to leave y in the Facility Test Call Notification field If y is selected the user receives notification at logoff tha...

Страница 75: ...ord in the Password of Login Making Change field on the Login Administration screen The 3 to 6 character login name entered with change login name appears in the Login s Name field 3 Enter customer in...

Страница 76: ...aging does not apply to the login Administering Login Command Permissions Login permissions for a specified login can be set by the super user to block any object that may compromise switch security...

Страница 77: ...r Maintain Process Circuit Packs fields 3 A super user with full super user permissions super user administering the login cannot have the Additional Restrictions field set to y for his her own login...

Страница 78: ..._______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ _______________________ ______________________ ____________...

Страница 79: ...git conversion X ars digit conversion X ars route chosen X ars toll X attendant X X bcms agent X bcms loginIDs X bcms split X bcms trunk X bcms vdn X board X bri port X bridged extensions X bulletin b...

Страница 80: ...cor X X cos X coverage answer group X X coverage groups X coverage path X X customer alarm X data module X X X X dialplan X digit absorption X display format X X do not disturb group X do not disturb...

Страница 81: ...intercom group X X interface MIPS Only X X intra switch cdr X X isdn cpn prefix X isdn network facilities X isdn testcall X isdn tsc gateway X ixc codes X journal printer X led X link X X listed direc...

Страница 82: ...uting X X packet control MIPS Only X X packet interface MIPS Only X paging code calling ids X X paging loudspeaker X password X periodic scheduled X permissions X personal CO line X X pgate X X pickup...

Страница 83: ...terminal parameters 603 302B1 X terminal parameters 8400 X test schedule X X time X time of day X toll X toll all X toll restricted call X toll list X toll unrestricted call X tone clock X trunk X X...

Страница 84: ...eup station X wakeup log X Table 3 2 Command Permissions screen Entries Administer Permissions Object Action Add Change Display Enable Remove login X X X X X permissions X Table 3 1 Command Permission...

Страница 85: ...eviated dialing 7103A buttons X X X abbreviated dialing enhanced X X X abbreviated dialing group X X X abbreviated dialing personal X X abbreviated dialing system X X X alias station X attendant X X X...

Страница 86: ...ysis X aar digit conversion X access endpoint X X X X announcements X ars analysis X ars digit conversion X ars toll X digit absorption X meas selection route pattern X meas selection trunk group X me...

Страница 87: ...res that present a significant security risk are enabled A message appears on the system administration maintenance interface Additionally you can be required to acknowledge the notification before th...

Страница 88: ...board service provides an easy interface for the customer and Avaya to leave messages on the system The bulletin board feature makes it easy for the customer to communicate with Avaya and vise versa F...

Страница 89: ...oard Messages Entered After the next command is entered the command prompt appears User Considerations Only one user at a time may edit a message on the bulletin board The user must have the proper pe...

Страница 90: ...ines that cause two or more consecutive blank lines the bulletin board is automatically reorganized upon submittal Two or more blank lines are consolidated into a single blank line If a blank line is...

Страница 91: ...ns are shown in Table 3 5 Table 3 5 Keyboard Definitions for the DEC VT220 Terminal Function VT220 Key Escape Sequence Help Help ESC 28 Previous Page Previous Screen ESC 5 Next Page Next Screen ESC 6...

Страница 92: ...Management Terminals 555 233 123 3 26 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 93: ...commands are discussed in Chapter 8 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids A system is reset due to a loss of power or via one of the following reset commands at the administration terminal M...

Страница 94: ...ceed with the restart If the LMM does not proceed with the restart the system goes into SPE Down Mode In failure cases the appropriate part for example the Processor circuit pack should be replaced Yo...

Страница 95: ...ns reload from translation card Depending on the translations the reloading process could take from five to 30 seconds Thereafter all port circuit packs are reset and all telephone sessions drop Telep...

Страница 96: ...are reset and all telephone sessions drop Telephones begin to reconnect to the switch within 30 seconds In a large system reconnection of all telephones may take up to five minutes Typical display TN2...

Страница 97: ...ions drop Telephones begin to reconnect to the switch within 30 seconds In a large system reconnection of all telephones may take up to five minutes Scheduled maintenance is initiated MEMORY FUNCTIONA...

Страница 98: ...ODULE A PARITY TEST PASSED MEMORY MODULE A BURST TEST PASSED MEMORY MODULE A COUPLE TEST PASSED MEMORY MODULE B STUCK BIT TEST PASSED MEMORY MODULE B PARITY TEST PASSED MEMORY MODULE B BURST TEST PASS...

Страница 99: ...ed in one of the following three ways a System Technician Demanded use the reset system interchange command b Scheduled Maintenance c Software Requested The software requests the interchange when it d...

Страница 100: ...cessor The administration terminal which connects directly to the processor in a standard reliability system and to DUPINT A in a high or critical reliability system provides a very limited interface...

Страница 101: ...affects the other All three of the following methods should be employed to determine where the fatal fault lies 1 Use display alarms command Issuing the display alarms a b command at the administratio...

Страница 102: ...n restarting the system using the reset command causes the system to go down again 2 In a High or Critical Reliability system select a carrier to repair first When it is possible to accurately determi...

Страница 103: ...ks To Replace PROC_BD 1 Processor 2 Network Control MEM_BUS 1 Processor 2 Network Control PROC_MEM 1 Processor OFFBD_MEM 1 Processor 2 Network Control INVALID_ERR 1 Processor 2 Network Control MAINT_B...

Страница 104: ...sing Element Communication down The system may continue to function on one of the SPEs However the system is not able to provide any interface to the administration terminal If the system is still pro...

Страница 105: ...ed to INADS After logging off INADS automatically reactivates and any unresolved alarms are reported to INADS Also when logged in as craft an automatic logoff of the terminal occurs after 30 minutes o...

Страница 106: ...ide the latch pin upward to unlock the locking lever 3 Pull down on the locking lever until the circuit pack disconnects from its socket 4 Pull the circuit pack just enough to break contact with the b...

Страница 107: ...this circuit pack is handled remove the translation card 1 Check that the card in use LED is not lighted Otherwise removing the memory card may damage the data recorded on it 2 Carefully pull the tra...

Страница 108: ...circuit pack is shown to be a part of the Active Expansion Interface Link use the set expansion link PCSS command to make the current Standby link the Active one EPN Tone Clock Circuit Packs If the EP...

Страница 109: ...Power Procedures on the circuit pack and in EMBEDDED AUDIX documentation EMBEDDED AUDIX System Power Procedures Manually Power Down AUDIX System A yellow caution sticker on the system s power unit not...

Страница 110: ...slation card is in the TN777B Network Control circuit pack 1 At the administration terminal type save translation and press Enter 2 In a standard reliability system on the processor circuit pack in th...

Страница 111: ...e power from the cabinet 1 Turn off the power in each cabinet individually The ON OFF power switch is located behind the power unit WP 91153 Power Unit for an AC powered system 676B Power Unit for a D...

Страница 112: ...ystem 4 System Reboot in Chapter 4 Initialization and Recovery 4 After the system reboot is finished and all trouble is cleared return the EMER XFER Emergency Transfer switch es to AUTO This restores...

Страница 113: ...em reboot is finished and all trouble is cleared return the Emergency Transfer switch to AUTO This restores the system to the normal operating mode Power Up the AUDIX System 1 Using a pointed object s...

Страница 114: ...lted due to overload conditions However the power supply continues to provide other output voltages 5V DC and 48 V DC to circuit packs and does not completely shut down as earlier power supplies do if...

Страница 115: ...t see Replacing power supplies and fans 13 Reboot the system 14 When the system reboot has completed return the EMER XFER Emergency Transfer switch to AUTO restores the system to the normal operating...

Страница 116: ...ore replacing the new power supply ensure that the ring generator slide switch on the bottom of the unit is set to the appropriate frequency Table 5 1 6 Slide the unit into the slot and ensure that bo...

Страница 117: ...wing procedures and Figure 5 1 Figure 5 1 631AR or 631BR AC Power Unit 1 Set the power switch to OFF and unplug the power cord 2 Move the locking slide on the power unit all the way to the left and un...

Страница 118: ...position the rocker is down on the side adjacent to the number 5 Move the locking slide on the replacement power unit to the extreme left position and open the locking lever 6 Insert the power unit in...

Страница 119: ...n and unlatch the locking lever 3 Remove the power unit from the carrier 4 Move the locking slide on the replacement power unit to the extreme left position and open the locking lever 5 Insert the pow...

Страница 120: ...nference Test in ANL LINE 8 Port Analog Line ANL NE L 8 Port Neon Analog Line CO TRK alarms refer to Test 33 Loop Around and Conference Test in CO TRK CO Trunk All other power supplies Figure 5 3 on p...

Страница 121: ...or off of the backplane See Figure 5 4 Figure 5 4 Power supply sub assembly inside view 6 Remove the power supply from the unit Once the power supply is removed disconnect the AC power cord 7 Reconnec...

Страница 122: ...panel CAUTION The power cord for each fan extends from a plug on the backplane Do not tug on any of these cords Otherwise the corresponding plug on the backplane might come off 3 Each fan has a power...

Страница 123: ...tion command blocks all maintenance commands except some list display monitor and status commands The system blocks the execution of any commands that change translations or trigger a maintenance acti...

Страница 124: ...nouncements on the Standby SPE as well WARNING The save announcements commands should only be used after business hours or when the system is operating during a low usage period The system takes about...

Страница 125: ...t pack match the announcements administered in the system The working copy of the announcements is stored on the announcement circuit pack A backup copy should be made on a 10 Mb or larger translation...

Страница 126: ...Check to see which translation card is installed If the correct one is installed test it 2 Cannot turn on 12 volt power supply Implies that something may be wrong with the Netcon circuit pack which c...

Страница 127: ...on card 12 Card Mem is write protected The switch on the top side of the translation card is incorrectly set Move the switch to the down position 13 Transmission problem please try later There is a pr...

Страница 128: ...ed Date equipment installed ________________________ Post this form with the equipment Table 5 3 Preventive Maintenance Log Avaya DEFINITY Servers Air Filters1 1 Inspect annually clean or replace See...

Страница 129: ...e tape head during each maintenance visit and that you clean the tape head several times a year Place a dated label on the tape drive unit after the tape head is cleaned Access the tape head from the...

Страница 130: ...nt console Automatic Circuit Assurance ACA assists users in identifying possible trunk malfunctions The system maintains a record of the performance of individual trunks relative to short and long hol...

Страница 131: ...group status for each trunk group associated with the 12 Trunk Group Select buttons located on the console Trunk groups with busy indications during nonbusy periods should be checked to ensure that t...

Страница 132: ...iptions are for voice terminal users Trunk test call The trunk test call accesses specific Tie or CO trunks DID trunks cannot be accessed NOTE Do not use this trunk test call procedure to test ISDN PR...

Страница 133: ...the port number are transmitted using end to end DTMF signaling therefore if the trunk being tested is a rotary trunk it will not be possible to break dial tone If the call does not go through that is...

Страница 134: ...ice terminal user to a specific time slot located on the TDM Buses A or B or out of service time slots Specific Time Slots To place the call 1 Dial the Facility Test Call Feature Access Code administe...

Страница 135: ...ouch Tone 2 770 Hz 007 263 Touch Tone 3 852Hz 008 264 Touch Tone 4 941 Hz 009 265 Touch Tone 5 1209 Hz 010 266 Touch Tone 6 1336Hz 011 267 Touch Tone 7 1447 Hz 012 268 Touch Tone 8 1633 Hz 013 269 Dia...

Страница 136: ...ice 3 Repeat from Step 1 to alternate between out of service time slots on TDM Bus A and B System Tone Test Call The system tone test call connects the voice terminal user to a specific system tone To...

Страница 137: ...one 07 Internal call waiting tone 08 Ringback tone 09 Special ringback tone 10 Dedicated ringback tone 11 Dedicated special ringback tone 12 Touch tone 1 13 Touch tone 2 14 Touch tone 3 15 Touch tone...

Страница 138: ...confirmation 42 Zip tone 43 2804 Hz 44 1004 Hz 16db 45 1004 Hz 0 db 46 404 Hz 47 Transmission test sequence 105 48 Redirect tone 49 Voice signaling tone 50 Digital milliwatt 51 440 Hz 480 Hz 52 Music...

Страница 139: ...connection of Tie Trunks back to back in the same switch to verify the operation of Tie Trunk ports The tests can be performed in either the E M or simplex modes 60 Restore music or silence 61 Warning...

Страница 140: ...cuit packs 4 Insert the circuit pack back into the slot 5 Enter display trunk xx p command for each trunk group identified in Step 3 This command displays the specified trunk group on the administrati...

Страница 141: ...play n Data Restriction n MIS Measured n Dial Access y Busy Threshold 60 Night Service Queue Length 0 Internal Alert n Incoming Destination Comm Type voice Auth Code n TRUNK PARAMETERS Trunk Type in o...

Страница 142: ...another voice terminal using the Tie Trunk ports assigned Dial TAC and extension For example if TAC of Tie Trunk group is 110 and station number is 5012 then dial 110 5012 If the call cannot be made...

Страница 143: ...M2 13 T3 T3 14 R3 R3 15 T13 16 R13 17 E3 18 M3 19 T4 T4 20 R4 R4 21 T14 22 R14 23 E4 24 M4 25 T5 26 R5 27 28 29 30 31 T6 32 R6 32 33 Table 5 6 Carrier Lead Appearances at 110 Cross Connect Field Cont...

Страница 144: ...e Tie Trunk circuit pack to simplex mode 3 Enter add trunk n to add a new test trunk group Then enter Group Type tie TAC use trunk access code obtained from dial plan Trunk Type in out wink wink Port...

Страница 145: ...ced back into normal operation The D Impact Tool AT 8762 is required to perform this step 6 Use jumper wires DT 24M Y BL R G and the D Impact Tool to connect wiring between the two ports assigned in S...

Страница 146: ...connect is forced after 24 hours Test Type 105 provides 1 nine seconds of 1004 Hz at 16dB 2 one second of quiet 3 nine seconds of 404 Hz at 16dB 4 one second of quiet 5 nine seconds of 2804 Hz at 16dB...

Страница 147: ...DS1 BD MO SECTION ARE THERE ALARMS OR ERRORS AGAINST PI BD PI PT PI SCI PI LINK OR ISDN LINK IF MULITPLE ALARMS EXIST INVESTIGATE IN FOLLOWING ORDER PI BD PI PT PI SCI PI LINK ISDN LINK FOLLOW REPAIR...

Страница 148: ...HAS A SYNCHRONIZATION SOURCE BEEN SYSTEM SWITCHING IF PROBLEMS STILL EXIST THEN ESCALATE COMPARE INDICATED FACILITY TO RECORD OF PREVIOUS PROBLEMS ARE BIT ERRORS OCCURRING MORE FREQUENTLY THAN PREVIOU...

Страница 149: ...s not the SAT START END YES A YES YES FOLLOW REPAIR PROCEDURE IN THE PE BCHL MO SECTION FOLLOW REPAIR PROCEDURE RECOMMENDED BY THE PRI TERMINAL ADAPTER VENDOR OR ISDN ENDPOINT EQUIPMENT VENDOR Are the...

Страница 150: ...face between the switch and the endpoint equipment including the premise distribution wiring endpoint equipment and any other noise producing equipment YES Are there bit errors over the DS1 interface...

Страница 151: ...he long qualifier in order for the ISDN test call to run The repeat number can be any number from 1 through 99 default 1 The following information is displayed in response to the above commands Port T...

Страница 152: ...l qualifier can also be used that specifies in minutes the duration of the test call If no duration is specified the default duration is used which is 8 4 or 9 6 seconds The qualifier minutes accepts...

Страница 153: ...the same port network is available for testing regardless of whether the status information has been displayed For details on this command refer to the status isdn testcall command description in the...

Страница 154: ...95 5 35 VDC 48 VDC 43 53 VDC neon message waiting voltage 80 VDC 165 VDC The type of cabinet determines where the circuit is placed to measure the voltages For single carrier cabinets all voltages ex...

Страница 155: ...ESM to the Avaya DEFINITY Server Troubleshooting MMCH Before troubleshooting any problems associated with the DEFINITY MMCH always be sure that the endpoint is operating correctly audio video and data...

Страница 156: ...ccur then 64 Kbps calls from the site are blocked Solution Administer the conference for connection at 56 Kbps Calls Terminate with No Audio Description To support endpoints that do not support Multip...

Страница 157: ...nd then check the circuit packs for active yellow LEDs If any of these are unexpected such as on a VC board try replacing the board and then bringing the conference up again Calls Terminate with No Vi...

Страница 158: ...to instability The Avaya Vistium also disconnects fairly infrequently Last the CLI Rembrandt II VP freezes video and waits for framing to be recovered Network Configuration Concerns with Synchronizati...

Страница 159: ...ly noisy the DEFINITY MMCH may receive sufficient audio signal to conclude that there is a speaker present Use the Status Conference x form to determine if the MMCH thinks an endpoint is talking The M...

Страница 160: ...lution If the audio is not muffled 1 Use the status conference command to determine which port on the TN788B VC board is connected to this endpoint 2 Check the VC TN788B board using the test board xxy...

Страница 161: ...4kbps to 56 kbps operation on conferences that have the Rate Adaptation flag set to y When a downgrade does occur information on the Status Conference form indicates the success or failure of the 64kb...

Страница 162: ...ervice Units or other external CSUs or earlier ICSUs Loopback Jack Installation Configurations Using a Smart Jack The preferred location of the loopback jack is at the interface to the Smart Jack This...

Страница 163: ...n page 2 of the form change the supply CPE loopback jack power field to y NOTE Setting this field to y informs the technician that a loopback jack is present on the facility This allows a technician t...

Страница 164: ...and change it to 0dB for testing Press Enter to implement the changes or press Cancel to change nothing 4 Enter test ds1 loop location cpe loopback jack This turns on simplex power to the loopback jac...

Страница 165: ...ve Synchronized Y or N If y displays the DS1 circuit pack has synchronized to the looped 3 in 24 pattern and is accumulating a count of the bit errors detected in the pattern until the test has ended...

Страница 166: ...he Smart Jack If the service provider successfully looped and tested the span up to the Smart Jack this condition isolates the problem to the wiring between the loopback jack and the Smart Jack Refer...

Страница 167: ...der Test the short length of customer premises wiring section 2 in the following 3 figures between the loopback jack and the Smart Jack This can be done using a loopback that overlaps section 2 of the...

Страница 168: ...rface at Smart Jack Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Loopback...

Страница 169: ...t Smart Jack Inaccessible Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Loo...

Страница 170: ...ble Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1 2 Span Section 2 3 Span Section 3 4 120A2 or later Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU 5 RJ 48 to Network Interface Up to 1000 Feet 305 m 6 Dumb Block Extended Demar...

Страница 171: ...ee Figure 5 14 on page 5 67 and Figure 5 15 on page 5 68 1 ICSU to the loopback jack 2 Loopback jack to the Central Office CO Figure 5 14 Network Interface at Dumb Block Figure Notes 1 Span Section 1...

Страница 172: ...emarcation point part of the loopback jack This is the only portion o f section 2 that is part of customer premises wiring but is not covered in the loopback jack s loopback path Figure Notes 1 Span S...

Страница 173: ...begin The test is terminated by entering test ds1 loop location end loopback span test Bit error counts are examined as described in the DS1 Span Test section This test only isolates problems to secti...

Страница 174: ...oblems to the wiring between the loopback jack and the MUX 2 Be aware that there are installations that use repeatered metallic lines between the MUX and the dumb block Theses lines require DC power f...

Страница 175: ...rd on EPN 100ms on 100ms off Loss of signal on the OC 3 fiber Either the TN230X receive top or TN230X transmit bottom fibers are not working N S Fast blink Running DSP diagnostics or downloading code...

Страница 176: ...ved This is not a normal state if the terminating port network is supposed to be up and running RX Green Intermittent blink ATM cells are being received intermittently This is a typical pattern for DE...

Страница 177: ...are administering the A500 through a locally attached console is there a local console terminal connected to the console port on the A500 switch processor board with the correctly pinned RS232 serial...

Страница 178: ...00 through a telnet connection over the Ethernet this works but it is worthwhile making sure the Ethernet address is correct A500 System Console c 1997 Avaya Inc login root password XXXXXX New System...

Страница 179: ...the ATM address field have the customer or Avaya provided network prefix the first thirteen bytes and set by using modify atmprefix DEFINITY Administration Is ATM PNC administered correctly 1 Enter l...

Страница 180: ...ch cabinet and carrier Verify that the TN230Xs are physically located in the slots indicated on the display Screen 5 11 on page 5 77 shows the output for display circuit packs 1 Screen 5 12 on page 5...

Страница 181: ...RCUIT PACKS Cabinet 1 Carrier B Cabinet Layout five carrier Carrier Type port Slot Code Sfx Name Slot Code Sfx Name 00 11 TN464 C DS1 INTERFACE 01 12 TN464 F DS1 INTERFACE 02 TN2305 ATM PNC EI 13 TN76...

Страница 182: ...isplay atm pnc 2 Administered with End System Identifiers If the port networks are addressed using End System Identifiers the display looks like Screen 5 15 on page 5 79 pnc 1 and Screen 5 16 on page...

Страница 183: ...creen output for the show signaling summary command display atm pnc 1 ATM PNC Connection Number 1 A PNC Location 01B02 Name Address Format E 164 ATM Private AFI 45 E 164 0001013035381053 HO DSP 000000...

Страница 184: ...ing End System Identifiers enter show signaling esi on the A500 console Screen 5 19 on page 5 81 shows the output Field Value IntType Network If User links will not come up between the PPN and the EPN...

Страница 185: ...TM network can route from the PPN to the EPN which creates the bidirectional EAL and PACL signaling channels and one side of the talk path If an address or End System Identifier is missing or incorrec...

Страница 186: ...ode A1 5 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 6 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 7 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A1 8 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 1 down down present STS_3c MultiM...

Страница 187: ...ce alarm 3 Enter list configuration carrier cabinetcarrier on the DEFINITY SAT See Screen 5 21 on page 5 83 1b and Screen 5 22 on page 5 84 2a below Screen 5 21 List configuration carrier 1b screen li...

Страница 188: ...board then either the board is in the incorrect slot or board insertion was not completed correctly list configuration carrier 2a SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Board Assigned Ports Number Board Type Code Vinta...

Страница 189: ...ATM BCH ATM B Channel Trunk Possible Causes 1 The TN230X board is in a slot different from the DEFINITY administration 2 The TN230X did not complete board insertion test board 2a01 TEST RESULTS Port...

Страница 190: ...ut Screen 5 25 A500 show signaling summary screen Ensure that the fields have the values indicated below 4 Enter show system interfaces on the A500 console Screen 5 26 on page 5 87 shows an example of...

Страница 191: ...own present STS_3c MultiMode A2 2 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 3 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 4 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 5 down down present STS_3c MultiMode A2 6 down d...

Страница 192: ...ceived so lack of a receive carrier could indicate a transmitter problem at the same end The A500 does not recognize that there is a port board in the slot It may be necessary to re administer the A50...

Страница 193: ...increasing this may be because the port was administered with no UNI signaling admin link Use show signaling summary to ensure that Signaling is UNI3 1 The error counters may not be zero but should no...

Страница 194: ...is UNI3 1 The Supported only for UNI 3 0 line for the SDP PDUs field means that the port was administered for UNI3 0 signaling admin link command Use the show signaling summary command to verify that...

Страница 195: ...he port of interest If this field is not configured for UNI signaling then the port was administered for no UNI signaling admin link Use show signaling summary to verify that Signaling is UNI3 1 Conne...

Страница 196: ...PN and to a TN230X on an EPN This is successful only if the links between the PPN and the EPN remain up so that the message from the EPN is logged Refer to ATM BCH ATM B Channel Trunk for detailed inf...

Страница 197: ...pnc are incorrect 31 Normal unspecified This is a normal return 41 Temporary failure This try again later Cause Code has been observed when the source of the problem is on another port for example a r...

Страница 198: ...ciated with DEFINITY port networks and may be signaling channels for other applications for example data network traffic CaPro Layer Are control channels being established from the PPN to the EPN Diag...

Страница 199: ...A common use of VBRnrt circuits is multimedia and video conferencing systems Link Type Channel One PACL to each TN230X in either a PPN or an EPN and one EAL to each TN230X in an EPN State up list sys...

Страница 200: ...from A1 1 to A1 2 and another from A1 2 to A1 1 These virtual circuits may persist beyond the duration of a phone call The DEFINITY Call Processing software saves virtual circuits for a few seconds a...

Страница 201: ...utes End System Identifiers or Fiber between A and B side TN230Xs on an EPN Swapped Routes End System Identifiers or Fiber between two EPNs Incorrectly typed or omitted EPN Route or End System Identif...

Страница 202: ...or physically to the PPN that should not exist Action 1 Correct the ATM addresses or swap fibers on the A500 between the incorrectly connected PPN and EPN Swapped Routes End System Identifiers or Fib...

Страница 203: ...N230X on the EPN As normal it reboots this TN230X and when complete it resets the EPN When this happens the active instead of the standby TN230X reboots dropping the links To recover the PPN re establ...

Страница 204: ...Routine Maintenance Procedures 555 233 123 5 100 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 205: ...a high or critical reliability system has two control carriers the A control cabinet and the B control cabinet Since the circuit packs in the two SPEs are the same the SPEs have identical capabilitie...

Страница 206: ...circuit pack detects faulty Packet Bus leads and instructs all Packet circuit packs for example ISDN BRI Packet Control or TN570 Expansion Interface to use up to three spare leads in place of defecti...

Страница 207: ...ny failure that affects the ability of the active control channel or the tone time slots to function takes place the other bus becomes active for those time slots For more information see TDM BUS Main...

Страница 208: ...andby manner with all inter PN calls set up on both fibers so that the active SPE can assume control without disruption of service Each fiber pair between port networks operates independently of the o...

Страница 209: ...E This lead is known as the SPE Select lead Duplication Interface A controls another set of leads that indicate to the duplicated TN768 and TN780 8 Tone Clock circuit packs which of the two is current...

Страница 210: ...f carrier B If the Duplication Interface A circuit pack becomes defective and carrier A becomes the Active SPE the terminal can be connected to the Maintenance Tape Processor in carrier A by connectin...

Страница 211: ...indicate the position of the SPE Select switches Emergency Transfer leads indicate whether Emergency Transfer is on or off in the PPN cabinet Other leads combine the INADS CDR and the Customer Provid...

Страница 212: ...ndependent buses called bus A and bus B The first five time slots of both buses are reserved for communication between the SPE and port circuit packs These time slots are known as the control channel...

Страница 213: ...ne of the spare leads in place of the defective lead Additionally the circuit pack can recover up to three Packet Bus lead failures by this mechanism This provides high availability by decreasing the...

Страница 214: ...Common Shadow Circuitry and Standby SPE Memory are tested and maintained individually the integrity of the entire logical connection is also tested and maintained to make sure that the shadowing mech...

Страница 215: ...on the severity of the Active SPE fault s In Busyout Mode the Standby SPE is busied out by the busyout SPE standby command Only system technician requested activities are carried out on the Standby S...

Страница 216: ...here are six conditions under which an SPE interchange is initiated Upgrade Software Type upgrade software to upgrade the software on a High or Critical Reliability system reboot the Standby SPE from...

Страница 217: ...ce An SPE interchange can be requested as a part of scheduled maintenance This mechanism is used to exercise both SPEs An SPE interchange can be requested as part of scheduled maintenance by issuing t...

Страница 218: ...ndby mode when the alarm occurs a Hot SPE Interchange occurs If the Standby is in Maintenance mode when the alarm occurs however a Warm SPE Interchange rather than a Hot SPE Interchange occurs MEMORY...

Страница 219: ...standby alarms use the standby refresh command to put the standby SPE into the standby mode Verify the results by using the status system 1 command For more information about the status system command...

Страница 220: ...o that it is clearly understood The refresh spe standby command is used to immediately put the Standby SPE into Standby Mode The command conducts the same activities regardless of whether the Standby...

Страница 221: ...on save was to have been conducted the save translation command should be issued to ensure that the current translation data has been written to the Active SPE and Standby SPE tapes or Memory Cards Wh...

Страница 222: ...nd displays the Tone Clock circuit pack that is currently supplying tones and clocks among other information The test tone clock 1 2 3 a b short long command tests the specified TN768 Tone Clock circu...

Страница 223: ...Emergency Transfer LED Duplication Interface Circuit Pack PICP B carrier TN772 Duplication Interface Circuit Pack DICP A carrier TN772 Yellow Green Red Meaning On Off Active mode On On Active mode Ma...

Страница 224: ...en both SPE Select Switches are in the position In the latter two cases the Active SPE is automatically selected by the system software Processor Interface Circuit Pack TN765 Network Control Circuit P...

Страница 225: ...ection provides procedures for performing an SPE interchange to place the circuit packs in the Standby SPE mode SPE circuit packs should never be replaced while they are located in the Active SPE Use...

Страница 226: ...the upper left corner of the form to determine which SPE A or B is the Active SPE it is labeled as active The other SPE is the Standby SPE and is labeled as either standby maint or down Follow the Cir...

Страница 227: ...ect the Standby SPE this will result in a COLD 2 restart of the system 4 If the upgrade software reset system interchange command is successful an SPE interchange results in the new Active SPE perform...

Страница 228: ...andby SPE as follows 1 Issue the status system command from the terminal Look at the SPE and MODE fields in the upper left corner of the form to determine the status of the Standby SPE Recall that the...

Страница 229: ...Throw the SPE Select Switches one at a time to force selection of the current Active SPE If SPE B is currently the Active SPE throw both SPE Select Switches one at a time to the SPE A position If SPE...

Страница 230: ...EM CLOCK and SYSTEM TONES fields are now in and active Proceed to Step 4 NOTE If the 1B Tone Clock circuit pack is defective the switch may have failed and a reset system 2 may have occurred In this c...

Страница 231: ...configuration software versions command If the software matches and the UPDATE FILE Identifier displays none continue with this procedure Replace the translation card in the Active SPE b Insert the g...

Страница 232: ...t step CAUTION If the Duplication Interface circuit pack is being tested Test 278 fails because the SPE Select Switches are thrown 8 Issue the busyout spe standby command followed by the release spe s...

Страница 233: ...eempted using the refresh spe standby command To preempt the maintenance activity continue issuing the refresh spe standby command followed by status system 1 command until the status system form show...

Страница 234: ...enance documentation in Chapter 10 Maintenance Object Repair Procedures as appropriate If any of these circuit packs are located in the Standby SPE force the Standby SPE to become the Active SPE as de...

Страница 235: ...SPE time to become active Throw the SPE select switches to force an SPE interchange Exchange the active SPE and STANDBY SPE memory cards or tapes Exchange the active SPE and STANDBY SPE memory cards o...

Страница 236: ...D section of the maintenance manual 555 204 105 Issue the set tone 1b command to make it active Throw new DUPINTs SPE select switch to hard select the active SPE YES YES YES NO NO NO Is the defective...

Страница 237: ...ked after repeated tries use the busyout spe standby and release spe standby com m ands and try again Replace processor circuit pack do not rem ove SPE power Replace software m em ory card with transl...

Страница 238: ...ulling on the cable itself can damage the cable to connector interface 3 Pull the cable straight out Pulling the connector from the backplane at an angle can bend the backplane pins 4 Push the ICC con...

Страница 239: ...es to the right If SPE A is currently the Active SPE throw both SPE Select Switches to the left 2 Issue status system 1st cabinet from the G3MT terminal The status system form indicates the presence o...

Страница 240: ...ied by issuing status system and noting whether the Standby SPE is labeled as standby Although not recommended at this stage of the procedure the maintenance activity on the Standby SPE can be preempt...

Страница 241: ...ocated on the attendant console on all circuit packs in the switch cabinets and optionally on customer designated voice terminals The following LEDS are included in the system Processor and Maintenanc...

Страница 242: ...e pr awu alm Auto Wakeup Journal Printer Alarm the automatic wakeup journal printer has a Major Minor or Warning alarm active off bd alar m DS1 or ATM Facility Alarm an off board Major Minor or Warnin...

Страница 243: ...means that the Standby Switch Processing Element SPE is not refreshed that is it is in Maintenance or Down Mode NOTE On the Maintenance circuit pack the green LED may blink very faintly once per seco...

Страница 244: ...tion see Figure 7 2 on page 7 5 This means that the system controls which SPE is active However there will be times during maintenance activity for example when you the technician may choose to manual...

Страница 245: ...eturn control of the SPE selection to the system return the SPE Select switches on both Duplication Interface circuit packs to the AUTO position one at a time to avoid accidentally selecting the other...

Страница 246: ...f the system is unable to report the alarm to INADS the LED flashes signaling the attendant to call INADS and report the alarm Cabinet power unit LEDs For a description of Cabinet Power Unit LEDs refe...

Страница 247: ...initializing the circuit pack If after 5 minutes the circuit pack still has not initialized communications with the system check the MO for any special instructions for example EPN Maintenance circuit...

Страница 248: ...n tests and light both the red and green LEDs during that testing During the various states of operation start up testing normal operation circuit failure and so forth circuit pack status LED indicati...

Страница 249: ...andby SPE Memory Lit during system initialization stays lit until Emergency Transfer is turned off Lit steady on the Active SPE and off during normal operation on the Standby SPE Packet Control Lit wh...

Страница 250: ...LED Interpretation 555 233 123 7 10 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 251: ...nformation found in Chapter 10 Maintenance Object Repair Procedures The information consists of using the maintenance commands as trouble clearing aids The maintenance commands are used to control tes...

Страница 252: ...circuit 1 to 6 The responses display on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions busyout acces...

Страница 253: ...t The release access endpoint command returns all the ports associated with the specified access endpoint to operation WARNING This command is service disrupting and may cause extraneous alarms Port P...

Страница 254: ...e Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Alternate way to identify maintenance objects If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member private CO l...

Страница 255: ...t inads craft nms Primary None Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit 1 primary 2 secondary link Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Alternate way to identify maintenance...

Страница 256: ...eturns the specified data module or data channel to operation On duplicated systems a busyout of a Network Control Data Channel DATA CHL or a Processor Interface Port Data Channels PI PT are preserved...

Страница 257: ...ink A controller protocol is usually a transient process that exists for as long as the link is up A link is considered up if a physical connection is established A link can be considered to be up whi...

Страница 258: ...shows the output for busyout journal printer wakeup log Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions busyout journal printer pms log wakeup log...

Страница 259: ...ommand The responses display on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions bu...

Страница 260: ...ing example shows the output from the busyout mis command The responses display on a test by test basis with one line of data for each test result Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier...

Страница 261: ...n be busied out by specifying the modem pool group number Warning alarms error type 18 are generated on each busied out maintenance object so that INADS can determine the state of the objects Use rele...

Страница 262: ...l complex is busied out all connectivity across the Packet Bus is severed Thus all ISDN BRI point to point signaling links that have been established through the active packet control are torn down by...

Страница 263: ...18 are generated on each busied out maintenance object so that INADS can determine the state of the objects The release pms link command reactivates the busied out objects on the link These links pro...

Страница 264: ...link with the busyout command and the link remains intact If the link is already down the busyout command stops periodic re setup attempts on the link Output The following example is a display of the...

Страница 265: ...d Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions busyout port location Port location PPsspp Examples busyout port 01c1101 busyout port 02c1501 in...

Страница 266: ...e switch attempts to negotiate with the far end PRI terminal adapter to reactivate each PRI endpoint port B channel Output Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interac...

Страница 267: ...system printer extension and setting up a call to the system printer The following is an example of the results of busyout sp link For more information see Busyout and Release Port Port address cabin...

Страница 268: ...nd scheduled testing cannot start on the standby SPE while it is busied out The busyout state of the standby SPE and the STBY SPE Warning alarm are maintained across a reset system 1 Warm restart and...

Страница 269: ...ect so that INADS can determine the state of the objects The command release station reactivates the specified voice terminal extension Port Standby SPE cabinet and carrier location 01A or 01B Mainten...

Страница 270: ...ier slot circuit Maintenance Name Type of busied out maintenance object Alt Name Extension Result Test result Pass Fail Abort Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted Refer...

Страница 271: ...ier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions busyout tdm pn number bus pn number TDM bus Port Network number bus a or b specifies desired half of TDM bus Each 512 time slot TDM bus c...

Страница 272: ...ed tone clock Output The following example is a display of the busyout tone clock command Port Port address and associated TDM number and bus PNA or PNB Alt Name Not applicable Maintenance Name Type o...

Страница 273: ...ed on each busied out maintenance object so that INADS can access the state of the objects The release trunk command reactivates the specified trunk group or group member NOTE If the user enters busyo...

Страница 274: ...ay to identify maintenance objects If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Result Test res...

Страница 275: ...if the test hardware group command is canceled Status Hardware group The status hardware group command displays the state of a canceled test hardware group command as canceled change circuit packs Thi...

Страница 276: ...12 02 TN767 B DS1 INTERFACE 13 03 14 04 15 05 16 06 07 08 TN556 BRI LINE 09 TN754 DIGITAL LINE 10 TN769 ANALOG LINE indicates circuit pack conflict change circuit packs 1 Page 2 of 5 CIRCUIT PACKS Cab...

Страница 277: ...TN742 ANALOG LINE 06 TN767 DS1 INTERFACE 17 TN556 BRI LINE 07 TN742 ANALOG LINE 18 TN742 ANALOG LINE 08 TN762 B HYBRID LINE 19 09 TN742 ANALOG LINE 20 TN754 DIGITAL LINE 10 indicates circuit pack conf...

Страница 278: ...0 21 Code Circuit pack code TN number to identify the circuit pack type Sfx Lists the suffix if applicable Name Alphanumeric circuit pack name change circuit packs 1 Page 5 of 5 CIRCUIT PACKS Cabinet...

Страница 279: ...___ __ __ Target Target Target Target Target Location Location Location Location Location 1 _____ 11 _____ 21 _____ 31 _____ 41 _____ 2 _____ 12 _____ 22 _____ 32 _____ 42 _____ 3 _____ 13 _____ 23 __...

Страница 280: ...at some future time If n is entered the download will commence when the form is successfully submitted If y is entered the Start Date Time and Stop Date Time fields are displayed to schedule the down...

Страница 281: ...Direct IP IP Audio Connections n Codec Set 1 IP Audio Hairpinning y Location 3 UDP Port Range RTCP Enabled y Min 2048 RTCP Monitor Server Parameters Max 65535 Use Default Server Parameters n Server I...

Страница 282: ...output example shows the output for the change synchronization command 3 was entered in the stratum field Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions change syn...

Страница 283: ...synchronization selected Location Circuit pack location of all administered DS1 circuit packs port network carrier and board slot Name User defined name for the DS1 circuit pack blank no user defined...

Страница 284: ...maintenance must remain idle during a maintenance procedure set the Start Time field to a time after the session ends If daily Scheduled Maintenance is running and needs to be deactivated set the Sto...

Страница 285: ...e number For example INADS or DEFINITY SNMP The number must be obtained from the National Customer Support Center NCSC or the TSC and are not allowed in the telephone number Abbrev Alarm Report Enable...

Страница 286: ...e resolved Activate Alarm Origination to enable Cleared Alarm Notification n Restart Notification Enables the switch to originate calls to the OSS and report any system restarts caused by switch probl...

Страница 287: ...control circuit pack is installed If a Packet Control circuit pack is not installed in the system a major alarm is raised against the PKT CTRL MO Change this field to no if no packet endpoints are ad...

Страница 288: ...ve duplicated SPEs daily days of the week or no prevents automatic saves Control Channel Interchange Each port network has a pair of TDM busses A and B Each has a set of time slots dedicated to the co...

Страница 289: ...ch have 8 TTRs To alarm the first occurrence of a TTR being taken out of service set this field to the total number of TTRs in the switch Minimum Threshold for CPTRs When the number of call progress t...

Страница 290: ...lope and C message and C notch noise by sending nine seconds of 1004 Hz at 16dB one second of quiet nine seconds of 404 Hz at 16dB one second of quiet nine seconds of 2804 Hz at 16dB 30 seconds of qui...

Страница 291: ...apter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures SPE Optional Boards These fields indicate if a Disk circuit pack is present and identifies administered Packet Interface slots If a Packet Interface circuit pack...

Страница 292: ...nk Timeslot Pt1 The number of timeslots to be used for port 10 on the Inter Board Link Displays only if switch model type is csi and the Packet Intf2 field is y Enter the number of timeslots 1 3 to be...

Страница 293: ...e internal or external Modem Name This field is 20 characters long and will permit alpha numeric characters to provide a unique qualifier for a given modem RTS CTS Enabled This field will inform the m...

Страница 294: ...V 42 MNP Buffer mode first attempts to negotiate V 42 error control with the remote modem If this fails then the modem transitions to MNP and if this fails then no error control is used Misc Init Para...

Страница 295: ...fairly standard command D No Answer Time Out Most off the shelf external modems provide a timer that abandons any outbound data call after a predetermined interval Some modems provide for this timer...

Страница 296: ...audits executed clear errors This command moves errors and resolved alarms to the cleared error list making room for new incoming error messages but it does not clear active alarms from the alarm log...

Страница 297: ...progress Once a running test call is cleared another can begin Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions clear interface location Processor interface address...

Страница 298: ...command helps resolve packet bus problems by sending a clear stimuli message over the packet bus Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions clear link link id L...

Страница 299: ...eraction with routine periodic or scheduled maintenance exists The flash checksum test acts as a backup check to ensure entire field update files are applied correctly When the flash Checksum Test fai...

Страница 300: ...stered connections disable filesystem board ppcss disable filesystem board ppcss This command requests the board ppcss to remove the memory filesystem This command will fail if there are any files pre...

Страница 301: ...le mst command has no effect on the system if the trace is already disabled To view the results of the trace enter the list mst command disable suspend alm orig This command stops entries from the act...

Страница 302: ...number command Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions disable synchronization switch init inads craft none none Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Descriptio...

Страница 303: ...oblem was corrected The system handles any errors associated with the alarms as resolved System Reboots and the Alarm Logs The system saves the alarm and error logs to the active SPE memory card if an...

Страница 304: ...ms to show the options screen and select the options you want to view on the report The figure below is an example of the options screen for Alarm Reports Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description...

Страница 305: ...le 01A20 Port Port address PCSSpp example 01A2031 Category Object code for the equipment category Press HELP in this field to view a list of the object codes Extension Extension number per dial plan T...

Страница 306: ...link number PNC side Example x A PNC X fiber link number and A PNC side A or B Maintenance Name Lists the logical name of the maintenance object with the alarm On Brd A y yes indicates the fault was f...

Страница 307: ...ings 1 and 2 identify the first and second OSS telephone numbers respectively The entries below indicate the acknowledged alarm state Y yes alarm has been acknowledged N no alarm has not been acknowle...

Страница 308: ...ion of the command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1...

Страница 309: ...m Room where cabinet is located administered on the cabinet form Floor Floor where cabinet is located administered on the cabinet form Building Building where cabinet is located administered on the ca...

Страница 310: ...heduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed is sent to the system printe...

Страница 311: ...lists For more information see Administrator s Guide for Avaya MultiVantage Software Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI Active Controlling Associations The number of station domain controls th...

Страница 312: ...antage Software Basic Call Management System BCMS Measured Agents Per System The number of agents the Basic Call Management System BCMS is measuring Measured Splits Skills The number of hunt groups BC...

Страница 313: ...rompting Vector Directory Numbers The number of system VDNs For more information see DEFINITY Call Vectoring Expert Agent Selection Vectors Per System The number of vectors per system For more informa...

Страница 314: ...dant This includes but is not limited to PCOL groups common shared extensions access endpoints administered TSCs code calling IDs VDNs LDNs hunt groups announcements and TEGs UDP Extension Records The...

Страница 315: ...queue positions Queue Status Buttons The number of hunt group queue status buttons administered on stations There are four types of queue status buttons attendants use the last two queue status butto...

Страница 316: ...r the system s analog announcements Maximum VAL Boards Indicates the maximum number of VAL integrated announcement circuit packs allowed in this system Temporary Signaling Connections TSC Administered...

Страница 317: ...inistered buttons Station Records The number of resources being used by regular stations announcements and music on hold Stations includes BRI Stations The number of voice terminals Stations With Port...

Страница 318: ...ations available to move using ACTR ISDN BRI Endpoint and Trunk Ports The number of ISDN BRI ports IP Trunks included in Trunk ports The number of administered IP trunks Remote Office Trunks included...

Страница 319: ...tion Counts IP Stations The number of IP stations currently registered in the system Remote Office Stations The total number of remote office stations currently registered in the system Page 9 CURRENT...

Страница 320: ...tform Offer Category The system s offer category Last Translation Loaded Information Software Load The software load translations saved before upgrade or reboot Can also be unknown no trans if no flas...

Страница 321: ...k n for more details Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display communication i nterface hop channels links processor channel print schedule See above S...

Страница 322: ...smission facility to another endpoint such as a DCS node or AUDIX The link carries application messages between the SPE and other switches or adjuncts Link Channel A Identifies the first of the two li...

Страница 323: ...tocol for this link bx 25 Processor Interface and X 25 ppp ethernet Destination Number Destination of the link as administered on the data module forms Processor Interface X 25 and PPP DTE DCE Process...

Страница 324: ...GNMENT Proc Gtwy Interface Destination Session Mach Chan Enable Appl To Mode Link Chan Node Port Local Remote ID 1 _ ________ ___ _ __ _____ _________ 0____ ___ ___ __ 2 _ ________ ___ _ __ _____ ____...

Страница 325: ...e of interface link is x 25 r model or procr intf si model This field cannot be blank if the type of interface link is ethernet or ppp Valid entries are client server or blank Interface Link Identifie...

Страница 326: ...ion Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display disabled tests print schedule Report sent to printer Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The...

Страница 327: ...after having been on battery backup The attempt to save the alarm and error logs may be unsuccessful if the MSS is not available Whenever the system reboots the logs are restored from the SPE disk tha...

Страница 328: ...he command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer instead of the screen 1 Examples...

Страница 329: ...me of the existing error records in the log To Enter 2 digit numbers for the month day year Example 01 01 97 The default is the current date Cabinet Enter 1 2 or 3 the administered number Port Network...

Страница 330: ...Example PN 02B PN 02 Port Network PN number and A or B bus Maintenance Name The name of the maintenance object Alt Name Identifies the location of maintenance object as follows Station extension numbe...

Страница 331: ...the high resolution line option is used of the most recent error If the system is unable to retrieve the time of day when the error occurred a dummy date is stamped in the log and appears as 00 00 01...

Страница 332: ...ommand allows you to diagnose and correct vectoring problems due to the above mentioned causes See DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Call Vectoring and Expert Agent Selection EAS Guide 555 230...

Страница 333: ...od Enter the first letter of one of the following selections all month day hour minute Start Stop Time Start and end times of the interval to be reported in 24 hour notation Vector Number Vector numbe...

Страница 334: ...rther explanation of the condition and the type of data in the Event 1 and Event 2 fields Event Type The event identification number that points to a specific piece of software code see Table 8 2 Even...

Страница 335: ...H323 UserObj undef Registration rejected because there is no H323 User Object 0 IP address 1911 IP RRJ Exceed max endpts Registration rejected because the capacity for either registered endpoints or...

Страница 336: ...ld H225 NSData Registration rejected cannot decode H225 non standard data NSD message 0 IP address 1919 IP RRJ Bad H225 NSDchoice Registration rejected unexpected NSD message received from registering...

Страница 337: ...ered password on the station screen do not match UID IP address 1927 IP RRJ Invld station type Registration rejected invalid set type no Remote Office or IP Softphone administration on the station scr...

Страница 338: ...registered UID IP address 1935 IP RRJ Not Remote Ofc ext Registration rejected Remote Office is not administered for this extension on the station screen UID IP address 1936 IP RRJ Invld RO anlg stn...

Страница 339: ...ess 1948 IP RRJ Complete pend reg Registration rejected failure to obtain a station user record internal software error corrupt translation UID IP address 1949 IP RRJ Build KARCF msg Registration reje...

Страница 340: ...ate for example TTI is not enabled for voice TTI state IP address 1958 IP GRJ Invalid extension Gatekeeper request rejected extension is not administered Either extension number or 0 IP address 1959 I...

Страница 341: ...ress 1969 IP BRJ Bld BCF Gatewy MCU Bandwidth Request rejected failure to build a Bandwidth Request Confirm BCF message for a Gateway or MCU internal software error UID IP address 1970 IP BRJ Endpt no...

Страница 342: ...dress 1982 IP ARJ No H323 user Admission Request rejected H 323 user object does not exist internal software error UID IP address 1983 IP ARJ CRV already in use Admission Request rejected call referen...

Страница 343: ...Can t decode NSD Unregistration Request rejected failure to decode non standard data NSD in the URQ UID IP address 1996 IP URJ Unexpected NSD msg Unregistration Request rejected unexpected non standa...

Страница 344: ...stration Request Received a KeepAlive RRQ from a dual connect endpoint whose H 323 extension is not registered cannot make calls Re register the endpoint UID IP address 2007 IP FURQ User no sig conn F...

Страница 345: ...s 2013 IP FURQ SigGrp removed Force Unregistration Request An H 323 Gateway administered as a signalling group is registered Unregister the Gateway before removing the administered signalling group Ga...

Страница 346: ...ion Data 1 Data 2 Occur Occur Cnt 1012 Destination Unavailable 71 5A 01 09 09 44 01 09 09 54 8 1012 Destination Unavailable 65 22 01 09 09 45 01 09 09 45 1 1012 Destination Unavailable 6E 2D 01 09 09...

Страница 347: ...wnload Whenever the processor resets and the system is restarted whether initiated by a technician command or by system software information about the recovery is stored If the reset is escalated only...

Страница 348: ...recorded to the initcauses buffer in chronological order This buffer fills an entire screen with information if it is completely full Power failures in the processor complex wipe out the entire initc...

Страница 349: ...Sanity Timer Reset 1 no 1B 08 02 6 03 Sanity Timer Reset 1 no 1B 08 02 6 08 Sanity Timer Reset 2 yes 1B 08 02 6 14 Scheduled Interchange i no 1A 08 03 2 33 Bad Handshake 1 no 1B 08 04 2 34 Software R...

Страница 350: ...erchange to the Standby SPE If this initcause triggers an SPE interchange when the Standby is NOT in Maintenance mode the previous entry in the log may actually represent a restart that occurred on th...

Страница 351: ...lly represent a restart that occurred on the Standby SPE See the preceding description of display initcauses for a complete explanation If a High or Critical Reliability System does a PEI with a warm...

Страница 352: ...nge took place that made the Standby SPE the Active SPE If this initcause triggers an SPE interchange when the Standby is NOT in Maintenance mode the previous entry in the log may actually represent a...

Страница 353: ...ause occurs when ini 1 is executed from the Flash Monitor This initcause can occur only in systems with SBB Level of Restart Reboot no escalation Bad GDT For Development Environment Only This initcaus...

Страница 354: ...y memory configuration long print schedule Displays the standby SPE Flash ROM and DRAM configuration Report sent to printer Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule executi...

Страница 355: ...s command displays a list of the administered node names Output The following example shows the output from display node names Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Int...

Страница 356: ...18 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 3 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 19 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 4 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 20 _______________ ___ ___ ___ ___ 5 _______________ ___ ___...

Страница 357: ...or switch Enter 0 255 or leave blank Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display port location print schedule Port address PCSSpp Report sent to printer...

Страница 358: ...ier slot circuit Equipment Type Hardware that is physically connected to the specified port Identification Depends on the hardware that is physically connected to the port If hardware is The field con...

Страница 359: ...circuit pack administration form Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display synchronization print schedule Report sent to printer Command is validated a...

Страница 360: ...rrier slot of all administered DS1 circuit packs are listed here Name User defined name administered for the DS1 circuit pack Blank means no user defined name administered Slip If the DS1 circuit pack...

Страница 361: ...ed switch node interfaces SNI to SNI fiber links are automatically duplicated NOTE The PNC Duplication field must be enabled on the customer options form before you can do any duplication administrati...

Страница 362: ...ualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions display system parameters maintenance print schedule Report sent to printer Command is validated a scheduling form appears to schedu...

Страница 363: ...tivated n Customer Access to INADS Port n Repeat Dial Interval mins 7 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Start Time 22 00 Stop Time 04 00 Daily Maintenance daily Save Translation daily Control Channel Interchange...

Страница 364: ...port Enables the Abbreviated Alarm Report feature for the first OSS y Second OSS Telephone Number Second telephone number that the switch dials to report alarms must be obtained from the National Cust...

Страница 365: ...l be activated in the administration Cleared Alarm Notification Enables the switch to originate a call to the OSS and send an alarm resolution message whenever all previously reported Major and Minor...

Страница 366: ...l circuit pack is not installed in the system then a major alarm is raised against the PKT CTRL MO This field can only be changed from yes to no if there are no packet endpoints administered thus ensu...

Страница 367: ...one of the two busses This field indicates on which days the control channel in each port network will be switched from one of the paired TDM busses to the other Valid entries are daily days of the w...

Страница 368: ...rts CLSFY PTs in service falls below this number a WARNING alarm is raised against TTR LEV Valid entries are 1 to 200 There are 8 ports on each TN744 or TN2182 circuit pack To alarm the first occurren...

Страница 369: ...on a call by call basis by dialing a test call extension specified on the second page of the System Parameters Maintenance form No special hardware is required When the test call extension is receive...

Страница 370: ...at field is allowed If the system is equipped with duplicated SPEs a Packet Interface field is y when either SPE carrier contains a Packet Interface circuit pack in the corresponding position If a Pac...

Страница 371: ...odem If this fails then the modem transitions to MNP and if this fails then no error control is used Misc Init Param This field supports any initialization parameters that are not already specified Th...

Страница 372: ...y denotes the dialing command of the modem This is a fairly standard command D No Answer Time Out Most off the shelf external modems provide a timer that abandons any outbound data call after a predet...

Страница 373: ...sted from the same schedule Page 1 of 1 ATMS TRUNK TEST SCHEDULE Schedule No __ Schedule Time __ __ Schedule Test Days Interval __ Schedule Date __ __ __ SU _ TU _ TH _ SA _ Duration __ OTL Throttle _...

Страница 374: ...the full test but skips all self test and return loss sequences This saves about 40 seconds on the type 105 test and does not have any effect on type 100 or 102 tests Duration The maximum number of ho...

Страница 375: ...y time display time print display time schedule 1 Refer to the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads craft cust browse none Date and time are generally...

Страница 376: ...s received by the switch The link level of XMODEM provide error detection and retransmission Additional protection is provided within the application level After the entire file has been written to ta...

Страница 377: ...lls to each duplicated switch Put a delay into the scripts causing the scripts to wait a period of time after downloading the file and before issuing the reset This requires only one call but the amou...

Страница 378: ...tion software command can be used to display the status of the patch file Recovery procedures In the event of a failure encountered during the download and application of the update file follow the re...

Страница 379: ...xtremely odd switch behavior followed by SPE down mode if you re not The problem is that the LMM cannot complete the programming of memory with the result that memory is in a corrupted state The only...

Страница 380: ...updated patch identifier and no update file and the other looks as if the patch file is still present no patch identifier and valid update file the application of the patch can be forced by making tha...

Страница 381: ...ate a filesystem of size KB If the optional size parameter is not given the maximum available is used If more than 32K is not available an error message is given This command fails if the filesystem i...

Страница 382: ...ff only on and off board specifications of an active entry replaces the active entry in the Suspend Alarm Origination table This command may be particularly useful for Improved control over customer r...

Страница 383: ...alifiers Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions enable suspend alm orig board port location off board o nly expires in hrs Physical location of the hardware optional if not specifi...

Страница 384: ...eature Interactions enable test number number The test number to re enable Example enable test number 102 init inads craft none display disabled tests gives a list of all disabled tests Action Object...

Страница 385: ...ksum Cyclic Redundancy Check data integrity algorithm Active Image Yes in this field indicates the active firmware image file No in this field indicates the inactive firmware image file To change the...

Страница 386: ...roper level is performed regardless of whether the core is actually dumped Auto Negotiation Yes means that the system automatically negotiates the highest possible network speed No means that the Spee...

Страница 387: ...significant bit warm start cold 2 restart cold 1 restart reboot A value of 0 indicates that the vector is cleared or not set See Table 8 3 on page 8 137 Table 8 3 Vector Condition Mapping value warm...

Страница 388: ...ther a duplex or simplex SPE system this field is blank Core Dump Time The time of the core dump for SPE A and SPE B If the system has a simplex SPE a timestamp for SPE A or the active SPE and non dup...

Страница 389: ...ons list configuration hardware group print schedule Enter a group listed in the Hardware Groups section below Report sent to printer Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedu...

Страница 390: ...rcuit packs in the control complex ds1 Displays all the DS1 TN722 TN767 and TN464 port circuit packs administered and or physically inserted port network pn Displays all circuit packs located in a spe...

Страница 391: ...at is physically installed no link The T1 link is down to a DS1 circuit pack list configuration all Page 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Board Assigned Ports Number Board Type Code Vintage u unassigned t tti p...

Страница 392: ...stered CSU MOD Displays only when list configuration ds1 option is selected The field contains the identification number of the Integrated CSU module present on the DS1 circuit pack TN767E or later TN...

Страница 393: ...the active hardware by querying the individual circuit packs each time the command is invoked There is no memory cache of serial numbers Valid entries Usage Circuit pack serial number This field disp...

Страница 394: ...d the relevant fields display no tape or memory card This does not indicate that the system does not recognize the presence of the device Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Feature I...

Страница 395: ...Memory Resident Version number of the RAM resident load module Mem Card Resident Version of memory card resident load module If a memory card is not installed this field will display no card Update i...

Страница 396: ...lated to the Processor Interface PI circuit pack resident copy and corresponding tape file firmware PI 1 Resident The version of firmware in the first PI circuit pack in the control carrier PI 2 Resid...

Страница 397: ...his list none in memory no update has been applied to memory immediate partially applied an error condition that is valid only when an update that is in the process of being applied fails Check the va...

Страница 398: ...y resident identifier has been completely applied to memory list directory list directory board ppcss This command lists all files in the path directory of the ppcss board memory filesystem NOTE The f...

Страница 399: ...Os schedule 1 Refer to the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details init inads none none Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object or group of maintenance objec...

Страница 400: ...d This time stamp is noted when translation is loaded from the memory card and included in all recent change history reports When a user requests a recent change history report there could be other us...

Страница 401: ...history Page 1 HISTORY Date of Loaded Translation 10 08pm Wed Feb 14 2001 Date Time Port Login Actn Object Qualifier 2 18 12 34 1A0301 tti m cha station 4000 2 18 12 23 1B0401 psa a cha station 4003...

Страница 402: ...ard Location Example list ip route board 01A03 init inads craft none none Route Number IP route number Destination Node Destination of the route This name is administered on the Node Name form Default...

Страница 403: ...ode field Accepted by CLAN Indicates whether a C LAN circuit pack has accepted the administered IP route Routes for a link are downloaded to the C LAN circuit pack when the link comes into service Pos...

Страница 404: ...inter instead of the screen 1 Examples list isdn testcall list isdn testcall print list isdn testcall schedule 1 Refer to the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more details...

Страница 405: ...stem printer instead of the screen 1 Examples list marked ports list marked ports print list marked ports schedule 1 Refer to the Report Scheduler and System Printer feature specification for more det...

Страница 406: ...ns If the data cannot be retrieved for the 15 minute interval N A appears in the field The delta the change from the last inquiry and the total are provided for each error count After the occurrence o...

Страница 407: ...ce of an N A the delta equals the total Busyout or release of a board or a port the reset board command and reseating the board all clear the firmware counters Delta The difference between the current...

Страница 408: ...at the measures if the trouble cleared Data is retrieved for 15 minute intervals for 24 hours for CRC Invalid Frame and Chap Failures for PPP connections If the data cannot be retrieved for the 15 min...

Страница 409: ...oard or a port reset board and reseating the board all clear the firmware counters Delta The difference between the current and the previous sample Invalid Frame The number of invalid misaligned frame...

Страница 410: ...ect Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions list measurements clan sockets hourly CCccss Lists the measurements for the last 24 hours from current hour backwards for the in...

Страница 411: ...peg Total number of times a C lan socket on the board was needed for a call or link but was not available Range 0 65535 Denials Socket Denial peg Socket Denial peg Socket peg Range 0 99 Time ASB The p...

Страница 412: ...summary yesterday peak Page 1 Switch Name Date 5 27 pm WED MAR 26 1992 CLAN SOCKETS PEAK REPORT Peak Hour 0400 Socket Socket Meas Avail Usage Socket Denial Time Hour Board Region Sockets Erl peg peg D...

Страница 413: ...t Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions list measure ments log summary ds1_location print schedule Detailed report generated Summary report generated The physical locati...

Страница 414: ...is invalid Bursty Err Secs the value of the bursty errored seconds counter for the specified 15 minute interval 0 900 or N A if data for the 15 minute interval is invalid Severely Err Secs the value...

Страница 415: ...id Counted Since The start time and date when the associated measurement counters were cleared or the DS1 circuit pack was administered DATE The date of the 15 minute interval TIME The time of the 15...

Страница 416: ...es whether the data for the specified 15 minute interval is valid Data is considered valid when a count for that 15 minute interval If the field has a value of y the data for the four error categories...

Страница 417: ...the measurements for the last 24 hours from current hour backwards for the indicated region If the switch clock is changed the report shows stars as on R8 Examples Sample IP Codec Hourly Output For R...

Страница 418: ...ime that the voice channels are on a call Use is measured from the time the voice channel is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a sum of t...

Страница 419: ...easured from the time the voice channel is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a sum of the following total time in seconds that a G 723 or...

Страница 420: ...n compare the above report with the lines of the list measurements trunk group and list performance trunk group and list measurements outage trunk and monitor traffic trunk groups reports which corres...

Страница 421: ...Lists the measurements for the last 24 hours from current hour backwards for the indicated region If the switch clock is changed the report shows stars as do other reports on R8 Examples command x non...

Страница 422: ...udes time that the voice channels are on a call Use is measured from the time the voice channel is allocated until it is released Calculated by Total Call Seconds 3600 where Total Call Seconds is a su...

Страница 423: ...llocated in this region nor any other region because all IP media processor ports were busy resulting in the call not being able to go through Range 0 65535 Blk The percent of attempted allocations of...

Страница 424: ...esource detail yesterday peak Output For Region 4 list measurements ip dsp resource detail 4 yesterday peak 4 Switch Name Date 5 32 pm WED MAR 26 1992 IP DSP RESOURCE DETAIL REPORT Meas DSP DSP Usage...

Страница 425: ...full hour none today yesterday Shows the 10 worst signaling groups for each hour of today starting with the most recent whole hour or yesterday none list measurements ip signaling group current hour P...

Страница 426: ...xx 100 18 12 10000 xx 100 005 05 10000 xx 100 18 15 10000 xx 100 006 06 10000 xx 100 18 18 10000 xx 100 007 07 10000 xx 100 18 21 10000 xx 100 008 08 10000 xx 100 18 24 10000 xx 100 009 09 10000 xx 10...

Страница 427: ...y is shown as Hour Worst Interval The hour and worst 3 minute interval within the hour The interval is identified by the last minute of the interval Interval Average Latency ms The average latency for...

Страница 428: ...s above provides a way to watch as messages arrive print schedule Report sent to printer Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is th...

Страница 429: ...te Time Type Message 1 12 21 90 14 30 21 220 62 00 00 74 17 08 02 00 11 05 04 03 80 90 a2 18 03 a1 83 86 70 01 80 96 28 0d 73 74 61 74 69 6f 6e 20 35 31 30 30 31 2 14 30 22 420 60 00 00 74 17 08 02 80...

Страница 430: ...vel 2 primitive downlink 0x52 ASAI maintenance uplink 0x53 ASAI maintenance downlink 0x54 ASAI unrecognized uplink 0x55 ASAI unrecognized downlink 0x56 ASAI association uplink 0x57 ASAI association do...

Страница 431: ...Outgoing session layer control message 0xB1 X 25 Incoming session layer control message 0xCF X 25 Message confirmation 0xD0 X 25 Outgoing processor channel control message 0xD1 X 25 Incoming processo...

Страница 432: ...1 of MST message type 0xA2 appears on the list mst output Version 2 of MST message type 0xA2 appears on the list mst output Vector Trace Message type 0x10 Message format Number Date Time Type Message...

Страница 433: ...rough TCM but their output goes to the MST buffer See IMT for details on these messages A read only field in the change mst screen Other Tracing alerts the user that one or more of these types of mess...

Страница 434: ...type and will be different depending on set type and module type The mapping of the button number stored in the IMT_BUT_DEBUG MST message to a position on the set is not trivial however the debug but...

Страница 435: ...gel number Message 15 circuit number Message 16 message Message 1 4 user identifier Message 5 6 hook identifier defined in BASEPJ hdrs mstencode h Message 7 STIM type Message 8 11 service identifier M...

Страница 436: ...rk number Message 2 endpoint number Message 3 angel number Message 4 circuit number Message 5 6 hook identifier defined in BASEPJ hdrs mstencode h Message 7 message length Message 8 angel id Message 9...

Страница 437: ...ifier varies according to the type as specified by the MST encode of ASAI message traced The body which is a real ASAI message except for Level 2 Primitives follows the qualifier When the display is a...

Страница 438: ...ASAI Link State 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10 R1 R3 Link States 0x00 the link has gone down 0x01 the link has come up 0x02 the link id has changed 0x03 the link has gone hyp...

Страница 439: ...nk has gone hyperactive 0x04 the link has recovered 0x05 the audit recovery stim 0x06 the link has been reset 0x07 link state hyper too many SABMEs disconnect 0x08 broadcast link audit TEI Management...

Страница 440: ...nt if the message was built but could not be sent Message 9 Downlink encode 0x01 ASAI Link Events 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 10 ASAI Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0...

Страница 441: ...nk Events 0x02 TEI Management Message 0x03 XID Message Message 12 ASAI Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0f link establish request sent to and received by the lower level TEI Management Message...

Страница 442: ...existent 0x64 100 Invalid Information Element Contents 0x6f 111 Protocol Error NOTE An unrecognized message displayed in abbreviated format may be missing information such as cause because the messag...

Страница 443: ...cation 4 adjunct routing 5 set value 6 value query 7 request feature Message 1 Port Network Number of ASAI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of ASAI port Message 4 Port number of ASAI...

Страница 444: ...s 128 Message 1 Port Network Number of ASAI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of ASAI port Message 4 Port number of ASAI port Message 5 association type Message 6 standard or abbreviat...

Страница 445: ...he header of the Q 931 message the cause IE if present and the channel id IE if present are the only IEs present Message 1 Port Network Number of D channel port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Ad...

Страница 446: ...R1 Message 1 Port Network Number of BRI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of BRI port Message 4 Port number of BRI port Message 5 SAPI Message 6 TEI Message 7 8 Link ID Message 9 stan...

Страница 447: ...f BRI port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of BRI port Message 4 Port number of BRI port Message 5 SAPI Message 6 TEI Message 7 8 Link ID Message 9 Uplink encode 0x01 BRI Link State 0x02...

Страница 448: ...s changed 0x03 the link has gone hyperactive 0x04 the link has recovered 0x05 the audit recovery stim 0x06 the link has been reset 0x07 link state hyper too many SABMEs disconnect 0x08 broadcast link...

Страница 449: ...Link Events 0x02 link release request 0x0f link establish request sent to and received by the lower level TEI Management Message 0x02 Identity Assigned 0x04 Identity Check Request 0x06 Identity Remove...

Страница 450: ...nized Messages Types of failure 0x01 outgoing ISDNPRI 0x02 incoming ISDNPRI Message 1 Port Network Number of D channel port Message 2 Reserved Message 3 Carrier Address of D channel port Message 4 Por...

Страница 451: ...are the only IEs present An additional cancel byte 0xCA may be present after the standard ISDNBRI formatted message if the message was not sent The cancel byte will not be appended if the abbreviated...

Страница 452: ...trigger or count 0x72 Time changed while trace enabled timestamp indication 0x00 MST timestamp is old time 0x01 MST timestamp is new time X 25 Application Data The processor channel number is the R1 R...

Страница 453: ...ssage category contains notifications as well as errors 0xA2 0xF0 and 0xF2 messages will be turned on by responding y to the Application Errors field Version 1 Message 1 processor channel number Messa...

Страница 454: ...ad msg type in message buffer routine 0x0E no message buffers available 0x0F message buffer pointer error 0x10 pm state table stimulus ignored 0x11 bad session connect message Session Layer Control NO...

Страница 455: ...r control message session message type 0x00 session connect 0x01 session accept 0x02 session reject 0x03 session disconnect 0x04 reserved 0x05 reserved 0x06 resynch 0x07 reserved 0x08 reserved In abbr...

Страница 456: ...nnel 0x08 Connect Processor Channel 0x09 Disconnect Processor Channel 0xD1 X 25 incoming control message R1 Message events 0x01 Performed Requested Reset of Logical Channel 0x06 Resetting Logical Chan...

Страница 457: ...R3 Message events 0x00 Stop Link 0x01 Start Link 0x0A Level 3 Restarting 0xD3 link status R3 Only R3 Message events 0x02 Session Down 0x03 Session Up Session Sanity 0xE2 X 25 Session Timer Expiration...

Страница 458: ...essage 3 protocol machine state where timeout occurred Message 3 protocol machine state where timeout occurred Message 3 not used BAD_STATE 0x00 0 is very common don t use as a state PT_UNALLOC 0x01 p...

Страница 459: ...e number Message 3 message Message 1 processor channel number Message 2 sequence number Message 3 reason code Message 4 message 0x00 message lost 1 reserved 0x02 message ignored sequence number is wit...

Страница 460: ...s command displays information about ip stations registered at a facility Output The following example shows the output from list registered ip stations Message 1 processor channel number Message 2 Fa...

Страница 461: ...the number of hunt groups to be displayed Example list skill status 11 count 6 init inads craft none none Table 8 6 Skilled Hunt Group data Group Number Group Name Group Extension Group Type Service...

Страница 462: ...l Note that in both of these examples list skill status was executed before any traffic was offered to the skills Therefore the weighted service level is equal to the percentage component of the servi...

Страница 463: ...able done shows extensions that had the Automatic Moves field set to once and have moved list station movable always shows extensions available for moves anytime list station movable error shows mis a...

Страница 464: ...t Feature Interactions list suspend alm org print schedule Report sent to printer Schedule execution of the command The command is placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The...

Страница 465: ...isplayed Summary measurement report displayed grp group number Measurements for a specific trunk group displayed When used with the to grp option this option is the starting trunk group in a range of...

Страница 466: ...l to mem 3 result pass list testcalls detail port 1c1504 list testcalls detail port 1c1504 count 5 schedule list testcalls detail port 1c1504 count 5 not result marg print list testcalls summary list...

Страница 467: ...e measurements Trk Mem The trunk member within the trunk group Test Date The month and day this trunk was tested Test Time The time of day this trunk was tested Tst Rslt This field describes the resul...

Страница 468: ...occurs most often in the frequency range of 200 to 500 Hz SRL HI Singing return loss from 0 to 40 dB between the sum of the circuit repeater gains on a circuit and the sum of the circuit losses SRL HI...

Страница 469: ...p Use the Field descriptions list trace to interpret this report Trunks Failed Marginal Threshld The number of trunks that failed a marginal threshold but not an unacceptable threshold according to th...

Страница 470: ...C after setup rele ase DEFINITY has sent an SVC release message This is unlikely because the call being traced has already ended by the time the SVC release message is sent add indicates that a party...

Страница 471: ...marked ports in a list format All marked port information is saved as part of translations monitor bcms The monitor bcms command displays output for agents and splits and summarizes the bcms conditio...

Страница 472: ...tus as well as cumulative split information for all the BCMS measured splits system number ACD hunt group numbers split numbers separated by spaces and or split number ranges separated by a hyphen ski...

Страница 473: ...available to receive an Automatic Call Distribution ACD call from this split This field is real time status data ABAND The number of calls that have abandoned during the current period This field is m...

Страница 474: ...either the Auto in or Manual in work modes and are not currently on a call If the agent is on another split s call or in After Call Work ACW for another split this agent is not considered available an...

Страница 475: ...translation data STATE The current state of the agent for this split This possible states are Avail ACD ACW AUX Extn In Extn Out OtherSplit and Unstaff If an agent is staffed the agent must also be in...

Страница 476: ...e none If standby SPE Emergency Transfer Select Switches change and handshakes are down the displayed Emerg Trans field is incorrect until handshake reintializes When the monitor health command termin...

Страница 477: ...needed This percentage is rounded to the nearest integer therefore 0 percent means that the occupancy is less than one half of a percent Idle Proportion of the CPU currently available This percentage...

Страница 478: ...tivates The off option shows that cabinets cannot activate emergency transfers In duplicated SPE systems switch settings for both processors of the PPN cabinet 1 display In this case auto is abbreviat...

Страница 479: ...d during logging in session If a data module is not used this field is blank Date Date of the logged security violation MM DD MM month DD day Time The time of the logged security violation HH MM HH ho...

Страница 480: ...nection manager process Data is collected frequently in the connection manager for key information items used to create this report The single option is monitor system conn and its parameter is pnn Th...

Страница 481: ...ps with highest of qued calls Grp no 78 Grp no 16 Grp dir Calls qued 2 Calls qued 1 Calls aban 1 Out blkg Attendant Group Measurement Time ATB Calls qued 1 Calls aban 0 16 06 WED MAR 6 1996 press CANC...

Страница 482: ...e system except trunks and stations First OSS number has been informed Questions if the first OSS telephone number reports and acknowledges alarms If Alarm Origination is disabled or there are no acti...

Страница 483: ...ximum call rates When this flag is set statistics accumulate for the next hour and shortly thereafter tot_ts_ req Total time slots in use during the time period elapsed since the top of the last hour...

Страница 484: ...one receivers that are currently active Decrements when tone receivers are freed and increments when they are requested This field applies to the TN748 board This field represents real time status dat...

Страница 485: ...groups monitor traffic trunk groups 4 monitor traffic hunt groups init inads craft cust rcust bcms browse none none trunk groups The number of trunk group calls waiting to be serviced members in the g...

Страница 486: ...rviced LCIQ The longest call in queue LCIQ indicates the time in seconds the oldest call in the hunt group queue has been waiting to be serviced monitor traffic hunt groups HUNT GROUP STATUS 22 49 SAT...

Страница 487: ...f a group number is entered without a member number the member number defaults to 1 1 99 If a member number is entered the member status displays Examples monitor trunk 78 monitor trunk 80 monitor tru...

Страница 488: ...ted NE Near End and FE Far End refer to the end of the trunk that has placed the facility in its current state Maintenance Busy This field identifies maintenance testing that occurs on the trunk CA TS...

Страница 489: ...administered on the Node Name screen Subnet Mask Display only field showing the subnet mask information entered on the IP Interfaces screen Interface pppn represents one of the PPP interfaces on the...

Страница 490: ...at arp unsorted Page 1 of 3 Net to Media Table Seq C LAN IP Address Phys Addr Type 01 11B15 135 247 062 254 02 e0 3b db c8 0a 02 11B14 192 011 131 254 00 30 6d 19 5c 0f 03 11B13 135 009 191 254 00 60...

Страница 491: ...00 20 75 e3 86 09 03C09 135 009 004 079 08 00 20 7a ff b2 10 10E10 135 009 004 079 08 00 20 7a ff b2 11 05A15 135 009 004 093 08 00 20 81 cc b8 12 07B05 135 009 004 106 08 00 20 83 21 d0 13 11B12 135...

Страница 492: ...terpret this report The entry in bold indicates duplicate IP addresses found in the ARP data If the systems finds no duplicate IP address the NO DUPLICATE IP ADDRESSES FOUND message appears Field desc...

Страница 493: ...List 1 Type change permissions loginid an administered login such as inads and press Enter 2 Set the Additional Restrictions field to y in the Administration Commands section of the form 3 Go to the s...

Страница 494: ...r to the command you can also specify which C LAN circuit pack in the case of multiple C LAN circuit packs If only one C LAN or IP Medpro board circuit pack is present the board qualifier is optional...

Страница 495: ...ect the behavior of the type of packets sent IP Media Processor sourced pings should reflect audio transport performance and C LAN sourced pings should reflect control information transport performanc...

Страница 496: ...default route exists specify board The IP address is not in the route table and more than 1 C LAN circuit pack has a default route Invalid internet address Invalid Internet address parameter CCcss is...

Страница 497: ...Routine Maintenance Procedures Feature Interactions Carrier a cannot recycle its power When carrier b of the PPN contains SPE duplication hardware it cannot recycle its power Recycling maintenance ob...

Страница 498: ...lls already in service Port Port address cabinet carrier for tested maintenance objects This field displays cabinet and carrier values Maintenance Name CARR POW Alt Name Not applicable Test Number T12...

Страница 499: ...te table to interpret the report Screen 8 23 Refresh route table 01B11 Use the information in Field descriptions refresh route table to interpret the report refresh route table all Page 1 of 1 C LAN B...

Страница 500: ...command should be used judiciously The following potential side effects can occur Tests that detect faults and or lack of faults on Standby SPE components might not run Accordingly alarms are not rai...

Страница 501: ...ndpoint extension number associated with desired access endpoint Examples release access endpoint 25012 release access endpoint 77868 init inads craft nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier s...

Страница 502: ...ion PCsspp Examples release board 01c11 release board 02c15 init inads craft nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot of released maintenance object Maintenance Name The type of maintenanc...

Страница 503: ...nk command Output The following example shows the output from the release cdr link primary command Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions...

Страница 504: ...odule 310 init inads craft cust nms none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the maintenance object that is busied out or released or the number of the data channel Maintenance Name...

Страница 505: ...The following output example is a display of release journal printer wakeup log Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions release journal pr...

Страница 506: ...rough 4 reside on Processor Interface circuit packs 1a1 or 1b1 5 through 8 reside on Processor Interface circuit pack 1a2 or 1b2 Examples release link 1 release link 8 init inads craft none none Port...

Страница 507: ...mis Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions release mis init inads craft cust rcust none none Port Not applicable Maintenance Name MIS Al...

Страница 508: ...aults Feature Interactions release modem pool group member 1 5 pair of analog and digital line ports or two pair for the Integrated modem pool case 1 32 Examples release modem pool 1 release modem poo...

Страница 509: ...point signaling links reestablish with release packet control Output The following output example is a display of release packet control 1A Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Descrip...

Страница 510: ...conflicts with link maintenance itself Busied out objects create link setup failure Frequent link re setup attempts may delay faulty component recovery For best results use busyout to disable attempt...

Страница 511: ...1101 release port 02c1501 init inads craft none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of released maintenance object Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being release...

Страница 512: ...re in cabinet 1 carrier B slot 20 circuit 1 to 6 Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions release pri endpoint extension extension number a...

Страница 513: ...aults Feature Interactions release sp link init inads craft none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of busied out maintenance objects Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object t...

Страница 514: ...occur depending of Fault Severity Levels of the two SPE s If the standby SPE is in poor health memory shadowing must not enable communication to the standby is impossible if it is enabled Then the sta...

Страница 515: ...erminal Examples release station 10020 release station 32770 init inads craft cust none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the released maintenance object Maintenance Name Type of...

Страница 516: ...allows for duplication of control channels and dedicated tone time slots The default control bus carrying the control channel is the a bus while the default tone bus carrying dedicated tones is the b...

Страница 517: ...Physical location PCsspp Examples release tone clock c init inads craft 1 one none Port The tone clock circuit pack maintenance object displays the cabinet and carrier of the specified tone clock boar...

Страница 518: ...trunk group member Group number 1 99 Member number 1 99 Examples release trunk 78 release trunk 78 1 init inads craft none none Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the released maintenan...

Страница 519: ...memory For example if a default license has been installed to perform customer upgrades it must be removed when the customer s own translation media is returned To remove a License File from the tran...

Страница 520: ...reset board location repeat number Physical location PCsspp Number of times each board reset repeats 1 00 Examples reset board 01c11 reset board c08 reset board 03d12 r 3 init inads craft nms carrier...

Страница 521: ...High or Critical Reliability For troubleshooting see status interface status link and status processor channel commands to locate problems before performing a reset interfaces link traffic is interru...

Страница 522: ...ier Description Logins Default Feature Interactions reset maintenance location Physical location of the EPN maintenance circuit pack carrier number Examples reset maintenance 02 reset maintenance 2 re...

Страница 523: ...es start they cannot abort from the CANCEL key If reset system interchange commands are rejected because standby SPE Fault Severity Levels are higher than active SPEs the health override command can f...

Страница 524: ...ypass Fault Severity Levels of standby SPEs to force an interchange SPE alarm components determine Fault Severity levels Each component is assigned a severity level and the most severe SPE alarm defin...

Страница 525: ...5 Hot DATA CHL MINOR ON 15 Hot DATA CON MINOR ON 15 Hot DATA BD MINOR ON 15 Hot MEM CARD MINOR ON or OFF 10 Hot PR MAINT MINOR OFF 8 Hot A reset system interchange command aborts if The standby SPE is...

Страница 526: ...WSP to synchronize with the PPN translations The preserve license qualifier Prevents the PPN License File with the wrong serial number from overwriting the WSP License File Preserves the WSP product...

Страница 527: ...standby SPE that has been busied out must be released release standby spe Check that the SPE select switches on the DUPINT circuit pack are in the AUTO position reset val This command performs the fu...

Страница 528: ...pe is in the tape drive when users attempt a copy the command aborts If the MSS is in use by another user or maintenance the restore announcements command is not allowed Unsaved or corrupted announcem...

Страница 529: ...urs the restore operation fails Valid announcement files do not appear on the announcement board To copy the announcements from the active processor s MSS device to the announcement board restart the...

Страница 530: ...n the status hardware group screen save announcements This command copies announcement data from the announcement board to the MSS The Card Mem stores announcements for the system By default announcem...

Страница 531: ...loading or downloading the system denies the command Users cannot record integrated announcements after the save announcements command commences even though 15 channels are available for announcement...

Страница 532: ...rrective action Maintenance software that monitors hardware logs hardware errors to maintenance Then maintenance software invoke tests to diagnose and attempt corrective action If maintenance software...

Страница 533: ...o save translation to the memory card on SPE_A Duplex The system defaults to save translation to the memory card on both SPE A and SPE B Output The following is an example of save translation on a dup...

Страница 534: ...ion data saves SPE A or SPE B Command Completion Status Displays a variety of messages identifying the success or failure of the command Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Default Fe...

Страница 535: ...er Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set ethernet options location The physical location of the circuit pack UUCSS init inads craft customer Auto Negotiation y means that the...

Страница 536: ...in Judicious use of this command can reduce the number of ineffective alarms to the TSC For effective results technicians should use the set options command default settings specified in this section...

Страница 537: ...Alarms Alarm Group 4 w w Off board Trunk Alarms Alarm Group 4 w w On boar Adjunct Alarms w w Off board Alarms w w Off board DS1 Alarms w w Off board PI LINK Alarms w w Off board Alarms Other w w Memor...

Страница 538: ...cuit pack as before but no attendant LEDs or stations reporting alarms are affected No call is placed to INADS Report The report option treats alarms the same as warnings with one exception alarms rep...

Страница 539: ...information in the Alarm Reporting Options Form as translation data and preserves it through all restart levels This command affects the MO alarming listed below Neither the trunk nor the station cate...

Страница 540: ...s according to Major and Minor alarm criteria Trunk MOs Affected By This Command NOTE Although alarms on these MOs may appear as warnings the alarms should be investigated with user reported problems...

Страница 541: ...s for adjuncts Similarly the administration of alarm severity for the adjunct alarm group does not affect the alarm severity levels for other stations PI Link and Associated Link MOs Affected by this...

Страница 542: ...tion SYNC System Communication Interface PI SCI System Printer SYS PRNT TDM Clock TDM CLK Tone Generator Circuit Pack TONE BD set signaling group This command upgrades secondary D channel in specified...

Страница 543: ...zation sources become synchronization references If no primary or secondary source is administered synchronization uses active tone clock boards as synchronization references after synchronization is...

Страница 544: ...s on dedicated tone time slots drops these calls Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions set tdm port network pn number bus bus override specifies the Port N...

Страница 545: ...d from an earlier release the daylight savings time rule on the set time screen defaults to 0 no rule While you can change the daylight savings time rule the system clock is not adjusted automatically...

Страница 546: ...he Month 1 31 The system also checks for leap year Month January through December Year 1970 2999 Hour 0 23 Minute 0 59 Second The system sets this field to zero when the time of day clock is set Type...

Страница 547: ...vector bit set the core dump writes to secondary storage the primary MSS device Once core dumps write the vector clears and the restart executes This command disrupts service in a simplex system The...

Страница 548: ...mples set vector f set vector 9 DUPLEX SYSTEM Examples set vector f spe standby set vector f spe active set vector f spe maint set vector 9 init inads craft spe standby High or Critical Reliability Sy...

Страница 549: ...for simplex SPE systems If a restart occurs on active SPEs and the corresponding vector bit is set core dumps occur on the active SPE This option disrupts service spe maint Available for High or Criti...

Страница 550: ...valid voice and data communication type that the access endpoint is administered The options are 56k data 64k data voice grade data and wideband Width For communication types of 56k data 64k data and...

Страница 551: ...stered connection enabled y n Originator Extension of originating access data endpoint Destination Destination address used to route administered connections Connection State Current status of the adm...

Страница 552: ...printer Examples status attendant 1 status attendant 2 status attendant 2 print init inads craft cust rcust bcms browse none none Console Number Number assigned to the attendant 1 16 Port Port locatio...

Страница 553: ...es that an audit ran and aborted The date and time that the audit first detected a problem only for cumulative The time of the most recent error detected by the audit only for cumulative Audit data in...

Страница 554: ...tion Logins Default Feature Interactions status audits peak hour cumulative print schedule Data collected since the last reboot or since the last clear audits cumulative command Data for the peak hour...

Страница 555: ...3 22 10 14 06 24 16 03 CR AUDIT 135 0 0 03 22 10 12 06 10 19 17 HU CALLS 2 0 0 03 22 10 12 03 22 10 20 SE CALLS 1 0 1 03 22 10 13 03 22 19 14 TTR SID 1 0 0 05 01 02 17 05 01 02 17 CO CALLS 1 0 0 05 01...

Страница 556: ...hey execute as part of scheduled maintenance and are marked with SCH following the audit name Cycles Fixed Data Number of times that the audit ran in the specified interval and found a fixable problem...

Страница 557: ...ALLS 572 Announcement group calls audit AN QUE 577 Announcement group queue audit AQSA 545 ACB queue slot allocation audit ASLINK 606 ASAI link status audit ASYLED 605 ASAI yellow LED audit ATACT 558...

Страница 558: ...ension group administration audit DE CALLS 517 Data extension group calls audit DMLK 563 Data module lock audit DUR A 543 Data user record audit DXLK 567 Data extension member lock audit EI TAB 621 Ex...

Страница 559: ...dit PCLK 566 PCOL member lock audit PC ADM 535 Personal CO line group administration audit PC CALLS 521 Personal CO line group calls audit PINC TAB 612 Packet Inter Port Network Connection Sub Table a...

Страница 560: ...CALLS 522 Trunk group calls audit TR QUE 525 Trunk group queue audit TSC PRI 520 ISDN PRI TSC resource audit TSRA 547 Time slot record allocation audit TTI STATE 618 TTI State Audit TTI TRANS 619 TTI...

Страница 561: ...ture Interactions status bri port location print Physical location PCsspp Report sent to printer Examples status bri port 1c0701 status bri port 1c0701 print init inads craft cust nms browse none none...

Страница 562: ...state at layer 2 The switch successfully initiates the link can now exchange layer 3 frames with the endpoint If the endpoint does not support SPID initialization procedures the endpoint extension ass...

Страница 563: ...oints and wiring by following SPID Facility Test Procedures described in the BRI SET ISDN BRI Set ASAI Adjunct Maintenance documentation 2 Verify repairs by executing the status bri port PCSSpp comman...

Страница 564: ...6 Established blank blank Transitory state for automatic TEIBRI endpoints which support MIM initialization 1 Verify that SPID administration on the switch and endpoint are consistent Verify the repair...

Страница 565: ...d with port endpoints See description of SPID Facility Test Procedures in the BRI SET ASAI ADJ BRI DAT Maintenance documentation BRI 0 126 L3 Established blank blank Invalid SPID assigned to link 1 Ch...

Страница 566: ...aling link is L3 Established BRI cont d 0 126 L3 Assigned ext yes Transitory state for BRI endpoints which support MIM initialization when SPID Facility Test initializes the station 5 Wait for five se...

Страница 567: ...2 Replace the endpoint Verify repairs by executing the status bri port PCSSpp command Determine that the L2 state of the signaling link is L3 Established ASAI 0 126 L3 Restarting ext The switch sends...

Страница 568: ...standby SPEs Is a valid memory card in place Is the memory card write protected NOTE Beginning with Release 9 the memory card has no write protect switch and no equivalent software mechanism What is...

Страница 569: ...rrier of the memory card Simplex system 01A for carrier A of Processor Port Network High or Critical Reliability Systems 01A or 01B System Size System configuration Small or Medium This information ca...

Страница 570: ...o different algorithm of erase operations between the two series Translatio n Storage Space Used 1 Percentage of reserved storage space for storing translation files in the memory card that saves tran...

Страница 571: ...in Chapter 9 Output The following information is displayed for both the Primary and Secondary CDR links whether or not both are used The following is an example of the fields contained on the output...

Страница 572: ...etect chronic alarming conditions If the Feature is suspended message appears Expert Systems can identify open trouble tickets as chronic problems for special consideration Action Object Qualifier Qua...

Страница 573: ...een by other users due to interworking problems 6 Users cannot participate in Multipoint Communications Service conferences 7 Continuous conferences do not move endpoints in or out of quadrants Action...

Страница 574: ...nce data displays in 2 parts the first screen describes the status of the conference and indicates the modes and levels of the conference It also identifies in use endpoints that cause conference oper...

Страница 575: ...y none any mlp ww pcs MLP rate Conference MLP Data Rate blank start time date Conference start time in 24 hour notation with month and day stop time date End of conference in 24 hour notation with mon...

Страница 576: ...the rate that endpoints can receive frames The MCU cannot detect maximum transmit frame rates or current frame rates Frame rates change due to the amount of motion in the input image QFPS The ACIF fra...

Страница 577: ...analysis of this endpoint s capabilities and mode field to identify the missing capability f the endpoint is in use but not connected to all media The endpoint declared all required capabilities chan...

Страница 578: ...Aud and Dat fields are y c downgraded conference video quality from changing CIF to ACIF or by decreasing the frame rate The conference video mode defaults to CIF If QCIF only endpoints join the confe...

Страница 579: ...ate adaptation see Join Time below n Another endpoint triggers a 64 kbps conference to rate adapt to 56 kbps This endpoint joins the conference at 64 kbps but encounters problems in rate adapting to 5...

Страница 580: ...erences This endpoint s video broadcasts to other sites This conference is in VAS broadcast or presentation mode Quad screen VAS conferences are prefix with an indicating that this endpoint s video be...

Страница 581: ...dpoint as set in a quadrant An u represents endpoints that belong to the quad image and U represents disconnected endpoints U For quad screen conferences UCC CRCS Agents designate quadrants as VAS U i...

Страница 582: ...pri Administration errors cause mismatches in primary secondary designation for cascade linking This mismatch indicates that both MCUs are administered as primaries see Cascading for a description of...

Страница 583: ...U regarding the UIN password Query Timeout periods exist for each period Internal MCU cannot allocate the necessary trunk resources to route the dial out call for the specified dial numbers This probl...

Страница 584: ...bout 10 seconds between digits inter digit timing System MCU restarts level 2 disconnect all calls UIN Inv The user enters an invalid User Identification Number Unknown The system cannot determine the...

Страница 585: ...d from the endpoint Terminal Name Blank Sum Grp Endpoints belong to this Summer group number and the VC Audio Level L1 and Level 2 L2 summer ports for this group These fields supply entries for confer...

Страница 586: ...cted to all media The endpoint declared all required capabilities channel video audio data but is not fully connected to all conference media This endpoint may be connecting failed to connect or is no...

Страница 587: ...video if the Chl Aud and Dat fields are y c The endpoint downgrades the conference s video quality from CIF to ACIF or by decreasing the frame rate The conference video mode defaults to CIF and if a...

Страница 588: ...his endpoint joins the conference at 64 kbps but because another endpoint triggers rate adaptation to 56 kbps this endpoint rate adapts to 56 kbps c 64 kbps endpoints join the conference at 56 kbps Th...

Страница 589: ...is not connected to the conference suppresses its video or has invalid video for its video source Up to four endpoints have an or before the Vs field value Quad screen conference in VAS mode The mixe...

Страница 590: ...with fixed quadrant participants s represents an endpoint that is fixed in a particular quadrant S displays when both the endpoint and the UCC CRCS Agent suppress the endpoint video u For full screen...

Страница 591: ...unk Video Aud ESM BONDng Err Software 1 _____ _____ _________ __ ___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___ ________ 2 _____ _____ _________ __ ___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___ ________ 3 _____ _____ ____...

Страница 592: ...to disconnect for example agents change connected dial out destination numbers Bandwidth Mismatches occur when bandwidths of calls and the conferences they attempt to join are inconsistent BondHshake...

Страница 593: ...oblem allocating the necessary trunk resources to route dial out calls for specified dial numbers This problem is associated with routing patterns or trunk associated translation for example TAC speci...

Страница 594: ...en digits inter digit timing System MCU restarts level 2 disconnect all calls UIN Inv Users enter invalid User Identification Numbers Unknown The system cannot determine the disconnect cause Wrong num...

Страница 595: ...nference endpoint page 3 of 6 CONFERENCE INFO Broadcaster xx See Me Return Vid xx MODE COMMANDS COMMUNICATION MODES EPT MISC FAW CMD STAT CONF EPT IN EPT OUT I O CH1 CH2 AIM y n XRATE y 384 384 384 VI...

Страница 596: ...See Me The endpoint initiates a MCV broadcaster request Presenter A presentation mode broadcaster Rollcall The UCC designates the broadcaster by the Rollcall feature UCC The UCC designates the broadc...

Страница 597: ...compatibility n modes incompatibility EPT IN defines the communication modes coming in from an endpoint EPT OUT Defines the communication modes sent to an endpoint based on the number of connected ch...

Страница 598: ...It includes endpoints that support the highest common audio mode HC audio when the administered mode is auto The highest common conference mode depends on the administered bandwidth A in the table in...

Страница 599: ...1 recommended H CTX proprietary H CTX proprietary or SG4 proprietary indicate that video is on in the direction indicated and video off when the video is off MLP Multi Layer Protocol data mode When te...

Страница 600: ...no video broadcaster broadcaster does not join or broadcaster s video is invalid MIS Multipoint Indicate Secondary status n For output the endpoint is a valid source not necessarily at this moment n i...

Страница 601: ...nt s status as a video source for 5 seconds of hyperactivity timer The HYPR counter tallies the number of times this endpoint is hyperactive DMUTE y The VC board or the software in the MCU mute the de...

Страница 602: ...chronization This counter starts with 0x00 increments to 0xff then wraps around to 0x01 The MCUFAL count also displays in the Fr Err field on Page 2 FEFAL Far End Frame Alignment Loss FEFAL Counts of...

Страница 603: ...CTX H CTX and SG4 are proprietary video format capabilities SG4_sfg indicates support for SG4 Still Frame Graphics MISC The restrict field and the 56 64 command mode with a restrict value indicate th...

Страница 604: ...the MCU provides Audio Only Communications Mode ACOM For a 2B conference the MCU sets the rate to 2x64 expecting the endpoints to do likewise 64x2 displays if this is not displayed no 64x2 capability...

Страница 605: ...__ __________ __ __ __ ________ 7 __ _____ _____ __________ __ __ __ ________ 8 __ _____ _____ __________ __ __ __ ________ 9 __ _____ _____ __________ __ __ __ ________ 10 __ _____ _____ __________ _...

Страница 606: ...uled Transient in nature indicating that an AC is about to enter the attempting to connect state waiting to retry The AC is inactive waiting for the retry timer to expire Once the timer expires the AC...

Страница 607: ...s denied 0x1F 0t31 Reason unknown 0x22 0t34 Trunks unavailable 0x26 0t38 Temporary or facility failure 0x29 0t41 Temporary or facility failure 0x2A 0t42 Resources unavailable 0x2C 0t44 Resources unava...

Страница 608: ...Ring no answer 0xC8 0t200 Hi and dry no feedback detected 0xC9 0t201 Cascade link administered wrong 0xCA 0t202 CPTR not available to detect failure Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Login...

Страница 609: ...data module valid states are In service idle The data module is present but not in use In service active The data module is present and is in use Out of service The data module has been removed from...

Страница 610: ...Routine Maintenance Procedures for more information Output The following output example is a display of status esm Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions s...

Страница 611: ...f 1 STATUS FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Location 01C02 Firmware Image File Name usd1v22r1 Target Board Code TN464 Suffix FP Firmware Vintage 22 Schedule Download Y Start Date Time 01 12 2001 13 30 S...

Страница 612: ...of status hardware group Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status hardware group print Report sent to printer Examples status hardware group status har...

Страница 613: ...me It tracks completion time for the hardware group command If a test cancels then restarts the time for the cancel period is excluded The time displays in HH MM SS format Repetition Number Number of...

Страница 614: ...down the displayed Emerg Trans field is incorrect until handshakes reactivate Major Number of logged major alarms 0 200 Minor Number of logged minor alarms 0 200 Warning Number of warnings logged in...

Страница 615: ...ng source Display values for this field vary according to timing sources selected external For Stratum 3 hardware internal an internal source such as a tone clock Primary and secondary timing sources...

Страница 616: ...gel Link EAL determines PNC status of a port network up denotes that the EAL is available dn denotes that the EAL is unavailable Time of Day Current time of day acquired from the system Action Object...

Страница 617: ...eld Name on switch output output type MIB data Description Incoming data gram header errors Counter Long ipInHdrErrors The number of input datagrams dis carded due to errors in their IP head ers inclu...

Страница 618: ...his counter does not include any dat agrams counted in ipForwDatagrams Outgoing data grams dis carded Counter Long ipOutDiscards The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encoun tered...

Страница 619: ...network region x or status ip network region y will indicate the result as f failed between those two regions Output The following example shows the output for the status network region 2 command Fie...

Страница 620: ...for data and the rates are high the trunk should be deactivated If the trunk is used for voice the trunk may not be deactivated Also high rates be at risk for some type of power hit Output The follow...

Страница 621: ...ult of 10 seconds Duration of Test Run time for the test call listed in minutes blank a default time Reason of Termination Reason that the test call terminates finished canceled overflow no bits trans...

Страница 622: ...n on journal printer links see the description of the busyout journal printer command Output The following example is a display of status journal link wakeup log Field descriptions Action Object Quali...

Страница 623: ...e invoked with status pgate port for PGATE links status clan port or netstat link n for C LAN links Output The following example shows page 1 of the output from the status link n command si w TN794 Ne...

Страница 624: ...signed by add change data module command Service State Displays in service idle in service active disconnected out of service maintenance busy in service inactive active idle Node Name Administered no...

Страница 625: ...liverable to a higher layer protocol Incoming packets discarded The number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverab...

Страница 626: ...CP IP socket links that are currently up and active that are using the ethernet link n via the CLAN board or the Processor Ethernet interface UP Channels are up DN Channels are down PND Channels are i...

Страница 627: ...displayed These updates will not be reflected until the next execution of the command The command will take a snapshot of the commands that the users on the system are currently executing Because of t...

Страница 628: ...example shows the output from the status pms link command Field descriptions Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status pms link print Report sent to pri...

Страница 629: ...of the specified PRI endpoint is out of service and background maintenance testing is being performed on the port NOTE A PRI endpoint can initiate and receive a call on any one or more of the B chann...

Страница 630: ...mber of B channels in the in service idle state Port Port locations cabinet carrier slot circuit for each of the B channels making up the PRI endpoint Service State Service state of the B channels in...

Страница 631: ...dministered Channel is in a state entering wait session accept WSA Channel is in a state waiting for a session accept message from the far end Channel is in data transfer state channel is up and runni...

Страница 632: ...t example shows the output from the status signaling group 1 command Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status signaling group group identifier print Ad...

Страница 633: ...service NOTE If there is no D channel backup and the primary D channel is out of service then the signaling group is in an out of service state Link Link transporting the D channel Port Address of th...

Страница 634: ...state without system technician intervention manual out of service a D channel is manual out of service when system technician intervention has caused it to be placed in the TEI assigned state at laye...

Страница 635: ...administered Number of Retries Number of times the switch has tried to set up the link since a request to set up the link was received 1 999 if more than 999 retries have occurred 999 still displays T...

Страница 636: ...ny Message Waiting Whether there is a message waiting for the station AP SPE AUDIX PMS or blank if no messages are waiting Connected Ports Port locations of the facilities to which the station is conn...

Страница 637: ...Group Cntrl Restr One or two of the following none total stat stat outward or terminate AWU Call at Time that Automatic Wakeup Call is scheduled User DND Status of the do not disturb feature Group DN...

Страница 638: ...is unable to determine the Serial Number This field can also show Errored if the serial number received is not in the correct format Station Lock Active Indicates whether the station has been locked u...

Страница 639: ...Management Features in the Administration for Network Connectivity for Avaya MultiVantage Software Screen 8 35 Status station Field descriptions Average Jitter ms Last Ten Seconds The ten most recent...

Страница 640: ...quence No Last transmitted data packet sequence number Worst Case this Call Jitter the worst case 1 second jitter buffer size ms experienced during the current connection Packet Loss the worst case 1...

Страница 641: ...or a DS1 cabinet carrier for a tone clock Switching Capability Whether the on line reference for synchronization can be switched Enabled or Disabled Excessive Reference Switching High level descriptio...

Страница 642: ...us system 1st cabinet status system 2nd cabinet status system 3rd cabinet status system all cabinets 1 For PPN and 1st and 2nd EPNs one page of output displays 2 The status displayed for a cabinet is...

Страница 643: ...r of Minor alarms associated with the SPE complex that affect the fault severity level of this SPE If the system is simplex system then the 1B SPE always shows blank TONE CLOCK Location of the tone cl...

Страница 644: ...EL Whether the control channel is on this TDM Bus y n DEDICATED TONES Whether the dedicated tones are on this TDM Bus y n PKT Packet Bus identifier same as the cabinet number 1 2 or 3 If the system is...

Страница 645: ...tch 1A and 1B for the PPN and 2A or 3A for the EPNs SELECT SWITCH Emergency Transfer Switch position on the Processor s or the EPN maintenance circuit pack and the state of Emergency Transfer in the c...

Страница 646: ...ertain maintenance tests and has been removed from service blank Expansion Interface Link does not exist MODE active Expansion Interface Link is in service and providing the active connectivity betwee...

Страница 647: ...tialization the standby SPE is available for maintenance functions on the standby SPE busyout testing SPE busied out however the switch software on this SPE has been restarted and is currently in the...

Страница 648: ...maint list config SPE in maintenance mode and currently executing a list configuration command maint save trans SPE in maintenance mode and is currently executing a save translation command maint save...

Страница 649: ...that has temporarily left the standby memory not refreshed After the current test finishes background maintenance refreshes the standby SPE down analysis SPE in down mode and currently performing bac...

Страница 650: ...updates the screen automatically every minute or on demand Parameters Examples status trunk 78 status trunk 80 2 print group member If you enter a trunk group number without a member number the infor...

Страница 651: ...connected NE Near End and FE Far End refer to which end of the trunk has placed the facility in its current state Explanations of these service states for each type of trunk appear in the maintenance...

Страница 652: ...31 12B1217 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn H 245 12B1217 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn G 711 MU Audio 12B1108 xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn xxx xxx xxx xxx nnnnn H 245 Tunneled in Q...

Страница 653: ...ection delays and a general loss of quality making speech unintelligible status trunk 1 19 SPE B TRUNK STATUS Trunk Group Member 01 19 Service State in service active Port T00123 Maintenance Busy no S...

Страница 654: ...twork Connectivity for Avaya MultiVantage Software for more information status trunk 11 3 Page 2 of 2 SPE B TRUNK STATUS NETWORK STATUS Average Jitter ms Packet Loss per Second Last Ten Seconds Last T...

Страница 655: ...Call The number of SSRC changes occurring during the current connection Last Rx Sequence No Last received data sequence Last Tx Sequence No Last transmitted data sequence Worst Case this call Jitter...

Страница 656: ...status tsc administered 1 1 command Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions status tsc administered signaling group tsc index print Administered signaling g...

Страница 657: ...ve shows that the TSC is being released pending active the TSC is about to come up Establish The switch responsible for the origination of the administered TSC as needed TSC is established on an as ne...

Страница 658: ...us psa to see the same screen It shows that the status of PSA is dependent on the state of TTI Output The following example shows the output for status tti and status psa Action Object Qualifier Quali...

Страница 659: ...of Boards Completed Number of TTI supported circuit packs that were processed by the background maintenance task The ports on a completed circuit pack if unadministered were translated as TTI ports if...

Страница 660: ...field descriptions status val ip 1C02 IP STATUS Reset Time mm dd hh mm Last Hour Start Time mm dd hh mm End Time mm dd hh mm Incoming Received Octets Datagrams Discards Hdr Errors Since reset 1 0 0 La...

Страница 661: ...d and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the comman...

Страница 662: ...selected alarm log entries The results display in standard test output and status information display on the message line as the command progresses Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maint...

Страница 663: ...step failures test alarms long clear auto page test alarms long failures 1 If auto page option is not specified the screen does not refresh once filled and testing stops until the user presses PAGE c...

Страница 664: ...of two users attempting to test the same physical hardware for example one using the test alarms command and another using the test board command If this command attempts to test a board that is curre...

Страница 665: ...ment types If there is no input to any of these fields the system defaults to all the equipment The user can select one of the following fields Cabinet tests alarms associated with a particular cabine...

Страница 666: ...ack y or off board o Alt Name Terminal extension numbers or trunk group numbers Alarm Type Major Minor or Warning Service State Current service state of the station and trunk ports RDY ready for servi...

Страница 667: ...te Alarmed Day hour and minute of alarm Alarm Count Count of the current alarm entry versus the total number of alarms to be tested Test results section Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit...

Страница 668: ...00 or 102 transmission tests How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is the...

Страница 669: ...e line of data for each test result Field descriptions Port The port address cabinet carrier slot circuit of the maintenance object that is being tested Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object...

Страница 670: ...Option for a longer more comprehensive test series includes a destructive test How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat...

Страница 671: ...private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Fail Abort Disabled No Board or Extra Board Error Code Numeric code explaining why the r...

Страница 672: ...y of the memory card device the basic read erase write operations to the memory card the integrity of the translation data stored in the memory card the function of 12 volt power supply in TN777B NETC...

Страница 673: ...equence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 2 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command...

Страница 674: ...running test card mem command for a memory card in the standby SPE means that the standby SPE is put into the maintenance mode and no SPE interchange is allowed through the reset system interchange co...

Страница 675: ...maintenance object FL DATA is blank Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object being tested CARD MEM for the memory card CAP MEM for memory card capacity FL DATA for the data consistency stored...

Страница 676: ...y times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is v...

Страница 677: ...e maintenance name always CUST ALM Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test number always 115 Result Test result Pass Abort or Fail Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted...

Страница 678: ...tive test How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fai...

Страница 679: ...way to identify maintenance objects If the Object is The field contains station extension trunk xxx yyy xxx trunk group yyy member private CO line P xxx xxx private CO line group number Test No The te...

Страница 680: ...er to specify a loop up code for the CPE loopback jack if it differs from the default 0x47F The loop up code is entered by specifying the number of bits in the loop up code as well as the actual hexad...

Страница 681: ...est basis with one line of data for each test result Field descriptions Port Port address cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name The alternate means of i...

Страница 682: ...Option for a longer more comprehensive test series includes a destructive test How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat...

Страница 683: ...t applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board or Disabled Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted Refer to the detailed list of...

Страница 684: ...s to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the specified time The information displayed by the command is sent to the system printer inst...

Страница 685: ...e external device alarm Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled or Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted Refer to t...

Страница 686: ...r status 3 EXT DEV tests external AUDIX for example alarm status for both the SCC and MCC cabinet systems 4 POWER tests battery backup 5 AC POWER tests AC power availability 6 CARR_POW tests carrier D...

Страница 687: ...ive and nondestructive diagnostic tests How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a s...

Страница 688: ...d carrier values display Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail Disabled Error Code Numeric code exp...

Страница 689: ...ons The default is ALL failed ip network regions Otherwise test failed ip network region xxx where xxx is in the range of 1 250 for r and 1 80 for si csi d Output The following display shows a typical...

Страница 690: ...agnostics on all the hardware in the specified hardware group and reports results of the test along with any possible error codes Concurrent testing is done to enhance performance therefore test resul...

Страница 691: ...e group carrier 1a schedule test hardware group cabinet 2 test hardware group board 01c07 test hardware group board 01c07 schedule test hardware group spe test hardware group spe print test hardware g...

Страница 692: ...try later displays and the request fails Save translation If the test hardware group with the all ports option while a translation save operation is active some unadministered ports may not be tested...

Страница 693: ...s set to continuously then this field disappears from the screen if this field is set to repeat then the field appears Auto page Provides a new screen every time the SAT screen fills with test results...

Страница 694: ...d Number Description Board Number Description TN413 Digital Line TN746 16 port Analog Line TN417 Auxiliary Trunk TN747B Central Office Trunk TN429 Direct Inward Outward Dialing Trunk TN753 Direct Inwa...

Страница 695: ...2149 Analog Line TN2180 16 port Analog line SPE interchange Allow for planned interchange of duplicated SPEs and subsequent testing of both the active and standby SPEs Table 8 16 Test of all ports opt...

Страница 696: ...continues The test waits 2 minutes before dialing the call to allow the remote maintenance technician to logoff thus freeing the line A local SAT user entering the test inads link command does not ne...

Страница 697: ...Process Circuit Packs field must be set to yes on the inads and technician permission forms This provides permissions to execute the test inads link command This field can be changed by executing a ch...

Страница 698: ...ehensive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until t...

Страница 699: ...d with the particular processor interface board Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Blank Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled or E...

Страница 700: ...ng test calls running depends upon the number of Maintenance Test circuit packs in the system Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions test isdn testcall grou...

Страница 701: ...tenance object being tested Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object xxx yyy where xxx trunk group yyy member number Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort...

Страница 702: ...ive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the al...

Страница 703: ...and stops periodic re setup trys on the link Output The following example shows the output for the test journal printer pms log command The responses display on a test by test basis with one line of d...

Страница 704: ...e test led command SPE Select LEDs on the Duplication Interface Circuit Packs Power Unit LEDs Yellow amber LED on the tape drive Output If the command is successful Command successfully completed disp...

Страница 705: ...s Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Co...

Страница 706: ...id being tested Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object being tested Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error...

Страница 707: ...more comprehensive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repe...

Страница 708: ...maintenance object only the cabinet and carrier values display Maintenance Name The maintenance name always MAINT Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result The result of the indi...

Страница 709: ...test series all nondestructive for this command Number of times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is clear...

Страница 710: ...ress cabinet carrier Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object being tested is MEMORY Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result The result of the test Pass Abort or Fail Err...

Страница 711: ...ool Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic tests Option for a longer more comprehensive series of both destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests Number of times each test in the...

Страница 712: ...t circuit Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object always MODEM PT Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Co...

Страница 713: ...quence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a schedul...

Страница 714: ...aintenance object DATA BD for Network Control board SW CTL for Switch Control Archangel DATA CHL for administered data channel CARD MEM for flash memory card on Network Control board Alt Name Extensio...

Страница 715: ...s the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of...

Страница 716: ...tenance Name The name of maintenance object Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test number run on the packet control Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric c...

Страница 717: ...he test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of th...

Страница 718: ...Maintenance Name The name of maintenance object being tested Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric co...

Страница 719: ...h test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated an...

Страница 720: ...nd is used to do this and causes the link to be torn down If the link is already down the busyout command stops periodic re setup tries on the link Output The following example shows the output for th...

Страница 721: ...ce is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling...

Страница 722: ...Name The alternate means of identifying the maintenance object If the Object is aThe field contains stationextension trunkxxx yyy xxx trunk group number and yyy member number private CO lineP xxx xxx...

Страница 723: ...until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in...

Страница 724: ...The specified extension number of the PRI endpoint Test No The actual test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the relea...

Страница 725: ...nd nondestructive diagnostic tests This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then...

Страница 726: ...d is MEMORY Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted Refer...

Страница 727: ...if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the command queu...

Страница 728: ...eld descriptions Port The port address is always blank Maintenance Name SHDW LNK Alt Name Not applicable Test No The test number is always 318 Result Test result Pass Abort Fail Disabled Error Code Nu...

Страница 729: ...h destructive and nondestructive diagnostic tests How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is clea...

Страница 730: ...ld descriptions Port The signaling group number 1 8 of the signaling group that is being tested Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being tested Alt Name Not Applicable Test No Tes...

Страница 731: ...efaults Feature Interactions test sp link short long schedule Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic tests Option for a longer more comprehensive series of both destructive and nondest...

Страница 732: ...ntenance object Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object This field contains the extension when the object is a data module Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Ab...

Страница 733: ...MEM PKT CTRL Action Object Qualifiers Qualifier Description Logins Defaults Feature Interactions test spe standby short long repeat number clear Option for a brief series of nondestructive diagnostic...

Страница 734: ...nce object that is being tested Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object This field contains the extension when the object is a data module Test No Test being executed Result Tes...

Страница 735: ...How many times each test in the sequence is repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Comm...

Страница 736: ...ess cabinet carrier slot circuit Maintenance Name The type of maintenance object that is being tested Alt Name Alternate means of identifying the maintenance object This field contains the extension w...

Страница 737: ...repeated 1 100 This option causes the test sequence short or long to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form...

Страница 738: ...rt command Field descriptions Port Not applicable Maintenance Name Maintenance object name Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extr...

Страница 739: ...e test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the command queue and is executed at the spec...

Страница 740: ...B is displayed Maintenance Name Maintenance object name Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result Test result Pass Abort Fail No Board Disabled Extra Bd Error Code Numeric code expla...

Страница 741: ...the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then placed in the com...

Страница 742: ...DM CLK Alt Name Not applicable Test No Test being executed Result PASS ABORT FAIL NO BOARD DISABLED EXTRA BD Error Code Numeric code explaining why the release failed or aborted Refer to the detailed...

Страница 743: ...g to repeat until the alarm if any is cleared or a single test in the sequence fails 1 Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule execution of the command The command is then...

Страница 744: ...the maintenance object If the object is a trunk the field contains xxx yyy where xxx trunk group number yyy member number If the object is a private CO line the field contains P xxx where xxx private...

Страница 745: ...ing group number 1 8 The number associated with each TSC in a signaling group The number of times each test in sequence is repeated Command is validated and then a scheduling form displays to schedule...

Страница 746: ...IP addresses of the hop points and the final destination Observed round trip delay from the source to each hop point If no reply is received from a potential hop point the IP Address field contains bl...

Страница 747: ...ormance Output The following shows an example output for the C LAN traceroute command For Medpro boards the clan port 1 17 qualifier does not appear Action Object Qualifier Qualifier Description Login...

Страница 748: ...which the traceroute command is issued Time ms Time from the board to each intermediate destination in milliseconds If an error occurs at a node the entry is repeated with an error code immediately fo...

Страница 749: ...andard reliability The command verifies that a software card mem is present and then if present proceeds to reprogram the flash memory and perform a level 4 restart During the restart of the system th...

Страница 750: ...nd duplex systems This is due to the clearing of memory during the level 4 reset Periodic and Scheduled Maintenance Periodic and scheduled maintenance is suspended during the upgrade Error and Alarm L...

Страница 751: ...of the processor The only recovery procedure is to power down and power up the system since the presence of a software card mem will cause a software upgrade ERASING MEMORY The rest of the memory is b...

Страница 752: ...ervention REPLACE SOFTWARE MEM CARD WITH TRANSLATION MEM CARD The system technician is prompted by a beep and this text string on the Manager I to replace the software card mem with the translation ca...

Страница 753: ...s chapter is organized into several sections that provide introductory information as well as packet bus fault isolation and correction procedures The sections of the chapter are as follows Remote Mai...

Страница 754: ...chart is intended to be the normal starting point for isolating and resolving Packet Bus problems However anyone who is unfamiliar with Packet Bus maintenance should read the introductory sections to...

Страница 755: ...d in the Packet Bus Fault Correction section in this chapter Tools for Packet Bus Fault Isolation and Correction The following list discusses several tools that are or may be required to perform Packe...

Страница 756: ...urs when leads on the packet bus become connected together Such a connection can occur due to component failures on the packet bus interface of a circuit pack a failure of the cables between carriers...

Страница 757: ...k An explanation of how each circuit pack assists in packet bus maintenance is also included NOTE The MOs involved with each circuit pack are listed in brackets Documentation for each maintenance obje...

Страница 758: ...esponding alarms while others cause service outages without alarming the Packet Bus although the failed circuit pack s should be alarmed The following list discusses the effects on the Packet Bus of a...

Страница 759: ...lures that do not affect all endpoints on that packet bus may occur Therefore a packet bus failure should not be ruled out even if some packet service is still present A circuit pack can fail in a man...

Страница 760: ...lly a catastrophic TDM Bus failure one that affects both TDM Buses disables ALL traffic in the system while a catastrophic Packet Bus failure affects only Packet traffic This means that all TDM traffi...

Страница 761: ...or acted upon ISDN BRI endpoint BRI SET BRI DAT ASAI ADJ in line error are neither placed into the error log nor acted upon Circuit pack and port in line errors that are not related to the Packet Bus...

Страница 762: ...us problem is still not resolved the same procedure is attempted for the control complex circuit packs 4 If the problem is still not resolved or if the Packet Bus faults are known to have open leads a...

Страница 763: ...LED to respond to a change in the state of the Packet Bus In normal switch operation the Maintenance Test provides the visual feedback of the Packet Bus state When standalone mode described in the nex...

Страница 764: ...inal Therefore if the Manager I can be used for this operation and this depends on the switch configuration and on customer requirements remember to restore the original communication parameters befor...

Страница 765: ...a loss of service to the Packet Bus This is true because reconfiguration is not performed in standalone mode Therefore this procedure should be considered a service disrupting procedure If the system...

Страница 766: ...s not recognize the presence of the circuit pack If the standalone mode is entered successfully the following is displayed on the connected terminal Figure 9 1 Normal Standalone Mode Display CAUTION I...

Страница 767: ...e display In the display an S indicates a shorted lead an O indicates an open lead and a blank indicates no fault Figure 9 2 Example Standalone Mode Display The information within a standalone mode di...

Страница 768: ...123 9 16 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 9 3 Packet Bus Leads on the Backplane Front View SLOT XXX Backplane Separation GND GND L8 H0 SB H2 H4 SF H6 H7 H8 SS 5v 5v 5v 5v 5v L5 LP L2 L4 L1 5v L7 GND LF GND GND...

Страница 769: ...May 2002 9 17 555 233 123 Figure 9 4 Packet Bus Leads on the Backplane Back View 5v LP L2 L4 L7 L8 H0 SB H2 H4 SF H6 H7 H8 GND SS GND GND 5v 5v 5v 5v 5v L5 L1 GND L3 GND L6 GND HP H1 GND H3 GND H5 GND...

Страница 770: ...nce documentation in Chapter 10 Maintenance Object Repair Procedures Correct any problems with the TN771 Maintenance Test Packet Bus port as described in that section If the TN771 Maintenance Test cir...

Страница 771: ...ause ISDN BRI failure in an EPN but it could not be the cause of a failure in the PPN Whenever the flowchart refers to the Maintenance documentation for a specific MO keep in mind that the repair proc...

Страница 772: ...ge 1 of 2 YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO To page 2 NO NO NO NO A Are there alarms or errors TDM CLK C Is only a single PN affected D Are there alarms or errors against PKT INTF F Are ther...

Страница 773: ...ts K Is the problem isolated to a single board H Are there alarms or errors against M T PKT Are the packet bus problems resolved Are the packet bus problems resolved Are the packet bus problems resolv...

Страница 774: ...larms should be resolved before any other Packet Bus fault isolation is attempted NOTE All TDM CLK problems should be resolved before the process is continued even if the problems refer only to the TD...

Страница 775: ...in 286 systems 386 systems or later systems that are using the Packet Bus must be TN570s Using TN776s results in an EPN where TDM traffic works but Packet traffic does not work g If a TN771 is not pre...

Страница 776: ...e is actively running on the Packet Bus at the time the status system command is issued the data reported for the Packet Bus may be inconsistent The reason is that this data is updated by the maintena...

Страница 777: ...Chapter 10 Maintenance Object Repair Procedures NOTE Keep in mind that even though the steps discussed in the previous list may fail to resolve the problem the steps are not necessarily fault proof Co...

Страница 778: ...ket Bus and Packet circuit packs been resolved NOTE If all alarms are resolved issue the clear pkt command This command attempts to put the switch back into the service state by resolving any BRI prob...

Страница 779: ...Correction procedures at that point 3 After implementing the repair procedure for the circuit pack and regardless of whether this procedure succeeds or fails determine if the Packet Bus fault is still...

Страница 780: ...but is resolved when the circuit pack is removed either the circuit pack or the backplane pins in that slot caused the problem If the backplane pins are intact replace the circuit pack NOTE In a multi...

Страница 781: ...ighten or replace the pins reinsert the circuit pack restore power refer to the Restoring Power section in Chapter 5 and repeat Procedure 2 beginning with Step 2 for the same circuit pack WARNING If t...

Страница 782: ...Also problems with the backplane pins need not be checked for Determining if the problem is resolved by removing circuit packs is sufficient In a system without High or Critical Reliability do the fo...

Страница 783: ...wer down the carrier Refer to the Removing Power section in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures b Straighten or replace the pins c Insert the same circuit pack d Restore power to the carrier Refe...

Страница 784: ...ar carrier first unplug the cable that connects the carrier to the next carrier and then replace the cable with a termination resistor see Figure 9 6 on page 9 21 When the length of the Packet Bus is...

Страница 785: ...res 4 Determine if the packet bus fault is still present 5 If the fault is present go to Part 2 Part 2 Processor Port Network 1 Terminate the Packet Bus so that it extends only from the Active control...

Страница 786: ...t Networks 1 Terminate the Packet Bus so that it extends only from the carrier that contains the Active Expansion Interface to the nearest carrier that contains the Maintenance Test circuit pack Place...

Страница 787: ...rms Resolve the first alarmed entry first because it may affect the rest of the alarmed entries System alarmed and user reported troubles may exist at the same time Always clear the alarmed troubles f...

Страница 788: ...repair procedures MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation A B C D or E and SS is the ad...

Страница 789: ...system goes on battery backup which is known as Nominal Power Holdover NPH If power is restored before the NPH time expires the alarm is resolved Each basic control cabinet has separate batteries for...

Страница 790: ...ironment P sh r 1 513 Any AC Power Query Test 78 WARNING OFF test environment P sh r 1 FILTER CARRIER A CARRIER B A I R F L O W S4 631 S4 631 RING GENERATOR S3 FRONT VIEW A H D 1 DA BATTERY BATTERY CH...

Страница 791: ...minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to ABORT with Error Code 2000 check for system powering problems with the A carrier PPN or EPN Resolve all DC POWER alarms Then repeat the...

Страница 792: ...nd rerun the test If the test still fails then the PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor in a PPN in a system without High or Critical Reliability the DUPINT Duplication Interface circuit pack in a high...

Страница 793: ...ce circuit pack may be incorrectly reporting the problem Resolve all alarms against these Maintenance Objects and rerun the test 100 FAIL The switch is currently without AC power and AC Power maintena...

Страница 794: ...e AC Power Query Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Table 10 3 AC Power Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On...

Страница 795: ...itical Reliability the Duplication Interface circuit pack in a High or Critical Reliability system PPN or the EPN Maintenance circuit pack in an EPN multicarrier cabinet system for the status of AC po...

Страница 796: ...y the Duplication Interface circuit pack in a High or Critical Reliability system PPN or the EPN Maintenance circuit pack in an EPN multicarrier cabinet system is incorrectly reporting a problem with...

Страница 797: ...was due to an administered error The alarm raised major minor warning or none is specified in the Alarm Type field of the Administered Connection Administration Form Error Log Entries and Test to Cle...

Страница 798: ...e 54 a b c o Any None Any OFF None 58 a b c l Any None Any OFF None 65 a b c d p Any None Any OFF None 66 a b c d p Any None Any OFF None 69 a b c d p Any None Any OFF None 81 a b c q Any None Any OFF...

Страница 799: ...reshold specified by the customer is ignored d The address of the destination endpoint is an unassigned number 1 has an invalid number format 28 or is restricted form terminating calls Access Denied d...

Страница 800: ...vice has not been purchased Check the routing pattern used by this Administered Connection and verify that the service type is correct If the service type appears correct check with the customer or ne...

Страница 801: ...y 5 slots on a port cabinet The tests described in this manual apply only to switch side maintenance which tests circuit pack components related to the TDM bus interface The AUDIX system has an extens...

Страница 802: ...itch as AUDIX reserved slots or ADXDP RS ADX8D RS In DP mode the TN566 pack supports up to 8 voice ports each with a primary information channel and a secondary information channel Ports are administe...

Страница 803: ...Spp Table 10 7 EMBEDDED AUDIX Digital Port Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass r...

Страница 804: ...This can be ignored if no user complaints are received If the problem persists replace the circuit pack see precaution at the beginning of this section Once the problem is resolved the alarm is retir...

Страница 805: ...ry information channel voice and on the secondary information channel data associated with each EMBEDDED AUDIX port If this test fails on either channel the voice port is taken out of service Table 10...

Страница 806: ...g heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the number of Tone De...

Страница 807: ...channel This test is the same as Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of the four tests run If any test fails or aborts the sequence is stopped 1 2 FAIL The NPE...

Страница 808: ...TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS to diagnose TDM BUS errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABO...

Страница 809: ...of this port None FAIL The test failed for reasons external to the EMBEDDED AUDIX circuit pack 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator circuit pack and the Tone Detector circuit pack by u...

Страница 810: ...see XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Port level maintenance is covered by ADX16A PT EMBEDDED AUDIX consists of 2 circuit packs that occupy 5 slots on a port carrier The tests described in this manual...

Страница 811: ...System Maintenance 585 300 110 AUDIX resides on a combined pair of circuit packs the TN566 Multifunction Board MFB and the TN2169 Alarm Board ALB Because of its size this combination occupies 5 slots...

Страница 812: ...release port PCSSpp command Table 10 10 EMBEDDED AUDIX Digital Port Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence...

Страница 813: ...ice port This can be ignored if no user complaints are received If the problem persists replace the circuit pack see caution at the beginning of this section Once the problem is resolved the alarm is...

Страница 814: ...NPE Crosstalk Test 9 This test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and that it never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not work...

Страница 815: ...on 2 When the port it idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be in use 1 Use the display...

Страница 816: ...status station command to determine when the voice port is available for testing 2 When the port it idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test re...

Страница 817: ...same as Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of the four tests run If any test fails or aborts the sequence is stopped Table 10 12 TEST 13 Voice and Control Cha...

Страница 818: ...R LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors Try a 1004 ABORT The port was put in use during the test The test has been aborted 1 Use the display port PCSSpp to determine the voice port extension of the...

Страница 819: ...fect to loss of use of this port None FAIL The test failed for reasons external to the AUDIX 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the tone generator circuit pack and the tone detector circuit pack by usi...

Страница 820: ...as an extensive maintenance strategy that is described in EMBEDDED AUDIX System Maintenance 585 300 110 AUDIX resides on a combined pair of circuit packs the TN566 Multifunction Board MFB and the TN21...

Страница 821: ...nected to this carrier If analog circuit packs on many carriers have this error check the ringing generator e AUDIX is not available to the switch Check the AUDIX system referring to EMBEDDED AUDIX Sy...

Страница 822: ...and not to EMBEDDED AUDIX These tests always return PASS Battery Feed Test 35 Audits and Updates Test 36 Station Present Test 48 Tests 36 and 48 ABORT when AUDIX is not running NPE Crosstalk Test 6 Th...

Страница 823: ...at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test Try a 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The sys...

Страница 824: ...he test for the particular analog station being tested enter the change station extension command and change the Test field on the Station Form from n to y 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was...

Страница 825: ...e wait until it is idle before retesting 3 When the port is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test ha...

Страница 826: ...d port did not conference the tones correctly This causes noisy and unreliable connections 1 Replace the circuit pack PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles...

Страница 827: ...The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS to diagnose TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is no...

Страница 828: ...sary system resources for this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The reflective Loop Around Test failed This causes noisy or unreliable connections or other user...

Страница 829: ...nal Device Alarm EXT DEV Maintenance Object is used for the off board external device alarm MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and...

Страница 830: ...dule you must assign the port location on the data form and connect a modem to the port The analog data module may be used for connection to a CDR output or other adjuncts as needed These ports are te...

Страница 831: ...pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a 40960 40975 40977 none 15 b Any Audits and Up...

Страница 832: ...voltage is absent If only 1 analog circuit pack in the system has this problem then replace the circuit pack If only analog circuit packs on a particular carrier have this error then the ringing gene...

Страница 833: ...a valid call This result is also reported for the system s Music On Hold port when it is off hook which it usually is 1 Enter display port PCSSpp to determine the station s extension 2 Enter status s...

Страница 834: ...mes 1005 ABORT The test was aborted due to a configuration problem This test may not be applicable or it may be disruptive to terminal equipment other than a voice terminal for example the modem pool...

Страница 835: ...test fails PASS The port is correctly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring or by examining t...

Страница 836: ...the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted 1 Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the s...

Страница 837: ...l fails replace the board PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests and by examining station trun...

Страница 838: ...ported for the system s Music On Hold port when it is off hook which it usually is 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted 1 Use the display port PCSSp...

Страница 839: ...e to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximu...

Страница 840: ...D to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are...

Страница 841: ...imum of 5 times 1005 ABORT The test was aborted due to a configuration problem This test may not be applicable or it may be disruptive to terminal equipment other than a voice terminal for example the...

Страница 842: ...y the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The software and the port processor have the same status User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port te...

Страница 843: ...BORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted 1 Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension 2 Use the status station command to determin...

Страница 844: ...st may cause 1 To enable the test for a particular station being tested enter change station extension and set the Test field on the station from n to y 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not...

Страница 845: ...may also pass if no terminal equipment is connected and the terminal is located very far from the switch User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examin...

Страница 846: ...etermine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle and retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate tim...

Страница 847: ...been disabled by administration The default for the Test field on the station form is y Determine why this field has been set to n on this station this may be due to the ringing application test 48 t...

Страница 848: ...t is able to provide an analog transmission path to the station equipment User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring or by examini...

Страница 849: ...es of the software this action disables Tests 6 7 161 and 35 as well as Test 48 No maintenance of the terminal connected to the 16 Port Neon Analog Line circuit pack is performed except to determine w...

Страница 850: ...results of Test 48 Table 10 24 16 Port Neon Analog Line Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If al...

Страница 851: ...probably a problem with the ringing generator e Test 48 may cause some terminal equipment to ring briefly during daily maintenance If this ringing is disturbing the customer or the terminal equipment...

Страница 852: ...tem resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command t...

Страница 853: ...minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1005 ABORT The test was aborted due to a configuration problem This test may not...

Страница 854: ...and 3 are cleared Replace the board only if the test fails PASS The port is correctly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port test...

Страница 855: ...display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then th...

Страница 856: ...og station being tested enter change station extension and set the Test field on the station from n to y 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100...

Страница 857: ...nd by examining station trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect...

Страница 858: ...resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command to de...

Страница 859: ...is field has been set to n on this station this may be due to the ringing application test 48 which can be customer or terminal disturbing 1 To enable the test for the particular analog station being...

Страница 860: ...ative User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring or by examining the station 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID...

Страница 861: ...tatus station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is i...

Страница 862: ...roblem The switchhook audit failed The other updates were not performed because of this failure This may occur when the audit is performed at the same time that the terminal equipment goes off hook Us...

Страница 863: ...should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring or by examining the station 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to...

Страница 864: ...id call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is...

Страница 865: ...hases are in use 1018 ABORT The test has been disabled via administration The default for the Test field on the Station form is y thus you may want to determine why this field has been set to n on thi...

Страница 866: ...switch This test may also pass if no terminal equipment is connected and the terminal is located very far from the switch User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other por...

Страница 867: ...s test is designed to check the on board transmission capabilities of the NPE the codec and the battery feed chip of the analog port A Tone Detector and a Tone Generator talk and listen on the same pa...

Страница 868: ...nd at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service...

Страница 869: ...an External Alert or Announcement port 1018 ABORT The test has been disabled via administration The default for the Test field on the Station form is y thus you may want to determine why this field ha...

Страница 870: ...The port is able to provide an analog transmission path to the station equipment User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring or by...

Страница 871: ...s the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or G 1 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C D or E and SS is the address of the slot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for...

Страница 872: ...some loop equipment If this is the case then the test should be disabled using the Tests field of the change station extension command No maintenance of the terminal connected to the 8 Port Analog Li...

Страница 873: ...minal Table 10 31 8 Port Analog Line Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the...

Страница 874: ...via the change station extension command However on some releases of the software this disables Tests 6 47 and 35 as well as Test 48 e Test 47 may cause a false alarm when the port is connected to of...

Страница 875: ...able The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the serv...

Страница 876: ...ain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the...

Страница 877: ...able time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available Either a system allocation to get information about the port or to put the port into a service state failed or...

Страница 878: ...to the TDM BUS Maintenance documentation 3 Look for TONE BD and or TONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to the TONE BD Maintenance documentation and the TONE PT Maintenance documentation 4...

Страница 879: ...t Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issu...

Страница 880: ...ort is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle then retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT Sys...

Страница 881: ...000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available Either a system allocation to get infor...

Страница 882: ...is defective User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests by examining station wiring by examining the station and by ensuring that the terminal is correctly tr...

Страница 883: ...ORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station co...

Страница 884: ...this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL This does not indicate a hardware problem The switchhook audit failed and the other updates were not performed because...

Страница 885: ...rior to Vintage 6 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane...

Страница 886: ...e Tone Detector is within acceptable limits The Conference Circuit Test verifies that the NPE channel for the port being tested can correctly perform the conferencing function As part of Test 47 the o...

Страница 887: ...eon Analog Line Issue 4 May 2002 10 101 555 233 123 Figure 10 3 Analog Loop Around and Conference Test TONE LEVEL MEASUREMENT TONE SOURCE TDM BUS BFC CODEC NPE ETC PORT BFC BATTERY FEED AND HYBRID CHI...

Страница 888: ...mes 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test were not available The port may be busy with a valid call This could be a Music on Hold port 1 Enter display port PCSSpp to determine the stat...

Страница 889: ...s available for testing retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1005 ABORT The test was aborted du...

Страница 890: ...ence test or the noise test failed This could cause noisy or unreliable connections or users calling this port may hear an echo The problem can also be off board as described below 13 The reflective l...

Страница 891: ...r all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated If a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is present either the 631DB AC power unit or the 676B DC power unit may be defective The 6...

Страница 892: ...examining the station and by ensuring that the terminal is correctly translated as off premises or on premises NOTE This test always passes for TN712 Analog circuit packs prior to Vintage 14 and TN742...

Страница 893: ...ook or for wiring problems 1004 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station e...

Страница 894: ...hy this field has been set to n on this station this may be due to the ringing application test 48 which can be customer or terminal disturbing 1 To enable the test for a particular station enter chan...

Страница 895: ...roperly If this is the case disable the test using the change station extension command enter n into the Test field Note that this action also disables tests 6 7 161 and 35 on this port PASS The stati...

Страница 896: ...t config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release...

Страница 897: ...t assign the port location on the data form and connect a modem to the port The analog data module can be used for connection to a CDR output or other adjuncts as needed These ports are tested the sam...

Страница 898: ...pe Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description a...

Страница 899: ...has been removed or has been insane for more than 11 minutes 1 To clear the error reseat or replace the circuit pack d Error Type 257 this is an in line error and can only be resolved over time This e...

Страница 900: ...aring error codes associated with the Battery Feed Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Se...

Страница 901: ...ld port when it is off hook which it usually is 1 Enter display port UUCSSpp to determine the station s extension 2 Enter status station extension to determine the service state of the port 3 If the p...

Страница 902: ...s 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 1005 ABORT This test was aborted due to a configuration problem The test is not applicable for this type of analog port This error can be ignore...

Страница 903: ...ts allocated time slots Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station wiring or by inspecting the station 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the in...

Страница 904: ...t 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 1004 ABORT A valid call seized the port during the test and aborted the test 1 Use the display port UUCS...

Страница 905: ...f the test still fails replace the board PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station tr...

Страница 906: ...also reported for the system s Music On Hold port when it is off hook which it usually is 1 Enter display port UUCSSpp to determine the station s extension 2 Enter status station extension to determi...

Страница 907: ...rt is a TTI port Enter the display port UUCSSpp command the display shows that the port is a TTI port Enter the list configuration command the display shows a t for the port 2 If both commands indicat...

Страница 908: ...se this port is inoperative 2 Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station wiring or by inspecting the station 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate...

Страница 909: ...the port is in use wait until the port is idle before testing Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 1005 ABORT This test wa...

Страница 910: ...equipment goes off hook 1 Use the status station extension command to determine when the port is available 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 3 If the test continues to fa...

Страница 911: ...re and the port processor have the same status Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station wiring or by inspecting the station 0 NO BOARD The test...

Страница 912: ...tus station extension to determine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continue...

Страница 913: ...Administration has disabled the test The default for the Test field on the station form is y Determine why this field has been set to n on this station this may be due to the ringing application Test...

Страница 914: ...estigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station wiring or by inspecting the station NOTE This test may also pass if no terminal equipment is connected and...

Страница 915: ...ermine the service state of the port 3 If the port is in use wait until the port is idle Retry the command at 1 minute intervals no more than 5 times 4 If the test continues to abort escalate the prob...

Страница 916: ...an be ignored 1018 ABORT Administration has disabled the test The default for the Test field on the station form is y Determine why this field has been set to n on this station this may be due to the...

Страница 917: ...The port provides an analog transmission path to the station equipment Investigate user reported troubles on this port by running other port tests by examining station wiring or by inspecting the stat...

Страница 918: ...ement boards you must have G3V4 software or later and at least one TN750C up to ten are allowed or TN2501AP VAL Only one TN750A B may be present in the system when a TN750C is used The announcements f...

Страница 919: ...y are not lost This should be done as soon as the announcements are recorded on the circuit pack or whenever they are changed assuming that the circuit pack is in proper working order see Note NOTE Un...

Страница 920: ...d the only solution is to re record all announcements To do this follow these steps a Remove the announcement board b Remove the tape cartridge from the tape drive Do this so that announcements are no...

Страница 921: ...command Likewise integrated announcements can be downloaded to the Announcement circuit pack with the restore announcements command Both of these commands require a free data module of NETCON type to...

Страница 922: ...09 18 0 busyout board PCSS WARNING OFF release board PCSS 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 125 d None MINOR ON 170 e 0 None MINOR ON 217 f 0 None WARNING OFF 257 65535 Control Channel Test 52 MINOR ON test boa...

Страница 923: ...ions for Red alarm in the Control and Port Circuit Pack Status Led section in Chapter 7 LED Interpretation NOTE The alarm is logged about 11 minutes after the circuit pack has been removed and or SAKI...

Страница 924: ...and insert the logically administered circuit pack OR use the change circuit pack command to readminister this slot to match the circuit pack inserted e Error Type 170 Announcement board is not allowe...

Страница 925: ...errors are logged in conjunction with Error Type 1281 Aux Data 17699 Since that error see Note j means that a defective speech memory location was found the announcement checksum error is also logged...

Страница 926: ...downloading announcements The extension can be found by using list data module System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Investigate tests in the order presented in Table 10 45 on...

Страница 927: ...ailed Circuit pack cannot be used Announcement speech memory is cleared when this test fails Therefore when the problem has been resolved announcements must be rerecorded or downloaded to the circuit...

Страница 928: ...ddition associated with each failure is an error in the Error Log Error Type 14 The Aux Data indicates the number of the first defective announcement found This number corresponds to the announcement...

Страница 929: ...se the list data module command See Note a at end of table for more information 1 Wait until the blocking event is finished and then run this test again An upload or download could take up to 45 minut...

Страница 930: ...ment Play back the announcement If the announcement sounds defective rerecord it or delete it If the error code was greater than one indicating that there is more than one defective announcement run t...

Страница 931: ...is in this state yield the following abort codes Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 206 with code 1024 Ports 1 AND 9 abort Test 205 with code 2000 Board level Tests 209 and 210 abort with code 1024 3 The save...

Страница 932: ...ory Array PSMA Test 206 see ANN PT Announcement Port Maintenance documentation for a description of this test is run on the two ports first to make sure that they are working properly Table 10 48 TEST...

Страница 933: ...some Tone Detectors may be out of service 1 Look for TTR LEV errors in the Error Log If present refer to the TTR LEV TTR Level Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TONE PT errors in the Error Log If...

Страница 934: ...the test continues to abort and there is no download in progress escalate the problem 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period If Error Type 1538 is pr...

Страница 935: ...intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 3 FAIL Test failed The error code indicates at which speech compression rate the test actually failed one being the first rate tested three being the last 1 Reset the...

Страница 936: ...Frame Match Inquiry Test 211 The super frame is a means by which the SP synchronizes with the 140AY device on the Announcement circuit pack If the super frame is not synchronized the SP is not able t...

Страница 937: ...again If the test continues to fail replace the circuit pack see Warning 2 If there are recurring alarms on this circuit pack caused by this test failing replace the circuit pack even if Step 1 works...

Страница 938: ...orted The ANN BD may be defective or the Active Tone Clock circuit pack TONE BD in the same Port Network as the ANN BD may be marginal and is causing this test to fail 1 Reset the circuit pack via the...

Страница 939: ...beginning of this Maintenance procedure 4 If there are recurring alarms on this circuit pack caused by this test failing replace the ANN BD even if the previous steps were successful WARNING Replacing...

Страница 940: ...ments Digital speech is converted from its TDM Bus form to an internal storage form for recording and vice versa for playbacks by the 140AY device on the circuit pack which has 16 channels one for eac...

Страница 941: ...to mistakenly enter this command thereby destroying valid speech memory especially if the system tape does not have a valid announcement file on it 5 Whenever the Announcement circuit pack is replace...

Страница 942: ...done To play back an announcement press station keypad digit 2 To delete an announcement press station keypad digit 3 confirmation tone is given if the delete worked Announcements can also be played b...

Страница 943: ...e error reinsert or replace the circuit pack Table 10 51 Announcement Port Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Se...

Страница 944: ...s in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Channel Administration Memory Array CAMA Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Chann...

Страница 945: ...test ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL Test failed Announcements played back on this port may sound corrupted 1 Reset the circuit pack vi...

Страница 946: ...cleared remotely by performing a soft reset to the circuit pack busyout board PCSS this command drops all calls in progress on the Announcement circuit pack reset circuit pack using the reset board PC...

Страница 947: ...ORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the number of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors may be out of service 1 Look for TTR LEV erro...

Страница 948: ...rors found by the Tone Detector 1 Reset the circuit pack via the reset board PCSS command and then run this test again If the test continues to fail replace the circuit pack see Warning 2 If there are...

Страница 949: ...Detector never synchronized Check for active GPTD PT errors and refer to GPTD PT General Purpose Tone Detector Port CPTR Maintenance documentation to diagnose them first 1 If there are no active GPTD...

Страница 950: ...Board level Tests 209 and 210 abort with code 1024 3 The save restore announcements command times out with Error encountered can t complete request The Announcement circuit pack lock up can be cleare...

Страница 951: ...e command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort escalate the problem FAIL Test failed Announcements cannot be played back over this port 1 Reset the circuit pack...

Страница 952: ...Circuit Pack to the system To save or restore announcements an ANNOUNCEMENT Data Extension must be administered and at least one DATA CHL Network Control Data Channel must be in the in service idle s...

Страница 953: ...r actions c User pressed cancel while announcements were being saved by the active PE d User pressed cancel while announcements were being saved by the standby PE e Error occurred while restoring anno...

Страница 954: ...32002 Announcement circuit pack is in use 1 Retry the command at two minute intervals a maximum of three times 2 If the save restore announcements command fails escalate the problem 32003 Announcement...

Страница 955: ...e status command to check the status of all DATA CHLs At least one DATA CHL should be in the in service idle state 32010 32013 DATA CHL is not administered or it is unavailable A DATA CHL is required...

Страница 956: ...Check for any other ANNOUNCE errors and take corrective action If there are no other announcements errors do the following 1 Retry the command at two minute intervals a maximum of three times 2 If th...

Страница 957: ...erved slots needed NOTE Refer to LAN BD Maintenance documentation for circuit pack level errors See also ASAI PT ASAI EPT BRI Line maintenance documentation for related line information See the follow...

Страница 958: ...the DEFINITY switch currently sends to all other port boards The MAPD handles proper interpretation of these messages You should note that the PC on the MAPD and the switch itself control the LEDs an...

Страница 959: ...orts but only 8 of the 12 ports can be administered at any one time Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO ASAI EPT MAJOR1 1...

Страница 960: ...ures for those tests 2568 i 0 None 3329 j Any Signaling Link Status 626 MAJ WNG OFF 3584 3839 k 0 1 None 3841 l 4095 0 None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequ...

Страница 961: ...mmand and perform the associated repair procedures for those tests 2 Check the health of the adjunct by following the recommended repair procedures of the manufacturer of the adjunct if the preceding...

Страница 962: ...ASAI adjunct i The adjunct identification is invalid Check the vendor ID or software running on the ASAI adjunct j This occurs when the point to point signaling link to the endpoint goes down except w...

Страница 963: ...mentation to determine which set of operations is supported by switch and the adjunct Adjunct administration turning off operations not implemented by the switch may resolve the problem 34 No circuit...

Страница 964: ...t presently available Requested bearer capability is implemented but not administered No B channel administered See code 50 above 63 Service or option not available Requested ASAI capability or resour...

Страница 965: ...ption not implemented Requested service or option or combination of selected options is not supported implemented in switch or the adjunct 1 Consult switch and adjunct documentation to determine ASAI...

Страница 966: ...the signaling link is bound when the link is connected at Layer 2 L2 established Table 10 58 TEST 626 Signaling Link Status Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1139 ABORT The Packet...

Страница 967: ...link is disconnected at Layer 2 Since the signaling link associated with the endpoint has been identified by administration the link is only unbound from the endpoint when it is disconnected 1 Execut...

Страница 968: ...cation running on the TN800 In non native mode only one type of port MOs will run at any time and the port type depends on the application running on the TN800 If the TN800 fails diagnostics in non na...

Страница 969: ...both on board hardware problems and potential off board Packet Bus problems Table 10 59 ASAI PT Port Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level ASAI PORT On Off Board Test to Cl...

Страница 970: ...hen the circuit pack detects an overflow of its receive buffers Run the Long Test Sequence and note the results of the Receive FIFO Overflow Counter Test 625 f This error occurs when the BRI Port Loca...

Страница 971: ...iated with the port are in progress Failures of this test indicate either on board faults associated with the ASAI PT hardware on the circuit pack or problems with the LAN Bus which is used to form co...

Страница 972: ...associated with the ASAI on the port to be torn down Note that third party calls established by an ASAI adjunct remain connected even though the port is taken out of service 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus...

Страница 973: ...state Level 1 is also put into the deactivated state This could be due either to the system detecting a fault with the port or in response to a busyout port PCSSpp request 2100 ABORT Could not allocat...

Страница 974: ...present for both ASAI BD and ASAI PT then release the board with the release port PCSS command and run the test again NOTE When you release a port you release all ports associated with it If certain p...

Страница 975: ...o run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 FAIL Received a status of Level 1 Deactivated the port is out of service 1 Issue the status bri port PCSSpp command to...

Страница 976: ...rror Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If the test aborts repeatedly a maximum of 5 times reset...

Страница 977: ...command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The TN800 circuit pack is still detecting errors of this type The Error Code field contains the value of this counter 1 Retry the command at...

Страница 978: ...test is used only to send messages to the ASAI PT and therefore should neither abort nor fail ASAI uses a fixed TEI value of 1 Table 10 64 TEST 270 Clear Error Counters Error Code Test Result Descrip...

Страница 979: ...ack connects to the switch through a single slot in the backplane The number of slots occupied by the MAPD pack is supplied by the board when inserted The TN800 in R5EM is 3 slots wide The TN800 requi...

Страница 980: ...call control signaling One D channel handles signaling for a group of B channels that combine to form a signaling group ATM SGRP B channel service states The ISDN specification defines 2 service stat...

Страница 981: ...B channel in the OOS FE state Out of Service Near E nd OOS NE The NPE Crosstalk Test has failed or the trunk is busied out Calls cannot be placed or received Maintenance Far End MTC FE A request has...

Страница 982: ...g trunk on the far end switch Warning Far end busied out Check the status of the far end switch Pending In Service Pending Maint None Maintenance message timed out waiting for reply Wait 2 minutes aft...

Страница 983: ...o the results of the Call State Audit Test 257 Table 10 67 ATM BCH Error Log entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence f...

Страница 984: ...S FE state f Error Type 769 inconsistent SERVice or SERVice ACKnowledge message Possible causes SERVice or SERVice ACKnowledge message received containing a change status that is more available than t...

Страница 985: ...outgoing or incoming call that uses the alarmed trunk System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate problems in the order presented in the table below When you clea...

Страница 986: ...e Audit Test 257 X X ND ISDN Test Call Test 258 X ND Continued on next page Table 10 69 TEST 255 Signaling Link State Audit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation None ABORT Internal s...

Страница 987: ...nks that are in the OUT OF SERVICE FAR END state It asks the far end switch to bring the trunk back into the IN SERVICE state and waits 2 minutes for a reply If the first request times out the service...

Страница 988: ...Retry the command up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals 1116 ABORT Trunk not in Out of Service Far end state and country protocol other than 1 1117 ABORT Service state audit message outstanding 1 Wait 2...

Страница 989: ...Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1018 ABORT Maintenance disabled 1 Enable maintenance by entering y in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1019 ABORT...

Страница 990: ...lem 1 See the ATM INTF TN2305 6 maintenance object 1004 ABORT B channel in use 1 See if a call is active Run status trunk grp mbr command 2 If the service state is In Service Idle retry the test 1005...

Страница 991: ...mbr 2 Try the test again 1119 ABORT Test call aborted normal call attempted 1 Wait for the call to terminate normally or drop it by running busyout trunk grp mbr 2 When the trunk is idle retry the tes...

Страница 992: ...mand up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals 2 If the test continues to abort there may be a serious internal problem in the Maintenance Test Digital Port See the M T DIG Maintenance Test Digital Port mai...

Страница 993: ...en try again 2215 2219 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2220 ABORT Call terminated prematurely 1 Wait 1 minute and try again 2221 2226 ABORT I...

Страница 994: ...ansmit control messages between two endpoints User information or bearer channels B channels carry digitized voice and digital data and are assigned to DS1 ISDN trunks or PRI endpoints Call control si...

Страница 995: ...ect is test port UUCSSpp where pp is for ports 9 32 Table 10 73 ATM D channel Error Log entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test...

Страница 996: ...dled independently of the ATM CES signaling link maintenance raising the possibility of inconsistent states Table 10 75 TEST 643 Signaling Link Board Check Error Code Test Result Description Recommend...

Страница 997: ...cuit pack with the same type LED states The ATM INTF circuit pack has the standard red green and yellow LEDs The red and green LEDs have the traditional use red indicates an alarm condition green mean...

Страница 998: ...rt the logically administered circuit pack c Error Type 217 The ATM circuit pack is physically present but has not been given a personality Remove the circuit pack or administer it using the add atm p...

Страница 999: ...minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times FAIL The circuit pack failed to return the circuit pack code or vintage 1 Retry the command a few times for a maximum of 5 times 2 If the problem continues to...

Страница 1000: ...e information see ATM TRK Circuit Emulation Service Circuit Pack The operation of the entire ATM signaling group depends on several other entities the ATM DCH signaling channel port the TN230X Interfa...

Страница 1001: ...The Aux Data field contains Layer 3 protocol information used by internal counters Table 10 80 ATM SGRP Signaling Group Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board...

Страница 1002: ...k 1 Pay particular attention to the results of Test 636 Primary Signaling Link Hardware Check in the test sequence When the link does recover the B channels are negotiated back to the In Service state...

Страница 1003: ...not respond within the allotted time 1 Investigate elements of the ATM D channel s ATM DCH for both this switch and the Far end switch If Test 637 fails twice in a row the B channels are alarmed and m...

Страница 1004: ...is trunk group for validity of interexchange carriers requested IXC field 3846 The far end switch has indicated that the B channel trunk is not acceptable for use in the call for which it was requeste...

Страница 1005: ...een subscribed to or purchased for this trunk This could indicate a local administration problem a mismatch between the local administration and that of the network provider 1 From the circuit pack an...

Страница 1006: ...in the Aux Data field Test 256 Service State Audit is the important test in the sequence 2 If Test 256 passes yet the customer continues to complain of unexpected intercept tones when accessing ISDN t...

Страница 1007: ...ror Type 3890 3928 A call was denied because of a basic incompatibility between the type of call and either the facilities selected by the routing pattern or the called user itself This error might be...

Страница 1008: ...are problems with the ATM D channel port ATM DCH Table 10 82 System Technician Demanded Tests ATM SGRP Order of Investigation ShortTest Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Non destruc...

Страница 1009: ...Result Description Recommendation 1132 ABORT Internal system error The port location for the D channel is not known This condition should not be possible since an administered ATM circuit pack must be...

Страница 1010: ...heck passes the Layer 2 Query test may still fail if the Signaling Channel at the far end has not been administered correctly or if the Signaling Channel has been busied out 3 Verify that the Signalin...

Страница 1011: ...ed to ensure that the communication path between the switch and the far end is up and operational and that the two endpoints can properly exchange ISDN control messages Table 10 85 TEST 1291 Remote La...

Страница 1012: ...of ABORT with Error Code 2500 PASS A message was sent to the far end switch or terminal adapter The ISDN PRI specification allows up to 2 minutes for a reply 1 Check the Error Log for ATM SGRP errors...

Страница 1013: ...and the EPNs Either circuit pack personality requires SONET OC 3 or SDH STM 1 fiber cable connections between the circuit pack and the ATM switch As a trunk board it supports direct connection betwee...

Страница 1014: ...a varied number of virtual circuits depending on the switch and the administration of the circuit pack Table 10 87 lists the possibilities for various Avaya DEFINITY Server models Virtual trunk group...

Страница 1015: ...naling groups trunks per circuit pack Max available ports Reserved ports Total ports T1 24 8 192 ports 1 8 256 E1 31 8 248 ports 1 8 256 Continued on next page Table 10 90 ATM TRK LED interpretation L...

Страница 1016: ...d is listed the 256 ports are not busyout release atm signaling group Busyout or release of an ATM signaling group within a trunk group status atm signaling group Show current status of an ATM signali...

Страница 1017: ...y seated in the slot 771 h 26 ATM Error Query Test 1259 WRN OFF test board UUCSS 1281 i ATM Board Error Query Test 1259 WRN MIN OFF test board UUCSS r 1 1537 j 12 None WRN MIN ON 1538 k 0 None WRN MIN...

Страница 1018: ...board or the Digital Signal Processor DSP selected for this test has malfunctioned 1 Run test board UUCSS 2 Take the corrective action specified for Test 1298 g Error Type 769 770 the ATM switch is re...

Страница 1019: ...loopback test The problem is in the ATM TRK circuit pack Replace the circuit pack The far end circuit pack or ATM switch fails the loopback test The problem is in the far end circuit pack or ATM switc...

Страница 1020: ...he MUX and or the ATM switch are connected snugly Run test board UUCSS command If Test 1259 fails with Error Code 18 connect a fiber back to back in a looped mode one strand of fiber connecting the tr...

Страница 1021: ...d see if the yellow LED flash goes away If it does the problem is off board If the yellow LED continues to flash replace the circuit pack 23 High level path Remote defect Indicator HP_RDI The far end...

Страница 1022: ...e ATM TRK circuit pack is hyperactive sending an abnormal number of control messages to the processor Use the following command sequence for this ATM TRK circuit pack 1 busyout board UUCSS 2 reset boa...

Страница 1023: ...SYS LINK System Link maintenance objects and follow the repair procedures indicated 2 Run test board UUCSS against the ATM TRK circuit pack n Error Type 2306 too many parity errors in data received f...

Страница 1024: ...598 fails Follow the repair procedures suggested for that test Test 598 passes See the PKT BUS Packet Bus maintenance object and perform the specified repair There are no errors against the packet bu...

Страница 1025: ...larly if other circuit packs on the packet bus report the same error See the PKT BUS Packet Bus maintenance object and the packet bus fault isolation and recovery sections of the maintenance manual fo...

Страница 1026: ...cover by itself u Error Type 3843 The firmware on the circuit pack is reporting a resource that is to low This error does not affect the service and no action is required v Error Type 3999 circuit pac...

Страница 1027: ...to talk to or disconnect particular time slots The test passes if software successfully sends the downlink network update messages It aborts otherwise CAUTION Though normally nondestructive this test...

Страница 1028: ...1 minute intervals 1019 ABORT The test aborted because a test was already running on the port Retry the command up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals FAIL Internal system error Retry the command up to...

Страница 1029: ...request timed out 2100 ABORT Could not allocate needed system resources 2500 ABORT Internal system error Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals FAIL The ATM circuit pack responded incor...

Страница 1030: ...t 598 Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1144 ABORT The packet bus in the PPN has a major alarm against it Run display alarms and display errors Perform the PKT BUS repair procedures as...

Страница 1031: ...ABORT Could not allocate the required system resources Retry the command up to 5 times at 1 minute intervals If the test continues to abort escalate the problem 2000 ABORT Sanity test timed out Wait 5...

Страница 1032: ...y reset 0 NO BOARD No board detected Check the error log for Error 125 wrong board or Error 131 no board and perform the appropriate repair if needed Ensure that the board is properly translated and i...

Страница 1033: ...st request timed out 2031 ABORT SCD failure Unable to sent down link message 2100 ABORT Could not allocate needed system resources 2500 ABORT Internal system error Retry the command up to 3 times at 1...

Страница 1034: ...d 7 Transmit Network Processor failed 8 Memory read failed 9 Dual UART chip failed 10 LANHO receive parity error 11 LANHO FIFO over flow error 12 LAN bus time out 13 LANHO Xmit FIFO overflow error 14...

Страница 1035: ...digital counter and sends it to the tone receiver for verification If the circuit pack passes the circuit check the software checks the packet path by sending a packet from the packet interface circui...

Страница 1036: ...olds the ATM TRK circuit pack Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals 1015 ABORT ATM TRK circuit pack not busied out Busyout the ATM circuit pack Rerun the command 1033 ABORT ATM TRK cir...

Страница 1037: ...ive tone clock on the port network and verify that a tone is reaching the ATM TRK circuit pack If not correct the condition Run test board UUCSS long If the test continues to fail replace the ATM TRK...

Страница 1038: ...eplace the ATM TRK circuit pack Rerun test board UUCSS long 6 FAIL A previously established looparound was not released Run reset board UUCSS Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals If t...

Страница 1039: ...nformation to the board Retry the command up to 3 times at 1 minute intervals If the test aborts with the same error code escalate the problem PASS The ATM TRK circuit pack is successfully updated wit...

Страница 1040: ...rd DSP Test 1293 Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1002 ABORT Could not allocate time slots Traffic could be heavy or time slots could be out of service Run display errors and follow a...

Страница 1041: ...rm is raised for Error Type 2817 or 1818 replace the circuit pack If a WARNING alarm is raised this is a non service affecting error and the circuit pack can still process calls XY8 PASS The test pass...

Страница 1042: ...installed or tone detectors out of service Identify and correct any TTR LEV TTR Level errors listed in the Error Log Resolve any TONE PT Tone Generator errors listed in the Error Log Retry the test u...

Страница 1043: ...ine circuit packs with vintage greater than 50 For circuit pack level problems see XXX BD The maintenance strategy for ports on the TN568 operating in 8 port digital mode is described in ADXDP PT ADX1...

Страница 1044: ...ally occupied by the circuit pack is supplied by the board when inserted The TN568 is 2 slots wide the functional slot and a reserve slot The reserve blank slot to the left of the functional slot is a...

Страница 1045: ...rts 12 ports each of which provides access to ISDN stations Voice and circuit switched data from the ISDN stations are carried on the Time Division Multiplex TDM Bus Signaling is carried over the Pack...

Страница 1046: ...rocedures 0 Any Any Any test board PCSS sh r 1 1 a Any None MINOR ON 18 b 0 busyout board PCSS WARNING OFF release board PCSS 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 257 d 65535 Control Channel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON...

Страница 1047: ...etween the switch and this circuit pack Execute the test board PCSS command and refer to the repair procedures for the Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 e An on board hardware failure has been detec...

Страница 1048: ...ervice when a threshold number of these errors is reported to the switch Clear the alarm via the following commands busyout board PCSS reset board PCSS test board PCSS long clear release board PCSS If...

Страница 1049: ...ocedures l These errors are not service affecting No action is required These errors are reported by the circuit pack when it receives a bad control channel message from the switch The auxiliary data...

Страница 1050: ...e documentation as Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 SAKI Sanity Test 53 Refer to the repair procedure described in the XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation as SAKI Sanity Test...

Страница 1051: ...f 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail verify the validity of the Packet Bus Run the Packet Bus maintenance test with the test pkt P long command If any Packet Bus tests fail refer to the PKT BUS P...

Страница 1052: ...in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO BRI DAT WARNING1 1 The alarm level for ASAI adjuncts may be administered using the set options command The alarm level can be set indep...

Страница 1053: ...or example 01 Full Name of MO BRI PORT MINOR test port PCSSpp l ISDN BRI Port BRI PORT WARNING test port PCSSpp sh ISDN BRI Port ABRI PORT MAJOR2 3 2 The alarm level for ASAI and Avaya adjunct ports m...

Страница 1054: ...efer collectively to ports on the TN556 an TN2198 circuit packs which are connected to either BRI endpoints or ASAI or Avaya adjuncts For BRI endpoints each B channel may support voice or circuit swit...

Страница 1055: ...problems For more information on the circuit pack and endpoints refer to the BRI BD ISDN BRI Line Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation the BRI SET ISDN BRI Endpoint Maintenance documentation and ASA...

Страница 1056: ...1 a a Level 1 Status Inquiry 621 WRN MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF test port PCSSpp sh r 2 18 busyout port PCSSpp WRN OFF release port PCSSpp 130 b WRN ON test port PCSS sh 257 c c EPF Inquiry 622 WRN MAJ MIN WRN...

Страница 1057: ...BRI LINE circuit pack detects that the EPF is in an over current condition The aux data field contains one of the following values blank this indicates that the EPF Status Inquiry failed due to an ove...

Страница 1058: ...7 f This error occurs when broadcast signaling links associated with this port have too much link establishment related traffic This could occur if an endpoint on this port is sending link establishme...

Страница 1059: ...en an SPID initialization request is made from an endpoint and the switch determines that the SPID value is invalid or is a duplicate of another SPID that is already initialized at Layer 3 on the port...

Страница 1060: ...ots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed This test is part of a port s Long Test Sequence and takes approximately 20 to 30 s...

Страница 1061: ...1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1005 ABORT This test is not valid for this type of trans...

Страница 1062: ...calls associated with the port are in progress Failures of this test indicate either on board faults associated with the BRI PORT hardware on the circuit pack or problems with the LAN Bus which is use...

Страница 1063: ...nsactions associated with ASAI or Avaya adjuncts on the port to be torn down Note that third party calls established by an ASAI or Avaya adjunct remain connected even though the port is taken out of s...

Страница 1064: ...ode is returned at that point This test is not executed for ABRI PORT ATT PORT LGATE PT ATTE PT because the B channels associated with the port are not used by ASAI or Avaya adjuncts 2100 ABORT Could...

Страница 1065: ...how a Loop Around Test is performed for the B channels The figure shows a terminal connected to a BRI line board using a TN556 If a TN2198 is used the terminal would be connected to a NT1 and the NT1...

Страница 1066: ...em has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may b...

Страница 1067: ...ated previously this test runs a TDM Loop Around Test on each B channel This indicates that the loop around failed on one of the channels Error Code 1 indicates that the TDM Loop Around Test failed on...

Страница 1068: ...a BRI port at the physical layer that is Level 1 Level 1 can be in one of three possible states Activated Pending Activation or Deactivated The Activated state is the correct state for an ISDN BRI por...

Страница 1069: ...evel 1 Status Inquiry Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1187 ABORT The board port or station may have been busied out by a technician 1 Look in the Error Log for Error Type 18 port bus...

Страница 1070: ...en proceed to step 2 For the TN2198 verify that the connections are good between the switch and the NT1 Verify that the NT1 has power 2 As necessary check and repair the wiring between the circuit pac...

Страница 1071: ...the endpoint or adjunct Execute the test port PCSSpp command and review the results of the Level 1 Status Inquiry test to verify the repair If this test is still failing proceed to Step 2 2 For BRI en...

Страница 1072: ...of all the tests Follow the repair procedures for any tests that fail Verify repair of the problem by executing the test port PCSSpp command and by determining that the Level 1 Status test passes If...

Страница 1073: ...the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If the test aborts repeatedly a maximum of five times reset the circuit pack via the busyout board PCSS and reset board PCSS commands 2 If the test...

Страница 1074: ...unct verify that the wiring meets the configuration rules defined in DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i Wiring 555 204 111 It does not indicate a problem with the ISDN BRI circuit...

Страница 1075: ...minute intervals a maximum of 5 times value FAIL The BRI LINE circuit pack is still detecting errors of this type The Error Code field contains the value of this counter 1 Retry the command at 1 minut...

Страница 1076: ...flow Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If the test aborts r...

Страница 1077: ...int Identifier TEI values and layer 3 reinitialization This test is used only to send messages to the BRI PORT ABRI PORT ATT PORT LGATE PT ATTE PT and therefore should neither abort nor fail Table 10...

Страница 1078: ...G2 2 The alarm level for ASAI and Avaya adjuncts may be administered using the set options command The alarm level can be set independently for Off Board and On Board alarms to WARNING MINOR or MAJOR...

Страница 1079: ...le CONVERSANT Voice System These circuit packs contain 12 ports of line circuit interfaces each of which operates at 192 kilobits per second kbps with two B channels and one D channel as specified in...

Страница 1080: ...of the results of maintenance testing of the ISDN BRI Set or the ASAI and Avaya Adjunct may be affected by the health of the ISDN BRI circuit pack and Port These interactions should be kept in mind w...

Страница 1081: ...NG MAJOR WARNING2 OFF release station ext 130 b WARNING ON test port PCSS sh 257 c Any BRI Layer 3 Query 629 WARNING MAJOR WARNING2 OFF test station ext r 2 test data module ext r 2 351 d 0 None WARNI...

Страница 1082: ...e 3840 4095 m n 0 None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 2 Major alarms o...

Страница 1083: ...air procedure for Test 629 When this error occurs for an ASAI or Avaya adjunct the Aux Data field indicates the state of the ASAI link or Avaya link and whether an invalid response or no response was...

Страница 1084: ...and established states Software will suspend activity to this endpoint for 75 minutes when the endpoint is alarmed due to this problem note that service suspension does not occur if the endpoint is an...

Страница 1085: ...by system technician When this error occurs an alarm is raised against the endpoint or adjunct Execute the test station extension short command and pay particular attention to the results of the Sign...

Страница 1086: ...request System transaction capacity for adjunct or switch is exceeded 1 Re engineering of adjunct services my be required If problem persists escalate problem to the next tier 63 Service or Option Not...

Страница 1087: ...3847 indicates that sets on the port do not support level 3 initialization Consult the Set Service documentation Service or Option Not Implemented 79 Service or Option Not Implemented Requested servi...

Страница 1088: ...usy out and release the port 3 If the problem still persists replace stations on the port 4 If the problem still persists escalate to the next tier SWITCH RESOURCES NOT AVAILABLE 34 No circuit or chan...

Страница 1089: ...ed traffic For BRI endpoints This cause value is not logged For ASAI or Avaya Adjuncts 1 See CallVisor protocol reference manual 2 If step 1 does not resolve the problem escalate to the next tier Serv...

Страница 1090: ...ered to support the identical capabilities as the switch If there is a mismatch in the administered capabilities then readminister the switch and or the adjunct to establish a consistent set of desire...

Страница 1091: ...atus Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence 65 Bearer Service Not Implemented Requested service not implemented in switch or endpoint 69 Requeste...

Страница 1092: ...M is a level 3 message that conveys management and maintenance information between a communications system and a BRI terminal For endpoints of this type the signaling link is bound when the link is co...

Страница 1093: ...e port network is out of service 1 Follow the repair procedures for the Packet Bus 2 After completing Step 1 execute the test port long PCSSpp command and review the results of the BRI Port Local LAN...

Страница 1094: ...lease port PCSSpp command and run the test again If the error is present for BRI SET only then release the circuit pack via the release port PPCSS command and run the test again If the error is presen...

Страница 1095: ...sary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1113 FAIL The signaling link is not bound to the adjunct or endpoint For BRI endpoints supporting...

Страница 1096: ...ment of the signaling link 2 Examine the results of the Signaling Link Status Test 626 which is run as part of this command If this test aborts or fails follow the repair procedure for Test 626 3 If t...

Страница 1097: ...d and run the test again If the error is present for BRI SET only then release the circuit pack via the release port PPCSS command and run the test again NOTE When you release the circuit pack you rel...

Страница 1098: ...busyout and release the endpoint to resolve any endpoint alarms resulting from failure of this test 2 If the endpoint supports these procedures and the test continues to fail assume the endpoint is de...

Страница 1099: ...ABRI PORT tests the words BRI SET ASAI ADJ ATT ADJ can be changed to BRI PORT ABRI PORT ATT ADJ 1005 ABORT The endpoint is not administered to support XID Testing 1 If the endpoint documentation refle...

Страница 1100: ...release station command a If this error type is present for BRI PORT and BRI SET then release the port via release port PCSSpp command and run the test again b If the error is present for BRI BD BRI...

Страница 1101: ...ed in the Hardware Error Log 2012 ABORT Internal System Error 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 tim...

Страница 1102: ...ommand If this test aborts or fails follow the repair procedure for the Signaling Link Status Test 3 Escalate problem if BRI Layer 3 Query Test continues to abort 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in the port...

Страница 1103: ...both BRI BD and BRI PORT then release the circuit pack via the release board PPCSS command and run the test again NOTE When you release the circuit pack you release all ports associated with it If cer...

Страница 1104: ...face 2069 ABORT The endpoint has returned an error response to the switch sent application message 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 FAIL No response is received from...

Страница 1105: ...ts test continues to abort escalate the problem 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in the port network is out of service 1 Follow the repair procedures for the Packet Bus 2 After completing Step 1 execute the...

Страница 1106: ...via the release port PCSSpp command and run the test again If the error is present for both BRI BD and BRI PORT then release the circuit pack via the release board PPCSS command and run the test again...

Страница 1107: ...e correct administered port address for the endpoint or adjunct under test the test passes see Service SPID Display which follows If after one minute nothing is displayed on the test set the test fail...

Страница 1108: ...1 12 ext extension one and two one through 99999 SPID service order profile identifier Restricted Service Starting Display Column 1 8 14 25 31 PCSSpp ext1 SPID111111 ext2 SPID222222 Bound to First End...

Страница 1109: ...o report air flow problems The Maintenance Tape Processor in a Standard system PPN the Duplication Interface circuit pack a PPN for a High or Critical Reliability system and the EPN Maintenance circui...

Страница 1110: ...f the temperature sensors S1 through S4 there are actually two S3 sensors and two S4 sensors as well as the location of the fans the AHD1 circuit pack and the filters The figure also shows other envir...

Страница 1111: ...fan A variable speed fan has two connectors a two pin connector for the 48 volt input power for backward compatibility and the five pin Molex connector for speed control and alarm circuitry The 48 vo...

Страница 1112: ...A CARRIER A FILTER A H 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB CARRIER B F L O W S4 FILTER AC AC AC A FANS 3 FRONT 3 BACK F1 D S4 1 S2 S3 S1 631 DA AC F3 CARRIER C 631 A I R DB AC F2 631 DA 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB F4 CARRI...

Страница 1113: ...the front fan located to the extreme left 4 Disconnect the power plug from the fan 5 Loosen and remove the other retaining screw on the fan 6 Remove the fan from the fan assembly CAUTION DO NOT TOUCH...

Страница 1114: ...ly cover by pulling the cover outward Remove the power connector from each inoperative front fan 2 The following must be done to determine if the front fan or the rear fan has failed a Test the front...

Страница 1115: ...fan assembly 4 Loosen and remove the retaining screw nearest the power plug on the defective fan DANGER 48 volt power is present on the fan plug 5 Disconnect the power plug from the defective fan 6 Lo...

Страница 1116: ...the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test environment P sh r 1 1 Any Cabinet Temperature Query Test 122 MINOR ON test environment P sh r 3 257 Any Cabinet Temperature Query Test 122 MAJOR ON test...

Страница 1117: ...ion of this test This test shows up in the test sequence only if there is a TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack in the port network being tested Cabinet Temperature Query Test for Non Variable Speed Fans 12...

Страница 1118: ...th Error Code 2000 check for system powering problems with the A carrier PPN or EPN Look for and resolve all AC POWER and CARR POW alarms in a multicarrier cabinet system or DC POWER alarms in a singl...

Страница 1119: ...tor Check that there is 48 volt DC between pins 3 9 11 and 2 8 10 If there is 48 volt DC power at the connector there should be power to the fans If the fans are not running replace the AHD1 If the fa...

Страница 1120: ...enance objects first then rerun the test If the test still fails escalate the problem 5 If the fans are running at the high speed check the items on list that follows Any on of the items could be rest...

Страница 1121: ...circuit pack the fans or the S3 or S4 sensors are defective Replace these items one at a time in the order listed Rerun the test between each replacement Failures can occur on the Maintenance Tape Pr...

Страница 1122: ...wiring harness connector Verify that there is 48 volt DC between pins 3 9 11 and 2 8 10 If there is 48 volt DC at the connector there should be power to the fans If the fans are not running replace t...

Страница 1123: ...ncorrectly reporting the temperature at the top of the cabinet Replace sensor S1 and rerun the test If the test still fails escalate the problem 3 FAIL The AHD1 circuit pack has reported both air flow...

Страница 1124: ...ries and Test to Clear Values Notes a The memory card translation storage space is at least 98 full b This alarm has been downgraded set option MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run...

Страница 1125: ...8 of its translation storage space This test runs during periodic and schedule maintenance on demand test card mem long save translation Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D...

Страница 1126: ...owngrade the alarm to WARNING set option 3 Rerun the test 2012 2106 2114 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2013 2100 ABORT Could not locate the necess...

Страница 1127: ...se 9 the memory card has no write protect switch and no equivalent software mechanism Software erase and write operations on a memory card take longer as the card usage increases Replace memory cards...

Страница 1128: ...t 7 Verify the new circuit pack and memory card function test network control long 8 If the alarm resolves store the current system translations and announcements if applicable to the memory card save...

Страница 1129: ...tines to run that might otherwise not run It also helps to prevent the loss of translations that were not saved by the save translation command and were also not saved because daily maintenance was pr...

Страница 1130: ...hange system parameters maintenance Page 1 of 4 MAINTENANCE RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS OPERATIONS SUPPORT PARAMETERS Product Identification 1000000000 First OSS Telephone Number 5551212 Abbrev Alarm Re...

Страница 1131: ...ff Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any A...

Страница 1132: ...ouncement file 116 Memory card capacity does not match system configuration 118 Uses announcement feature without available announcement file and memory card capacity does not match system configurati...

Страница 1133: ...Data same as Note c above f Error Type 3329 Switch cannot load translations In a standard system the alarm invokes Emergency Transfer Follow the repair procedure for a standard system that appears be...

Страница 1134: ...ult 12 Parameters were out of range due to software fault 13 Command aborted 14 Illegal magic number 15 Trapped driver when reading the memory card 16 Memory card is absent 17 Could not find second di...

Страница 1135: ...translation and save announcements operations fail on demand test card mem long The test and relevant applications such as save translation and save announcements cannot run at the same time Order of...

Страница 1136: ...5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem 2110 2111 ABORT ABORT Memory card not present Switch does not recognize the memory card 1 Insert a formatted memory card into the slot at the TN2...

Страница 1137: ...e command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 3 If the problem persists escalate the problem 104 FAIL Corrupt and irrecoverable directories 105 FAIL Cannot write 0 to the memory card 106 FAIL Cannot e...

Страница 1138: ...1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem 2110 2111 ABORT ABORT Memory card not present Switch does not recognize the memory card 1 Insert...

Страница 1139: ...scalate the problem 2013 2100 none ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate t...

Страница 1140: ...te the problem 2013 2100 none ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of five times 2 If the test continues to ab...

Страница 1141: ...emory card The memory card is not formatted or the directories of the memory card are corrupted 1 Replace the memory card with a new formatted memory card 2 Retry the command at one minute intervals a...

Страница 1142: ...ation capacity Raises a WARNING alarm Contains an announcement file for systems with announcement circuit pack Raises a WARNING alarm Reaches 98 of its reserved storage space Raises a WARNING alarm Ta...

Страница 1143: ...es announcement feature without available announcement file and memory card does not match system configuration System translation reaches 98 of capacity Memory card uses announcement feature without...

Страница 1144: ...lete 2 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 3 If the situation persists escalate the problem 2012 2106 2114 ABORT There is an Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute int...

Страница 1145: ...irrecoverable directories 105 FAIL Cannot write 0 to the memory card 106 FAIL Cannot erase memory card 107 FAIL Cannot write data into memory card after erasing 1 Replace the memory card 2 Retry the...

Страница 1146: ...r to one or more of the following Maintenance documentation sections AC POWER AC Power for DC Powered Systems CUST ALM Customer Provided Alarming Device or POWER Battery Battery Charger for DC Powered...

Страница 1147: ...iers and carriers C D and E are the port carriers However carrier B can be recycled only if the Active Expansion Interface Link and Active Tone Clock circuit pack are in the A carrier Loss of the 631...

Страница 1148: ...oltages Power Supply 5 48V 5V 165V Cabinet Position 631 WA yes no no no Left 631 WB no yes no no Right 631 AR yes no no no Left 631 BR no yes no no Right 631 DA yes no no no Left 631 DB no yes yes no...

Страница 1149: ...ARRIER A FILTER A H 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB CARRIER B F L O W S4 FILTER AC AC AC A FANS 3 FRONT 3 BACK F1 D S4 1 S2 S3 S1 631 DA AC F3 CARRIER C 631 A I R DB AC F2 631 DA 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB F4 CARRIER...

Страница 1150: ...AC POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT F3 631 DB 631 DB FUSE LOCATIONS FUSE LOCATIONS PACK IS IN SAME CARRIER FRONT OF CABINET ARE NOT VISIBLE FROM ON BACK OF CABINET AND THE 3 FANS ARE ACTUALLY AC F6 NOTE THE 63...

Страница 1151: ...DC F4 F5 F6 20A AC 20A AC 20A AC 20A AC 20A DC FUSE TIP FUSE RETAINER FUSES F1 F7 ARE ILLUSTRATED AT THE LEFT FUSES F8 F9 ARE SYMMETRICAL AND CAN BE MUST BE TAKEN TO INSTALL THEM FUSE TIP FIRST INSERT...

Страница 1152: ...Maintenance Object Repair Procedures 555 233 123 10 366 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 10 15 631WA or 631WB AC Power Unit STATUS LEDS RED LOCKING LEVER LOCKING SLIDE OWER ORD OUTLET AMBER...

Страница 1153: ...W Carrier Port Power Unit for AC Powered Systems Issue 4 May 2002 10 367 555 233 123 Figure 10 16 631AR or 631BR AC Power Unit STATUS LOCKING LEVER LOCKING SLIDE POWER CORD OUTLET LED ON OFF CIRCUIT B...

Страница 1154: ...ier of a PPN system refer to Replacing power supplies and fans in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures before replacing the power unit 1 Set the power switch to OFF and unplug the power cord 2 Mov...

Страница 1155: ...and set the power switch to ON Replacing a 631DA or 631DB AC Power Unit If the power unit to be replaced is in a control carrier of a PPN system refer to Removing Power and Restoring Power in Chapter...

Страница 1156: ...CO TRK Maintenance documentation Hardware Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Notes a Where P is an appropriate port network number taken for the PORT field of the Error Log b Run the Power Un...

Страница 1157: ...n for a description of this test e Refer to EXT DEV External Alarm Maintenance documentation for a description of this test f Refer to RING GEN Analog Ring Generator Maintenance documentation for a de...

Страница 1158: ...pack in an EPN multicarrier cabinet system for the status of pair of power units in the specified carrier If both power units are on and functioning then the test passes If both power units are not on...

Страница 1159: ...sing the test environment P command where P is the appropriate port network number 2 If the test fails follow the repair procedures described for Test 127 If problem persists follow normal escalation...

Страница 1160: ...imum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to ABOR...

Страница 1161: ...its in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures Otherwise use the recycle carrier PC command where PC is the appropriate port network and carrier in an attempt to bring back the power units for this c...

Страница 1162: ...l shows a red status LED check for bent pins and cable placement in the affected carrier There are failures that can occur on the Maintenance Tape Processor Duplication Interface and EPN Maintenance c...

Страница 1163: ...or a multicarrier cabinet system using an external DC power source refer to one or more of the following Maintenance documentation sections AC POWER AC Power for DC Powered Systems CUST ALM Customer P...

Страница 1164: ...control carriers and carriers C D and E are the port carriers However carrier B in the EPN can be recycled only if the Active Expansion Interface Link and Active Tone Clock circuit pack are in the A c...

Страница 1165: ...no yes yes no Right Side TN736 no no yes no TN752 no no yes yes TN755B no no no yes CARRIER A FILTER A H S2 S3 S1 CARRIER C A I R CARRIER B F L O W S4 FILTER CARRIER D CARRIER E A I R F L O W RING S3...

Страница 1166: ...ir Procedures 555 233 123 10 380 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 10 19 Power Distribution Unit for DC Powered Systems PDU 58890CF list measurements occupancy summary Page 1 Command Line command list measureme...

Страница 1167: ...tems PDU8890CF 1 Circuit Breakers CB1 CB5 are located on the back of the PDU Power Distribution Unit Fans 3 Front 3 Back 644A Carrier C 645B 644A Carrier B 645B 644A Carrier A 645B S2 S3 S1 a i r f l...

Страница 1168: ...58890CF 1 A R B R C R D R E R FLTA FLTB A L B L C L D L E L OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON TB2 48VDC Return OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON 2A Circuit Breaker...

Страница 1169: ...rier Port Power Unit for DC Powered Systems Issue 4 May 2002 10 383 555 233 123 Figure 10 22 644A Port Carrier Power Unit for DC Powered Systems STATUS LOCKING LEVER LOCKING SLIDE POWER CORD OUTLET LE...

Страница 1170: ...outine Maintenance Procedures before replacing the port carrier power unit To replace the port carrier power unit follow the procedure below 1 If this is a 645B power unit set the power switch to OFF...

Страница 1171: ...is not included in either the long or Short Test Sequences WARNING The Power Unit Recycle Test 126 is destructive For more information refer to the description of this test System Technician Demanded...

Страница 1172: ...ocumentation for a description of this test NOTE This test only shows up in the test sequence if there is a TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack in the port network being tested Order of Investigation Short...

Страница 1173: ...rrier cabinet system for the status of the pair of port carrier power units in the specified carrier If both port carrier power units are on and functioning then the test passes If both port carrier p...

Страница 1174: ...port network number 2 If the test fails follow the repair procedures described for Test 127 If the problem persists follow normal escalation procedures PASS Both port carrier power units in the recycl...

Страница 1175: ...status of the pair of port carrier power units in the specified carrier If both port carrier units are on and functioning the test passes If both are not on and functioning the test fails Table 10 14...

Страница 1176: ...et If the carrier being tested is the 1A or 2A carrier or the 1B carrier in a High or Critical Reliability system see Troubleshooting Control Carrier Power Units in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Proce...

Страница 1177: ...einsert the circuit packs one at a time If the status LED shows red after reinserting a circuit pack replace the defective circuit pack If the status LED still shows red remove the Amphenol connector...

Страница 1178: ...system or the EPN Maintenance circuit pack in an EPN multicarrier cabinet system If the status LEDs on both port carrier power units are not showing green the PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor DUPIN...

Страница 1179: ...ance The CLAN TN799 circuit pack combines the functions of the PGATE and PI circuit packs into one circuit pack The PGATE or PI can be used with the CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct...

Страница 1180: ...Control Channel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 257 d 513 e 4352 4357 MINOR ON 769 f 4358 1293 to 1295 g Any MINOR ON reset board UUCSS 1537 h Any MINOR ON 1794 i MINOR ON 1798 j 2049 k...

Страница 1181: ...it pack does not affect service and can be ignored 1 Ignore this error unless the Control Channel Loop Test 52 fails 2 If Test 52 fails replace the circuit pack Repetitive failures of the Control Chan...

Страница 1182: ...ers have overflowed 1 Attempt to clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If the error recurs within 15 minutes replace the circuit pack j Error Type 1798 Unable to write translation RAM 1 Attempt to clear...

Страница 1183: ...he socket was closed due to an error Errors are reported as log only Errors logged here are for the sockets that had no processor channels associated with them for example sockets to read SNMP data Th...

Страница 1184: ...return NO BOARD List configuration command shows circuit pack and ports are installed properly If Then RSCL disconnects at link level Link fails Link cannot be reconnected quickly Switch raises MINOR...

Страница 1185: ...orrespond to descriptions These errors do not affect service however they may cause reports of other errors that do affect service If Error Type 3843 begins to affect service it escalates to Error Typ...

Страница 1186: ...machine that has an Interboard Link IBL aa Error Type 3862 Memory allocation failure By themselves these errors do not affect service System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Inve...

Страница 1187: ...mmendation None 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem FAIL The...

Страница 1188: ...rces to run test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busyout the circuit pack busyout board U...

Страница 1189: ...st response within the allowable time period 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists replace th...

Страница 1190: ...test response within the allowable time period 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS 3 If the problem persists replace...

Страница 1191: ...ircuit pack problem packet bus problem problem with another circuit pack on the bus Table 10 150 TEST 597 Invalid LAPD Frame Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 A...

Страница 1192: ...rface Test 598 test board UUCSS long 3 If Packet Interface Test 598 fails refer to Packet Bus repair procedures PASS Circuit pack detects no errors Table 10 151 TEST 598 Packet Interface Test Error Co...

Страница 1193: ...5 times 2 If the problem persists escalate the problem FAIL Circuit pack has detected a failure of the Packet Interface Test 598 1 Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 If the problem p...

Страница 1194: ...vals up to 5 times 2 If command continues to fail examine the CLAN port measurements to determine which ports are heavily utilized and the processor occupancy of the circuit pack Low processor occupan...

Страница 1195: ...e is successfully transmitted A failure may indicate a problem with This circuit pack The packet bus The packet interface circuit pack Table 10 153 TEST 601 Link Status Test Error Code Test Result Des...

Страница 1196: ...refer to Packet Interface Test repair procedures 4 If the Packet Interface Test 598 passes refer to Packet Control Circuit Pack and Packet Bus repair procedures 3 FAIL Received no response to RSCL co...

Страница 1197: ...ocumentation for related port information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for ex...

Страница 1198: ...n Hardware Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier design...

Страница 1199: ...em tones DTMF etc or detecting and generating necessary R2 MFC tones This error should accompany some percentage of failed calls If this error type is persistently logged then the call classifier circ...

Страница 1200: ...tem is not heavily loaded then test the TDM BUS via the test tdm 1 2 command Refer to the TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance documentation for details 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of...

Страница 1201: ...TN420 for A law systems 2 Test the active Tone Clock circuit pack in the port network This test is being executed via the test tone clock qualifier system technician command qualifier is the carrier o...

Страница 1202: ...IL Forward or Backward MFC signals were not correctly generated or detected This impacts reception of incoming MFC calls 1 Run the short test sequence via the test port PCSSpp sh r 1 command 2 If the...

Страница 1203: ...request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times F...

Страница 1204: ...ion for related trunk information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A...

Страница 1205: ...and escalation Three trunk service states are specified in the DS1CO trunk maintenance They are out of service in which the trunk is in a deactivated state and cannot be used for either incoming or o...

Страница 1206: ...tem Parameter Country form has the Base Tone Generator field set to 4 Italy This alarm will be a MINOR alarm unless 75 or more trunks in this trunk group are out of service then the alarm will be upgr...

Страница 1207: ...rror Type 257 The DS1 Interface circuit pack detects a hardware fault The Aux Data field contains the following error type 57392 no external release on PBX disconnect E030 Escalate the problem f Error...

Страница 1208: ...he testing sequence For example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 One or more Network Processing Elements NPEs resides on each circuit p...

Страница 1209: ...ort status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a max...

Страница 1210: ...l circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not re...

Страница 1211: ...hat are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test board...

Страница 1212: ...ot available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service sta...

Страница 1213: ...ion or status trunk command to determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in u...

Страница 1214: ...times 2053 ABORT At least one of the following errors was found on the DS1 circuit pack loss of signal 1281 blue alarm 1793 red alarm 2049 yellow alarm 2305 or hyperactivity 1537 1 Look for the above...

Страница 1215: ...ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated If a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is present either the 631DB AC power unit or the 676B DC power unit may be defective The 631DB p...

Страница 1216: ...se busy board command 5 Issue the test board long command This should re establish the linkage between the internal ID and the port If this is not the case dispatch to check to ensure that there is a...

Страница 1217: ...ecause system resources required to run this test were not available The port may be busy with a valid call Issue the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port...

Страница 1218: ...nserted or the board is hyperactive see note below 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was foun...

Страница 1219: ...aborted because system resources required to run this test were not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of...

Страница 1220: ...f the trunk group to be tested Then change the entry in the Maintenance Test field on the form to y 2 Repeat the test 1020 ABORT The DS1 Interface circuit pack is out of service 1 Look for DS1 BD erro...

Страница 1221: ...me period 1 Enter the list configuration board PCSS command If the circuit pack is a TN767B vintage 8 or 9 a failure of test 314 causes a subsequent failure of test 7 due to a firmware bug Eventually...

Страница 1222: ...nfig command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release bus...

Страница 1223: ...ange FX or Wide Area Telecommunications WATS trunks TN438B Australia 8 port loop start TN447 United Kingdom 8 port ground start TN465 multiple countries 8 port loop start TN2138 Italy 8 port loop star...

Страница 1224: ...op current 3 PBX On Hook Drop Message Open Tip Ring loop no loop current a CO Response CO goes to idle state see Note NOTE Except for the Netherlands Loop Start and UK Loop Calling Guarded Clearing tr...

Страница 1225: ...ble 10 163 CO Trunk Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a 57347 None 15 b any Port Audit Updat...

Страница 1226: ...S l r 3 2561 d 57345 None 2817 a 57360 None 2817 a 57393 None 2817 d 57484 Dial Tone Test 0 MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF test port PCSS l r 1 3073 d 57376 None 3329 d 57408 None 3329 d 57484 Dial Tone Test 0 MAJ...

Страница 1227: ...r type 1025 1281 as additional information for the system technician person The system technician person should check for the use of MFT Range extenders If there are extenders present and there are no...

Страница 1228: ...that problem 769 57392 CO not releasing after call is dropped from PBX end off board alarm after several occurrences or the loop is not open after a disconnect on board alarm after several occurrences...

Страница 1229: ...his error indicates an on board problem although the trunk may be functional On the TN2138 CO released the trunk at least 4 minutes after the PBX dropped the call This error code is log only and cause...

Страница 1230: ...ou may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence For example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Notes a A demand test of Diagnostic...

Страница 1231: ...te indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests Refer to the Status Commands section in Chapter 10 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids for a full descrip...

Страница 1232: ...imum of 5 times 1005 ABORT Trunk has been administered as incoming only dial tone can only be obtained on outgoing trunks This is a normal condition 1018 ABORT Test has been disabled via administratio...

Страница 1233: ...volt power problem is indicated If a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is present either the 631DB AC power unit or the 676B DC power unit may be defective The 631DB power unit is used in a mediu...

Страница 1234: ...od connection repeat test if wiring correction made 3 Locate another identical CO trunk and swap its wiring with one under test Repeat test on both trunks and determine if problem follows trunk or rem...

Страница 1235: ...ble states You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle then retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a user...

Страница 1236: ...may cause it to fail with an off board fault 1 Repeat test If test passes ignore the original failure If test aborts follow the recommended procedures 2 Repeat test with CO line removed 3 If test fail...

Страница 1237: ...ld be investigated by using other port tests and by examining trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board 1 Check to ensure that the board transl...

Страница 1238: ...0 ABORT The port was seized by a user for a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service...

Страница 1239: ...rvals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system may be oversized for the number of tone detectors present or some tone detectors may be out...

Страница 1240: ...te the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The NPE of the tested port was found to be transmitting in error This causes...

Страница 1241: ...llowable time period 133 The 2804 Hz reflective loop around test aborted Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maxi...

Страница 1242: ...the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the p...

Страница 1243: ...ils for all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated If a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is present either the 631DB AC power unit or the 676B DC power unit may be defective...

Страница 1244: ...this port should be investigated by using other port tests and by examining trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board 1 Check to ensure that th...

Страница 1245: ...on was successfully updated on the circuit pack User reported troubles on this port should be investigated by using other port tests and by examining trunk or external wiring If the trunk is busied ou...

Страница 1246: ...em resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use display port PCSSpp to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk comm...

Страница 1247: ...ircuit pack 1 Test the TN771 circuit packs 1901 ABORT This error occurs when the TN771 circuit pack uplinks a message that is not the proper response for this test The anticipated uplink messages are...

Страница 1248: ...BORT No data returned from far end 1 The problem is with the far end system a technician at the far end should test the test line TN771 or ADFTC 1922 ABORT Steady unidentifiable tone from far end 1 Se...

Страница 1249: ...71 circuit packs 1947 ABORT Noise with tone self check failed 1 Test the TN771 circuit packs 2000 ABORT The test timed out while waiting for a response from the TN771 circuit pack 1 Retry the command...

Страница 1250: ...d by faulty test lines or switch paths If the measurements point to a facility problem report the results to the trunk vendor 8000 FAIL Measured transmission performance was in the marginal range as a...

Страница 1251: ...ned in b to determine if there is an error b This error indicates that less than 25 of Trunk Group is available c This error indicates that a Port circuit pack in the system did not respond to a vinta...

Страница 1252: ...determine if the circuit pack is inserted If not insert the pack If the circuit pack has already been inserted but the error persists replace the circuit pack Table 10 171 System Configuration Error...

Страница 1253: ...2E11 12 2 3E11 13 0 1E12 13 1 2E12 13 2 3E12 14 0 1E13 14 1 2E13 14 2 3E13 15 0 1E14 15 1 2E14 15 2 3E14 16 0 1E15 16 1 2E15 16 2 3E15 17 0 1E16 17 1 2E16 17 2 3E16 18 0 1E17 18 1 2E17 18 2 3E17 19 0...

Страница 1254: ...ntenance Circuit Pack 27 0 1A Network Control 27 1 2A Tone Clock 28 0 1A Tone Clock 28 1 2A01 28 2 3A01 29 0 1A Tone Clock 29 1 2A02 29 2 3A02 30 0 1A01 30 1 2A03 30 2 3A03 31 0 1A02 31 1 2A04 31 2 3A...

Страница 1255: ...3D04 38 0 1D05 38 1 2D05 38 2 3D05 39 0 1D06 39 1 2D06 39 2 3D06 40 0 1D07 40 1 2D07 40 2 3D07 41 0 1D08 41 1 2D08 41 2 3D08 42 0 1D09 42 1 2D09 42 2 3D09 43 0 1D10 43 1 2D10 43 2 3D10 44 0 1D11 44 1...

Страница 1256: ...47 2 3D14 48 0 1D15 48 1 2D15 48 2 3D15 49 0 1D16 49 1 2D16 49 2 3D16 50 0 1D17 50 1 2D17 50 2 3D17 51 0 1D18 51 1 2D18 51 2 3D18 52 0 1D19 52 1 2D19 52 2 3D19 53 0 1D20 53 1 2D20 53 2 3D20 56 0 1A03...

Страница 1257: ...3A08 60 0 1A07 60 1 2A09 60 2 3A09 61 0 1A08 61 1 2A10 61 2 3A10 62 0 1A09 62 1 2A11 62 2 3A11 63 0 1A10 63 1 2A12 63 2 3A12 66 0 1B01 66 1 2B01 66 2 3B01 67 0 1B02 67 1 2B02 67 2 3B02 68 0 1B03 68 1...

Страница 1258: ...71 2 3B06 72 0 1B07 72 1 2B07 72 2 3B07 73 0 1B08 73 1 2B08 73 2 3B08 74 0 1B09 74 1 2B09 74 2 3B09 75 0 1B10 75 1 2B10 75 2 3B10 76 0 1B11 76 1 2B11 76 2 3B11 77 0 1B12 77 1 2B12 77 2 3B12 78 0 1B13...

Страница 1259: ...3B16 82 0 1B17 82 1 2B17 82 2 3B17 83 0 1B18 83 1 2B18 83 2 3B18 84 0 1B19 84 1 2B19 84 2 3B19 85 0 1B20 85 1 2B20 85 2 3B20 88 1 2A13 88 2 3A13 89 1 2A14 89 2 3A14 90 1 2A15 90 2 3A15 91 1 2A16 91 2...

Страница 1260: ...essor Interface 98 0 1C01 98 1 2C01 98 2 3C01 99 0 1C02 99 1 2C02 99 2 3C02 100 0 1C03 100 1 2C03 100 2 3C03 101 0 1C04 101 1 2C04 101 2 3C04 102 0 1C05 102 1 2C05 102 2 3C05 103 0 1C06 103 1 2C06 103...

Страница 1261: ...108 1 2C11 108 2 3C11 109 0 1C12 109 1 2C12 109 2 3C12 110 0 1C13 110 1 2C13 110 2 3C13 111 0 1C14 111 1 2C14 111 2 3C14 112 0 1C15 112 1 2C15 112 2 3C15 113 0 1C16 113 1 2C16 113 2 3C16 114 0 1C17 11...

Страница 1262: ...5 1 2C18 115 2 3C18 116 0 1C19 116 1 2C19 116 2 3C19 117 0 1C20 117 1 2C20 117 2 3C20 other Unknown Circuit Pack 1 Development Laboratory only Table 10 171 System Configuration Error Log Entries Conti...

Страница 1263: ...ce circuit pack whichever is specified for 1 minute In a High or Critical Reliability system the CPAD on the PPN is connected to the Maintenance Tape Processor on both carrier A and carrier B and the...

Страница 1264: ...s the relay that activates the CPAD for 1 minute only within the port network specified If it takes longer than 1 minute to check that the CPAD has been activated the Repeat field on the test customer...

Страница 1265: ...PAD via the Display System Parameter Maintenance screen form Compare these levels with the customer s specifications If Test 115 passes and the CPAD is not being activated check the connection of the...

Страница 1266: ...BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation describes the circuit packs including the TN2401 TN794 NetPkt circuit pack and common set of tests The DATA BD MO is different from other XXX BD M...

Страница 1267: ...e ext next 3 Select a Data Channel DATA CHL from the list list data Table 10 174 Data Channel Processor Circuit Pack Error Log entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test...

Страница 1268: ...r Type 513 Circuit pack reported hardware failure 1 Install the circuit pack 2 Verify that alarm clears e Error Type 769 While not important an important error it can signal other errors 1 Look for ot...

Страница 1269: ...errors in the order they appear in the table below If Error Type 3999 And traffic volume is Then Does not accompany Error Type 1538 Heavy Circuit pack is in service but sent at least half hyperactive...

Страница 1270: ...escription Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1019 ABORT Test already...

Страница 1271: ...al Command to Run Full Name of MO DATA CHL1 1 The test data module ext long command drops all sessions on all of the Data Channels Refer to Data Channel Reset Test 107 MINOR test data module ext l Dat...

Страница 1272: ...d DATA CHL that resides on the TN777B Netcon or TN2401 TN794 NetPkt circuit pack in the specified carrier Table 10 177 Data Channel Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On...

Страница 1273: ...tion Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Data Channel Reset Test 107 a X D Data Channel Dual Port Ram Test 108 a X D Data Channel Remote Maintenance Loop Aro...

Страница 1274: ...5 b X X ND Control Channel Interface Test 92 b X X ND Control Channel Transmission Test 94 b X X ND 12 Volt Power Supply Test 701 c X X ND Memory Card Insertion Test 695 c X X ND Memory Card Format an...

Страница 1275: ...ing over the DATA CHLs however existing connections are not and cannot be dropped Table 10 179 TEST 107 Data Channel Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT Could not a...

Страница 1276: ...DM Bus and Tone Clock circuit Tests 107 108 110 and 111 on the DATA CHL maintenance object can help to determine which data channel is defective NOTE If Error Code recommends busying out a CDR System...

Страница 1277: ...and 111 are both PASS then there is a high probability that the target DATA CHL is not defective Proceed with the remaining steps only if it is necessary to completely test the target DATA CHL 1 Dete...

Страница 1278: ...ity that the target DATA CHL is not defective Proceed with the remaining steps only if it is necessary to completely test the target DATA CHL 1 Determine if errors exist on links using target DATA CHL...

Страница 1279: ...CHLs are administered list data module 2 If no other DATA CHLs are administered administer at least one 3 Determine if errors exist on links using target DATA CHL status link 4 If there are no errors...

Страница 1280: ...e test results for Tests 110 and 111 for each DATA CHL 3 Remove DATA CHLs remove data module ext for which the results of Tests 110 and 111 were both FAIL 4 Replace the Netcon or NetPkt circuit pack a...

Страница 1281: ...CHL or Netcon or NetPkt circuit pack are probably defective Busyout the links to all DATA CHLs busyout link Test the target DATA CHL test data module ext long If Test 107 result or Test 108 is FAIL re...

Страница 1282: ...mean 1 of 2 problems d Target DATA CHL is busy and therefore not available for use e Internal system error If the results of Tests 110 and 111 are both PASS then there is a high probability that the...

Страница 1283: ...stered administer at least one 5 Determine if links exist on all non target DATA CHLs status link 6 If links exist on all DATA CHLs busyout the links busyout link 7 Retry the command at 1 minute inter...

Страница 1284: ...TA CHL not in use 2 Note the test results for Tests 110 and 111 for each DATA CHL 3 Remove DATA CHLs remove data module ext where Test results 110 and 111 were both FAIL 4 Replace the Netcon or NetPkt...

Страница 1285: ...Time of Day clock on new circuit pack set time 5 Repeat the test 6 If Test 107 result is PASS and Test 108 result is FAIL 7 Replace the Netcon or NetPkt circuit pack when convenient 8 Repeat the test...

Страница 1286: ...183 TEST 111 Data Channel Local Loop Back Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 4 ABORT Error Code 4 can mean 1 of 2 problems 1 Target DATA CHL is busy and therefore not available for...

Страница 1287: ...inistered list data module 4 If no other DATA CHLs are administered administer at least one 5 Determine if links exist on all non target DATA CHLs status link 6 If links exist on all DATA CHLs busyout...

Страница 1288: ...uit pack when convenient 5 Reset Time of Day clock on new circuit pack set time 6 Repeat the test 7 If Test 107 result is PASS and Test 108 result is FAIL replace the Netcon or NetPkt circuit pack whe...

Страница 1289: ...hus there is a single DATA CON A High or Critical Reliability system has two Network Control circuit packs one in each of the two SPEs Thus there is a DATA CON on the Network Control circuit pack that...

Страница 1290: ...nance software to run internally and to automatically clear the DATA CON errors and alarms System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Because the DATA CON uses the same set of tests...

Страница 1291: ...ts For a description of this feature refer to ANN BD Announcement Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation Also if there are errors associated with the Announcement circuit pack refer to the ANN BD Main...

Страница 1292: ...mine if Error Type 769 is logged again for the DAT LINE MO NOTE When displaying errors set the Active Alarms Only field to n If Error Type 769 reappears replace the DAT LINE circuit pack If Error Type...

Страница 1293: ...rrors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Digital Loop Around Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Order of Investigation...

Страница 1294: ...Use status data module to determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources t...

Страница 1295: ...se to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maxim...

Страница 1296: ...for testing 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid call Use status data module to determine when the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximu...

Страница 1297: ...ate the problem if the test continues to abort 1006 ABORT The test did not run due to an already existing error on this port Error Type 769 1 Refer to the procedure for Error Type 769 If Error Type 76...

Страница 1298: ...esult Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The...

Страница 1299: ...from the Network Control Data Channel 2005 ABORT The handshake between the data channel and the data line port failed 1 Look for DATA CHL errors in the Error Log If present refer to DATA BD Network Co...

Страница 1300: ...ntenance documentation 2 Repeat this test 3 If the test fails again replace the Data Line circuit pack 2000 FAIL The test failed waiting for the transmitted data to be looped back 1 Look for DATA CHL...

Страница 1301: ...that the power unit has a fault NOTE Physically removing a Carrier Port Power Unit from a single carrier cabinet system does not raise a DC POWER alarm The removal of the power unit is equivalent to...

Страница 1302: ...is test NOTE Tests 117 and 118 only show up in the test sequence if there is a TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack in the port network being tested Table 10 190 Single Carrier Cabinet Power Error Log Entrie...

Страница 1303: ...T System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowab...

Страница 1304: ...ses power the system performs a Cold 2 restart to finish the login prompt appears at the administration terminal c Rerun the test If the test still fails proceed with Step 3 3 The DUPINT Duplication I...

Страница 1305: ...rcuit Pack Maintenance documentation for circuit pack level errors See also DID TRK DID Trunk Maintenance documentation for related trunk information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command t...

Страница 1306: ...the in line errors log initialization tests periodic tests system technician demand tests and alarms escalation and elimination Two trunk service states are specified in the DID DS1 trunk maintenance...

Страница 1307: ...se trunk grp mbr 130 d None WARNING ON test trunk grp mbr 257 e 57474 57473 513 f 57392 None MIN MAJ2 2 This alarm will only be raised when the System Parameter Country form has the Base Tone Generato...

Страница 1308: ...ated external release on PBX disconnect Escalate the error h DS1 Interface circuit pack is out of service Look for DS1 BD errors in Hardware Error Log Refer to the DS1 BD DS1 Trunk Circuit Pack Mainte...

Страница 1309: ...t PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use t...

Страница 1310: ...ust wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to a previously exist...

Страница 1311: ...m steps 1 2 and 3 are cleared Replace the board only if the test fails PASS The port is correctly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be investigated using other...

Страница 1312: ...h a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state i...

Страница 1313: ...en the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1018 AB...

Страница 1314: ...the appropriate action When the TONE errors have cleared rerun the test 5 If the retry passes and troubles have been reported coordinate isolation with the CO Make sure that the switch the CO and any...

Страница 1315: ...o board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the lIst config command and resolve any problems that ar...

Страница 1316: ...us trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle b...

Страница 1317: ...to in service 3 Retry the test command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is...

Страница 1318: ...25 MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C D or E and SS is the addres...

Страница 1319: ...nnection involves the connection between the trunk circuitry and the TDM Bus of the system It operates the switchhook connection to the TDM Bus Four tests are implemented to diagnose the health of a D...

Страница 1320: ...t timing Additional in line testing is performed while a call is in progress Thus in line errors may occur during operation See Error Log table for a description of these errors These errors may be re...

Страница 1321: ...57473 None WRN OFF 257 i 57474 None WRN OFF 257 j 57475 None WRN OFF 513 k 57392 None MAJ MIN WRN2 OFF 510 l 57393 None 769 Any Port Diagnostic 35 MAJ MIN WRN2 ON test port PCSSpp r 3 1025 Loop Aroun...

Страница 1322: ...l digits too soon after seizure on a wink start trunk 1 Verify trunk administered wink immediate start parameter 2 Refer problem to CO e This is a software audit error that does not indicate any hardw...

Страница 1323: ...lease This event only happens after the occurrence of Error Type 513 The CO released the trunk four minutes after the PBX dropped the call This event decrements the severity error count of Error Type...

Страница 1324: ...Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension attendant number or trunk group member number of the port Use the status station status attendant or status trunk command to dete...

Страница 1325: ...test has been aborted Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension attendant number or trunk group member number of the port Use the status station status attendant or status...

Страница 1326: ...for EXP INTF errors in the error log If present refer to the EXP INTF Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TDM BUS errors in the error log If present refer to the TDM BUS Maintenance documentation 3 L...

Страница 1327: ...the problem 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension attend...

Страница 1328: ...ntervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1018 ABORT Test disabled via administration Verify that the Maintenance Tests field on th...

Страница 1329: ...ective 2804 Hz tone test failed Poor quality transmission was detected to or from the port The problem may be off board CAUTION The port may still be operational or the fault may be off board connecti...

Страница 1330: ...645B power unit is used in a medium cabinet powered by a DC power source The system may contain a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack or a 631DB AC power unit but not both types of power units To...

Страница 1331: ...Translate the board if necessary 2 Issue the busyout board command 3 Issue the reset board command 4 Issue the release busy board command 5 Issue the test board command This should re establish the li...

Страница 1332: ...o determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is un...

Страница 1333: ...led by trunk group administration Verify that the Maintenance Tests field on the Trunk Group Form is set to n To enable the test issue the change trunk group x command where x equals the number of the...

Страница 1334: ...n this port should be investigated using other port tests and by examining connections 2 Refer problem to the CO 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board 1 Check to en...

Страница 1335: ...e 10 200 TEST 36 Port Audit Update Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inter...

Страница 1336: ...is in service 1 Enter status command to verify that the trunk is in service If the trunk is in service no further action is necessary If the trunk is out of service continue to Step 2 2 Enter release...

Страница 1337: ...rtion rather it is driven by successful registration of the endpoint It is maintained via a set of explicit TCP IP ping requests and errors reported by the User Manger software which terminates the H...

Страница 1338: ...The test attempts to send a PING packet to the endpoint IP address as reported during registration The PING packet originates with the C LAN board through which the endpoint is registered If the PING...

Страница 1339: ...e terminal has unregistered IP terminal only i Error Type 2305 this error indicates that there was an unsolicited Link Reset even though switch software believed the terminal to be functional and in s...

Страница 1340: ...the local C LAN through which the signaling originates and the endpoint s IP address It then requests the local C LAN to execute a PING on the endpoint s address If the PING is successful the test pas...

Страница 1341: ...ation failed Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 3 times Investigate any C LAN ethernet port errors 1007 FAIL The system could not PING the registered endpoint via the C LAN Verify that at l...

Страница 1342: ...present then release the port via the release station extension command and run the test again Make sure that the terminal is connected Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3...

Страница 1343: ...it timed out 2 ABORT ID request fails health bit returned from voice terminal is bad IP Terminal only Make sure voice terminal is connected and repeat test If test fails replace voice terminal and rep...

Страница 1344: ...ta Adaptor DA All other devices currently supported by Digital Line circuit packs communicate on the primary information channel Figure 10 26 shows examples of digital line connectivity Only the TN754...

Страница 1345: ...mation Channel Voice Physical Connection Digital Line Data Terminal TN2136 Digital Line Circuit Pack Secondary Information Channel Data Italtel Digital Telephone Model 1 2 Data Terminal IDCP CCITT V24...

Страница 1346: ...esented as background information to help understand how maintenance software interacts with terminal parameter downloading Terminal Types The following terminals can be downloaded for Definity G3V3 a...

Страница 1347: ...rameters are downloaded to programmable terminals Nonvolatile Memory Nonvolatile memory is used to store downloadable parameters in programmable terminals Therefore once the terminal has been download...

Страница 1348: ...ns and when a port is inserted in software as a result of board insertion or translation change Automatic Download Actions 1 System Reboot Restart A global download action is started when periodic mai...

Страница 1349: ...ty to an EPN is reestablished after that EPN was down b Add a station to the system with add station or change station c A TTI port is activated 5 Audits As part of periodic maintenance the hardware s...

Страница 1350: ...k The first three green call appearance LEDs on the 84xx 603x terminal will be turned on for three seconds if the station was successfully downloaded as a result of an entry of a Refresh Terminal Para...

Страница 1351: ...ype Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a 40987 None WARNING OFF 1 b 1 to 20 None WARNING OFF 18 c 0 busyout port PCSSpp WA...

Страница 1352: ...ack to the switch If the problem still exists replace the circuit pack Once the problem has been resolved the alarm will be retired after a predetermined amount of time c This error type is logged whe...

Страница 1353: ...If the voice terminal still does not operate then check for a short in the wiring a damaged jack an incorrect type of voice terminal or a defective voice terminal Once the problem has been resolved it...

Страница 1354: ...esented to the terminal to go into loop back mode Then data is sent to the terminal and when received back checked for consistency This test is run as a part of the craft command test long procedure I...

Страница 1355: ...port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension or attendant number of the port Use status station or status attendant to determine the servic...

Страница 1356: ...e state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain test You must wait until the port is idle before resetting Attendants are always in...

Страница 1357: ...Run circuit pack tests to check the tone generator circuit pack and the Tone Detector circuit pack using the test board PCSSpp command 2 Resolve any problems that are detected on the Tone Generator c...

Страница 1358: ...t may range from noticing nothing to not being able to use this terminal Check the results of Voice and Control Channel Local Loop Test 13 If that test fails suspect the Digital Line circuit pack If t...

Страница 1359: ...g the test 1 Check if port is being used If possible disconnect by toggling disconnect button on DTDM Retry command after 1 minute WARNING This action will drop the call in progress 2 If the test cont...

Страница 1360: ...TTR TTR Level Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TONE PT errors in the Error Log If present refer to TONE PT Tone Generator Maintenance documentation 3 If neither condition exists retry the command...

Страница 1361: ...capability the voice terminal must be manually unplugged for 30 seconds and then plugged back in to restore the PTC A message is returned reporting that either the PTC was successfully turned on succ...

Страница 1362: ...the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the port...

Страница 1363: ...tered A Conference Test is done next for the primary information channel This test is the same as Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of four tests run If any...

Страница 1364: ...he command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted Use display port PCSSpp to determine the station extensio...

Страница 1365: ...able to use this port 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator circuit pack and the Tone Detector circuit pack using the test board PCSSpp command 2 Resolve any problems that are detected...

Страница 1366: ...ion extension command and run the test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 ABORT Station may be in ready for service or ou...

Страница 1367: ...rt is a TTI port using either the display port command the display shows that the port is a TTI port or the list config command the display shows a t for the port 2 If either list config or display po...

Страница 1368: ...service and every time the station s state changes from other states to in service Table 10 216 TEST 17 Station Digital Audits Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 ABORT Switchhook...

Страница 1369: ...lay shows that the port is a TTI port or the list config command the display shows a t for the port 2 If either list config or display port indicate that the port is not a TTI port escalate the proble...

Страница 1370: ...upported only on TN464 circuit packs The DS1 DIOD maintenance object monitors and maintains a DIOD trunk port on a TN464 UDS1 Interface circuit pack See UDS1 BD in this chapter for more information ab...

Страница 1371: ...g Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test trunk grp mbr 1 a 57408 1 a 57487 57476 57477 57485 15 b Any Port Audit and Update Test...

Страница 1372: ...runk to the out of service state No calls can be made on this trunk except the Facility Access Test Call For details on this feature refer to Facility Test Calls section in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenan...

Страница 1373: ...Rotary Dial interdigit time is too short The DS1 interface circuit pack detects a hardware error on the DS1 DIOD trunk The trunk can not communicate with the far end because it is unable to interpret...

Страница 1374: ...cuit pack has one SCOTCH NPE chip instead of several NPE chips The NPE controls port connectivity and gain and provides conferencing functions on a per port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that...

Страница 1375: ...ystem may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors The status health command can be used to determine if the system is experiencing heavy traffi...

Страница 1376: ...em resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2053 ABORT At least one of the following errors is found on the DS1 circuit pack 12...

Страница 1377: ...mmand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be in use on a valid call Use the status station or status trunk c...

Страница 1378: ...Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2053 ABORT At least one of the following errors is found on the DS1 circuit pack 1281 Loss of signal 1793 Blue Alarm 2049 Red Alarm 2305 Y...

Страница 1379: ...disabled Table 10 220 TEST 36 Port Audit and Update Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2...

Страница 1380: ...calate the problem 1005 ABORT Test failed due to incompatible configuration administered in trunk group form 1 Look at the trunk group administration form and see whether the trunk is incoming only po...

Страница 1381: ...rdware Error Log and follow the procedures given in the appropriate DS1 BD or UDS1 BD maintenance documentation for the listed error types FAIL The trunk cannot be seized for an outgoing call 1 Verify...

Страница 1382: ...E and SS is the address of the slot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02 etc Full Name of MO DIOD BD2 2 Where 1 is Long s is Short and r is repeat Refer to the XXX BD Com...

Страница 1383: ...nswer Message Close loop a CO Response Trip ringing provide loop current 3 PBX On Hook Drop Message Open Tip Ring loop no loop current a CO Response CO goes to idle state see Note C Direct Inward Dial...

Страница 1384: ...uence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 15 b any Port Audit Updat...

Страница 1385: ...fter call is dropped from PBX end TN747B or the loop is not open after a disconnect TN765 After several occurrences an off board TN747B or on board TN465 warning alarm is generated Refer problem to CO...

Страница 1386: ...earing error codes associated with the NPE Crosstalk Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence For example you may also clear errors generated from...

Страница 1387: ...is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle then retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test...

Страница 1388: ...r any errors found and repeat test 2 If error has still not cleared refer problem to CO 2002 FAIL Seizure portion of test failed due to hardware problem Fault is usually caused by a disconnected trunk...

Страница 1389: ...urces required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk...

Страница 1390: ...ort Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until th...

Страница 1391: ...pp command to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use the status trunk command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then th...

Страница 1392: ...t pack is present then the OLS631DB AC power unit may be defective The system may contain a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack OR an OLS631DB AC power unit BUT NOT BOTH TYPES OF POWER UNITS NOTE T...

Страница 1393: ...Could not allocate necessary system resources to run the test 1 Retry at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run the test FAIL Int...

Страница 1394: ...are the add change duplicate remove and set commands These commands are frequently used by customer administrators while performing routine administration of DEFINITY MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level...

Страница 1395: ...feature improves the operation of daily maintenance by allowing maintenance routines to run that might otherwise not run It also helps to prevent the loss of translations that were not saved by the s...

Страница 1396: ...m parameters maintenance Page 1 of 4 MAINTENANCE RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS OPERATIONS SUPPORT PARAMETERS Product Identification 1000000000 First OSS Telephone Number 5551212 Abbrev Alarm Report y Seco...

Страница 1397: ...4D and is handled by system software The TN464 is covered in the UDS1 BD UDS1 Interface Circuit Pack section of Chapter 9 Each trunk and line have their own maintenance strategies However they all dep...

Страница 1398: ...n the United States of America with 1 544 Mbps DS1 service The TN767E and 120A1 CSU Module support on demand loopback tests that assist in the detection of faults between the TN767E circuit pack and t...

Страница 1399: ...1 a 0 Circuit pack removed or SAKI Test 53 MIN WRN ON 18 b 0 busy out board UUCSS WARNING OFF release board UUCSS 23 c 0 WARNING OFF add ds1 UUCSS 12 5 d None MINOR ON Continued on next page CPE LPBK...

Страница 1400: ...su loopback tests 1311 m Any Equipment Loopback Test 1210 MIN WRN OFF test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback test 1312 n Any Repeater Loopback Test 1211 MIN WRN OFF test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback...

Страница 1401: ...Any Major Alarm Inquiry Test 142 MIN WRN OFF test board UUCSS 2817 Minor Alarm Inquiry Test 143 MIN WRN OFF test board UUCSS 3073 to 3160 r Any Slip Alarm Inquiry Test 144 MIN WRN OFF test board UUCS...

Страница 1402: ...dpoints associated with the circuit pack from their trunk groups b Execute the remove ds1 UUCSS and change circuit pack UUCSS commands If all the administration conditions are met for this circuit pac...

Страница 1403: ...anel on back of the carrier Otherwise change the Near End CSU Type field using the change ds1 form to other If this error remains after plugging the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter into the board s connec...

Страница 1404: ...RLB failure This error occurs when the Integrated CSU I CSU Module Repeater Loopback RLB test fails This test is executed during I CSU T1 Sync Splitter power up reset i e the TN767E board is physical...

Страница 1405: ...tate If the error recurs after 15 minutes then escalate this problem r For later releases of G3V4 and beyond only error 3073 will show that this board is receiving Slips and the AUX data shows the las...

Страница 1406: ...ician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order they are presented in Table 10 230 By clearing error codes associated with the NPE Connection Audit Test for exa...

Страница 1407: ...CSU Repeater Loopback Test 1211 X D CPE Loopback Jack Test 1212 X D Far CSU Loopback Test 1213 X D One Way Span Test 1214 X D Inject Single Bit Error 1215 X D End Loopback Span Test 1216 X D 1 D Dest...

Страница 1408: ...with their translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an...

Страница 1409: ...e test result 4 list config shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circu...

Страница 1410: ...1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to see if the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseat...

Страница 1411: ...s only to DS1 Interface circuit packs It means the DS1 Interface circuit pack is providing timing for the system and therefore it cannot be reset without major system disruptions 1 If the circuit pack...

Страница 1412: ...it pack failed to restart 1 Execute the command again 2 If the problem persists escalate this problem PASS The circuit pack initializes correctly 1 Run the Short Test Sequence 0 NO BOARD The test coul...

Страница 1413: ...f system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system...

Страница 1414: ...code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the ci...

Страница 1415: ...herwise skip this step 3 Verify that both endpoints of the DS1 link are administered using the same signaling mode framing mode and line coding 4 Check the physical connectivity of DS1 Interface circu...

Страница 1416: ...when combined with the functionality provided by the TN767E circuit pack provides functionality equivalent to an external standalone ESF T1 CSU The 401A T1 Sync Splitter when combined with the functi...

Страница 1417: ...m and an I CSU T1 Sync Splitter error co exist the Loss Of Signal alarm condition will take priority and the board and all trunks on the board will be put in the out of service state Errors will be lo...

Страница 1418: ...yperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack wi...

Страница 1419: ...ork Interface cable is plugged into the CSU Module s T1 Sync Splitter s NETWORK jack 1300 FAIL The CSU Module or the T1 Sync Splitter is missing The Near End CSU Type field on the add ds1 form has bee...

Страница 1420: ...field on the add ds1 form has been administered as integrated but the DS1 circuit pack is not a TN767E or later suffix DS1 board 1 If the CSU Module or the T1 Sync Splitter is to be used and the Near...

Страница 1421: ...litter and running the test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests command again 3 If the ELB test continues to fail then replace the TN767E board and run test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests aga...

Страница 1422: ...n the test again 3 If the test continues to fail with this error code the problem could be in the I O cable between the backplane and the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter 1321 FAIL DTE LOS loss of signal w...

Страница 1423: ...Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter 5 If the test continues to fail with this error code escalate this problem 1323 FAIL A service affecting CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter audit failure was detected by...

Страница 1424: ...alarm and places the trunks back into the service state before the Blue alarm occurs PASS DS1 signal is present and the physical link is healthy In addition no Integrated CSU errors are detected 0 NO...

Страница 1425: ...nce software treats this the same as a Blue Alarm Payload Loopback Alarm The Payload Loopback PLB is used by the remote DS1 endpoint to put the switch DS1 into a loopback mode PLB Alarm is activated w...

Страница 1426: ...system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the DS1 in...

Страница 1427: ...h to diagnose the DS1 endpoint PASS Remote DS1 endpoint is in service Neither a Blue alarm nor a Line Loopback alarm nor a Payload Loopback alarm is detected in the DS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOA...

Страница 1428: ...l trunks of the circuit pack into the out of service state The inquiry test will be run every 10 minutes until the Red alarm is cleared When the Red alarm is cleared the DS1 Interface circuit pack wil...

Страница 1429: ...ing a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivit...

Страница 1430: ...ble 4 If this continues to fail escalate this problem 1 FAIL The DS1 interface circuit pack detected a loss of multiframe alarm LMA An out of frame condition occurred on the DS1 interface circuit pack...

Страница 1431: ...nterface if it is not already administered 2 If board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine if the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseati...

Страница 1432: ...m Once the Yellow alarm is confirmed the maintenance software places all trunks on the circuit pack into the out of service state The Inquiry Test will be run every 10 minutes until the Yellow alarm i...

Страница 1433: ...e properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will tr...

Страница 1434: ...te Multiframe Alarm nor F5 State Alarm is received from the remote DS1 endpoint 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no...

Страница 1435: ...pack takes 10 seconds to recognize and report a Major alarm and 10 seconds to recognize and report that a Major alarm condition is cleared When the DS1 Interface circuit pack detects a Major alarm it...

Страница 1436: ...rning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactiv...

Страница 1437: ...the local DS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test PASS No Major alarm is detected in DS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This co...

Страница 1438: ...kes 10 minutes to recognize and report a Minor alarm and 10 minutes to recognize and report that a Minor alarm condition is cleared When the DS1 Interface circuit pack detects a Minor alarm condition...

Страница 1439: ...n hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack...

Страница 1440: ...cable 5 If this continues to fail escalate this problem PASS No Minor alarm is detected in DS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This co...

Страница 1441: ...eceives the SLIP COUNT message the Slip Alarm Inquiry Test is initiated to query the slip counters on DS1 Interface circuit pack and total the slip counts in the maintenance software If the count of s...

Страница 1442: ...hen hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pa...

Страница 1443: ...istered using the same signaling mode framing mode and line coding 4 If the DS1 interface circuit pack connects to a T1 facility call the vendor of the T1 carrier to diagnose the remote DS1 endpoint I...

Страница 1444: ...tion for details A Minor alarm against the DS1 Interface circuit pack is raised but all trunks of the DS1 Interface circuit pack are still in the in service state PASS No Slip alarm is detected on the...

Страница 1445: ...turning a no board result 3 busyout and release have no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occu...

Страница 1446: ...ent 3 Verify that both endpoints and all intermediate equipment of the DS1 link are administered using the same signaling mode framing mode and line coding 4 If the DS1 interface circuit pack connects...

Страница 1447: ...inistration form Translation for the CSU Module includes the following data Transmit LBO Receive ALBO Supply CPE Loopback Jack Power and so forth 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID t...

Страница 1448: ...SS command to verify the DS1 Interface circuit pack translation PASS Translation data has been downloaded to the DS1 Interface circuit pack successfully 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the intern...

Страница 1449: ...5 times 1005 ABORT DS1 Board Loopback Test cannot be executed in the current configuration To run this Test the TN767E or later suffix DS1 must be administered for 24 channel operation The Bit Rate f...

Страница 1450: ...is in line loopback or payload loopback mode Only one long duration loopback span test can be active at a given time Thus if a loopback span test is already active that test must be terminated via th...

Страница 1451: ...ivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15...

Страница 1452: ...tern was transmitted and received successfully up to the TN767E DS1 board edge 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no...

Страница 1453: ...ace circuit pack are restored to the in service state after the release board command is entered Table 10 245 TEST 1210 CSU Equipment Loopback Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation AB...

Страница 1454: ...dicate whether a Customer Loopback Jack Test Far CSU Loopback Test or the One Way Span Test is executing or if the board is in line loopback or payload loopback mode Only one long duration loopback sp...

Страница 1455: ...hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack w...

Страница 1456: ...n was transmitted and received successfully over the connection from the TN767E DS1 board to the near edge of the 120A1 CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID...

Страница 1457: ...back tests command All trunks or ports on the DS1 Interface circuit pack must be busied out via the system technician busyout board command before running the RLB Test When the RLB Test is initiated m...

Страница 1458: ...nd to put all trunks or ports of the DS1 Interface circuit pack into the out of service state 2 Retry the command 1039 ABORT The DS1 Interface circuit pack is providing timing for the system Executing...

Страница 1459: ...rcuit pack are returning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed N...

Страница 1460: ...s no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the DS1 inter...

Страница 1461: ...in the received test pattern and returns a PASS result to indicate that the pattern was successfully sent If the loopback is not established within the 10 seconds the test returns FAIL The status of t...

Страница 1462: ...k via the following command sequence 1 Issue the disable synchronization switch command 2 Next issue the set synchronization UUCSS command 3 Lastly issue the enable synchronization switch command 1950...

Страница 1463: ...ored to normal operation All of the trunks for the DS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the in service state Hyperactivity is often caused by the associated facility In such a case faults s...

Страница 1464: ...enters the test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrec...

Страница 1465: ...to verify the loopback has been established transmits a framed 3 in 24 test pattern begins counting bit errors in the received test pattern and returns a PASS result If the loopback is not established...

Страница 1466: ...ion If the DS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circuit pack or to the Tone Clock circuit pack via the following command sequence 1...

Страница 1467: ...en hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pac...

Страница 1468: ...ce strategy associated with that loopback PASS The Far CSU Loopback test has successfully began executing The test will continue to run until the system technician enters test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopb...

Страница 1469: ...hin the received pattern The status of the One Way Span test will be available in the hardware error log via error type 3902 Several distinct aux values will be used to give the user information of th...

Страница 1470: ...ion If the DS1 Interface circuit pack needs to be tested set the synchronization reference to another DS1 Interface circuit pack or to the Tone Clock circuit pack via the following command sequence 1...

Страница 1471: ...out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of...

Страница 1472: ...eady administered 2 If board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine if the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board will re init...

Страница 1473: ...Inject Single Bit Error Test The list measurements ds1 summary command displays the number of bit errors detected Loopback Span Test Bit Error Count field Injecting this single bit error should increm...

Страница 1474: ...d from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for...

Страница 1475: ...trunks or ports on the DS1 Interface circuit pack must be busied out via the system technician busyout board command before running this End Loopback Span Test 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate th...

Страница 1476: ...and at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT End Loopback Span Test cannot be executed in the current configuration To run this the TN767E or later suffix DS1 must be administered for 24...

Страница 1477: ...ack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the DS1 interface circuit pack is restored to...

Страница 1478: ...serted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the DS1 interface if it is no...

Страница 1479: ...led the status LEDs are always off and this test aborts Table 10 252 TEST 1227 ICSU Status LEDs Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command a...

Страница 1480: ...ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations ar...

Страница 1481: ...documentation for related line information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for e...

Страница 1482: ...to station call Calls originating from a hybrid station do not require a DTMR port The Dual Tone Multifrequency Receiver Port maintenance object defines a set of tests to verify that the DTMF digits d...

Страница 1483: ...its translation Testing the DTMR port is sufficient to reload its translation If testing the DTMR port does not clear the error then the Tone Detector circuit pack containing the defective DTMR port...

Страница 1484: ...Detection Verification Test 42 X X ND Tone Detector Audit Update Test 43 X X ND Table 10 253 TEST 42 Tone Detection Verification Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation none ABORT The s...

Страница 1485: ...eriod 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2006 ABORT DTMF detection failed This could be caus...

Страница 1486: ...0 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute i...

Страница 1487: ...e shadowed memory range This means that The TN792 can replace the TN772 Duplication Interface pack however it is not compatible with TN772 If one Duplication Interface circuit pack is upgraded from TN...

Страница 1488: ...l cable is not attached optical cable is attached incorrectly optical cable is broken transmit or receive hardware on one or both circuit packs is malfunctioning one of the DUPINT circuit packs is bad...

Страница 1489: ...one Clock circuit packs know which Tone Clock is supposed to be active and additional leads that control which SPE is active The system software can request that either the SPE Select lead or Tone Clo...

Страница 1490: ...ocessor by attaching the administration terminal to the connector marked TERM on the active carrier This connection should only be made if the administration terminal fails to function since a problem...

Страница 1491: ...cket Bus Packet Bus TDM Bus A TDM Bus A Pkt ctrl Pkt ctrl B carrier A carrier DUP A to MTP B DUP A to MTP B SPE select lead SPE select lead Tone Clock select lead Tone Clock select lead 1 2 2 T O N E...

Страница 1492: ...Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate t...

Страница 1493: ...nvestigate tests in the order they are presented in the table below By clearing error codes associated with the Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Status Query Test for example you may also clear erro...

Страница 1494: ...cation Interface Circuit Pack Sanity Maze Test 277 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack SPE A Loop Back Test 275 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack SPE B Loop Back Test 276 X X X X...

Страница 1495: ...2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2033 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2008 2009 201...

Страница 1496: ...owable time period 2033 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The Duplication Interface circuit pack is receiving an abnormal number of corrup...

Страница 1497: ...ce circuit pack There is no service disruption when this test is run on Duplication Interface B Table 10 263 TEST 273 Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Sanity Circuit Test Error Code Test Result Desc...

Страница 1498: ...The sanity timer circuit on the Duplication Interface circuit pack is defective The Duplication Interface circuit pack should be replaced 1 Follow the procedure for replacing Common Control circuit pa...

Страница 1499: ...circuit pack The test passes if the data sent matches the data received This test does not check the physical serial channel that is printed on the backplane or carried by the ICC Table 10 264 TEST 2...

Страница 1500: ...ck A or the Duplication Interface circuit pack A in the case of Duplication Interface circuit pack B 1 Refer to NO BOARD description for the Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Status Query Test 315 PA...

Страница 1501: ...tested UART on the Duplication Interface circuit pack is defective 1 If this is Duplication Interface circuit pack A then the circuit pack must be replaced to restore duplication If this is Duplicati...

Страница 1502: ...als a maximum of 5 times FAIL The tested UART on the Duplication Interface circuit pack is defective 1 If this is Duplication Interface circuit pack A then the circuit pack must be replaced to restore...

Страница 1503: ...quired to run this test are not available 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2033 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute int...

Страница 1504: ...Interface Circuit Pack Loop Back Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 2000 ABORT Response to the test request...

Страница 1505: ...fails with a NO BOARD then refer to NO BOARD on the next page of this table 3 No response is being received from the Duplication Interface circuit pack or Maintenance Tape Processor If Duplication In...

Страница 1506: ...To do this issue the test duplication interface A command If Test 280 fails on Duplication Interface A and Test 315 has just failed on Duplication Interface B Duplication Interface circuit pack A is d...

Страница 1507: ...ode the response to the board query downlink messages consists of several CCMS uplink messages that identify the true board code vintage suffix emulation type and the number of reserved slots it needs...

Страница 1508: ...D board with a different configuration and rejects the board MAPD_DCP_STA and MAPD_ ASAI_STA are the only two types of terminals are allowed on a MAPD board Therefore while administering ports on MAPD...

Страница 1509: ...ease port PCSSpp command b The circuit pack has been removed or has been insane for more than 21 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack Table 10 270 Digital Line Error Log Ent...

Страница 1510: ...e station The off hook should have moved the station to ready for service No technician action is necessary f No terminal is connected to the Digital Line board No maintenance action is required g The...

Страница 1511: ...nnel the station and the DTDM are taken out of service Table 10 271 TEST 9 Digital Line NPE Crosstalk Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 ABORT During testing of the primary infor...

Страница 1512: ...e 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The system is under heavy traffic conditions or has time slots out of...

Страница 1513: ...tation is available for testing 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 2 FAIL The Ne...

Страница 1514: ...the primary information channel This test is the same as Conference Test 6 The four tests will generate only one resulting value Pass Fail or Abort If any test fails or aborts the test sequence stops...

Страница 1515: ...5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension or attendant number of the port...

Страница 1516: ...may range from noticing nothing to not being able to use this port 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator circuit pack and the Tone Detector circuit pack using the test board PCSSpp comm...

Страница 1517: ...ension command and run the test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 ABORT Station may be in ready for service or out of se...

Страница 1518: ...TI port the abort is correct and no action is necessary FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The message to light all of the station lamps was...

Страница 1519: ...jor alarm A manual OFF position to the left generates a Warning alarm Unless a technician is currently working on the system the switches should be left in the auto position On a high or critical reli...

Страница 1520: ...er Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the a...

Страница 1521: ...PN Maintenance circuit pack controls Emergency Transfer The system software does not have control of Emergency Transfer within a cabinet if the switch es is are in the manual ON or manual OFF state fo...

Страница 1522: ...ts the error types and MOs that may cause Emergency Transfer If any or all of these errors appear in the log then refer to the appropriate Maintenance documentation and resolve those problems first If...

Страница 1523: ...Switch 2 Expansion Interface Link Switch 3 Tone Clock Switch within the EPN 4 EPN Reset The EPN Sanity Audit feature activates only when all existing maintenance operations have failed to detect the...

Страница 1524: ...been reset as part of the recovery procedure e This error occurs whenever the EPN is unable to send up link control messages but recovers after the control channels of the TDM Bus in the EPN are switc...

Страница 1525: ...error all of the logs were cleared and re initialized Any alarms that were active at the time of this error have been cleared There is no associated test for this error If the error persists escalate...

Страница 1526: ...3vs systems respectively The PGATE or PI can be used with the CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct and DCS connections Control LAN Congestion Controls The switch activates congestion co...

Страница 1527: ...ry Test 1282 fils refer to its repair procedure Table 10 278 ETH PT Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence...

Страница 1528: ...ons on a port are down 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp short 2 Refer to Session Status Test 1286 repair procedure to verify repair f Error Type 1793 1920 system software received an indication that...

Страница 1529: ...ian Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Investigate errors in the order they appear in the table below Table 10 279 System Technician Demanded Tests ETH PT Order of Investigation ShortTest Seq...

Страница 1530: ...alls and links associated with the port to be torn down 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response within the allowable time period 1 If the problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout...

Страница 1531: ...this ethernet port 2 If there are no reachable destinations from this port i e no routes administered on ethernet administer a route and retry 3 Escalate if the problem persists 1005 ABORT Incorrect t...

Страница 1532: ...syout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS 2 If the test fails again replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 3 times...

Страница 1533: ...ernet ports replace the circuit pack 1007 FAIL Ping to the destination failed due to the destination down 1 Verify that at least one destination reachable through this port is up Ping this destination...

Страница 1534: ...1 Verify whether Ethernet link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status link n 2 If the Ethernet link is not in service release the link release link n or release port UUCSSpp 3 Repeat the test 4 E...

Страница 1535: ...ils verify that the cable properly is secured to Ethernet port and to the bus 3 Verify the CLAN circuit pack link integrity LED is glowing 4 Retry the test 5 If problem persists refer to Ethernet Loca...

Страница 1536: ...status link n 2 If the Ethernet link is not in service release the link release link n or release port UUCSSpp 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit...

Страница 1537: ...ns are down ALL DOWN 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp to verify the Ethernet Local Looparound Test 1278 result 2 If test passes wait for system software to indicate ALL UP 3 If the test fails check t...

Страница 1538: ...TN748 TN420 or TN744 Tone detection boards The TN2182 provides Mu law or A law tone detection capability Since the TN2182 also provides Tone Clock function only one or two if your system is duplicated...

Страница 1539: ...board type and location If the board is TN744 then do Steps 2 4 if it is TN2182 do Steps 5 12 2 Execute 3 commands busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS Reset is required to r...

Страница 1540: ...TN2182 s DSPs 11 If all tests pass and the alarm does not resolve retest with test tone UUCSS long clear 12 If the test passes terminate the repair process If it fails replace the board b The ETR PT l...

Страница 1541: ...ly MFC tones are tested Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Tone Detection Verification Test 42 X X ND Tone Detection Audit Update Tes...

Страница 1542: ...aximum of 5 times 2006 ABORT This abort code indicates that the active Tone Clock circuit pack or a Tone Detector circuit pack may not be functioning properly On G3r V2 systems this abort can also be...

Страница 1543: ...y but capacity will be reduced In order to restore performance to normal replace the circuit pack containing the defective port Follow the procedures described in the TONE BD section for replacing a t...

Страница 1544: ...Test Result Description Recommendation none ABORT The system was not able to allocate all the resources needed for this test 1 Wait 1 minute and repeat the command a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Resp...

Страница 1545: ...he board test board UUCSS long 4 If the test passes terminate the repair process If the test fails replace the board Follow the procedures in TONE BD 5 Check to see if the board is duplicated list cab...

Страница 1546: ...tandby side set tone 10 Test the alarmed board test tone UUCSS long This resets the board and is required to reload on board RAM associated with the TN2182 s DSPs 11 If all tests pass and the alarm do...

Страница 1547: ...ber optic cable The TN776 supports circuit switched connections and the control channel to and from the EPN The TN570 also supports packet switched connections for those systems that use the Packet Bu...

Страница 1548: ...ink PCSS command where PCSS is the address of either Standby Expansion Interface circuit pack System Technician may prevent the system from switching Expansion Interface Links by using the busyout boa...

Страница 1549: ...ellow LED on solid or blink a pattern two seconds on 200 milliseconds off The Standby Expansion Interface circuit packs have the yellow LEDs off Notes a This flashing code corresponds to error codes 7...

Страница 1550: ...sion Interface circuit pack is neither active nor standby When testing Expansion Interface circuit packs to investigate problems tests should always be run on both circuit packs of an Expansion Link T...

Страница 1551: ...ircuit pack The defective Tone Clock circuit pack should be replaced instead The Expansion Interface circuit packs are more sensitive to a defective system clock than the rest of the components of the...

Страница 1552: ...hen the EPN went down the problem was probably that the synchronization on line reference became invalid Since reference switching was disabled the Tone Clock did not switch from the invalid reference...

Страница 1553: ...r if the 2B 3B Tone Clock circuit pack was really the source of the problem and not the Expansion Interface circuit pack then the Expansion Interface Link s goes down again the next time a Tone Clock...

Страница 1554: ...soon as possible See Warning WARNING If the defective Tone Clock circuit pack is left as the Standby Tone Clock then a scheduled Tone Clock switch causes the same EPN to go out of service again If rep...

Страница 1555: ...o to the front of the cabinet and inspect the yellow LED If the yellow LED is on steady this Expansion Interface circuit pack and the lightwave transceiver are functioning properly If the yellow LED i...

Страница 1556: ...Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 0 Any Any Any test board PCSS 1 Any Expansion Interface Local TDM Loop Around Test 240 MAJ ON test board PCSS r 2 2 Expansion I...

Страница 1557: ...2049 h Any Reset Test 336 MIN ON reset board PCSS r 1 2305 i 118 None WRN OFF 25611 j Any None MIN ON 28171 k Any None MIN ON 30731 Any Expansion Interface Packet Interface Test 589 MIN OFF test board...

Страница 1558: ...nother way to resolve or prevent this alarm is to use the change circuit pack command to remove the EI circuit pack administrative entry for this slot after the EI circuit pack has been removed from t...

Страница 1559: ...t the EI circuit pack reporting the errors 6 Wait five minutes Then check the Error Log to see if new errors of type 257 have been detected 7 If errors are present replace the EI circuit pack or trans...

Страница 1560: ...er k Error Type 2817 indicates an on board failure of EI circuitry related to transmission of data to the fiber interface If this error has generated a minor alarm replace the EI circuit pack or trans...

Страница 1561: ...will take 15 minutes for the counter to be cleared if the alarm was raised o Error Type 3841 indicates that the EI TN570 only has reported a loss of lock with the backplane system clock p Error Type 3...

Страница 1562: ...rcuit pack The EPN served by this link was most probably not providing service when this error was logged If this is a high or critical reliability system the system should have switched to the Standb...

Страница 1563: ...recovery strategy The software has forced an Expansion Interface switch because the new Expansion Interface Link contains new features which support EPN recovery in case of a bad tone clock board Thi...

Страница 1564: ...System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order they are presented in the table below By clearing error codes associated with the Expansion Interfa...

Страница 1565: ...est was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available Someone may be doing something on this Port Network Interface 1 Retry the...

Страница 1566: ...peat the reset board command c If the reset command returns the message Board not Assigned the EPN Maintenance circuit pack may be holding the Expansion Interface circuit pack reset First try to reset...

Страница 1567: ...me up reset one or both Expansion Interface circuit packs on the link 0 NO BOARD No board was detected by the test 1 Check the error log for wrong board error 125 or no board error 131 Resolve either...

Страница 1568: ...t fails 3 Verify that fiber transmit and receive ends have not been crossed when connected to the lightwave transceiver 4 The problem may be due to a synchronization timing loop Use the status sync co...

Страница 1569: ...rms on EPN objects might have been resolved if the EPN went down Refer to the documentation for descriptions of any of the error types occurring at about same time as the EXP LINK error types Resolve...

Страница 1570: ...his loopback is internal to the circuit pack this test does not interfere with the normal fiber data stream 0 NO BOARD No board was detected by the test 1 Check the error log for wrong board error 125...

Страница 1571: ...If this test passes or aborts with Error Code 2 this test is considered to have passed For Error Code 2 issue the set tdm PC command where P is the network containing the Expansion Interface circuit p...

Страница 1572: ...Verify that there is at least one Tone Detector on this network If not this test always aborts for this Expansion Interface circuit pack This does not harm the system in any way 2 Look for TONE PT err...

Страница 1573: ...orted because the system could not allocate time slots FAIL The test tone was not detected correctly after being looped through the Expansion Interface circuit pack 1 If error type 2305 has been logge...

Страница 1574: ...other Expansion Interface circuit pack tests if the Expansion Interface Link is not functioning correctly 0 NO BOARD No board was detected by the test 1 Check the error log for wrong board error 125 o...

Страница 1575: ...erify that there is at least one Tone Detector on this network If there is not at least one Tone Detector this test always aborts for this Expansion Interface circuit pack This does not harm the syste...

Страница 1576: ...nterface circuit pack provides a link This determines if the dial tone is being supplied 2 Check for disconnected transmit or receive fibers on both ends of the fiber 3 If Test 238 is failing refer to...

Страница 1577: ...he same Expansion Interface circuit pack again and into the originating cabinet If the test tone is detected by a tone detector the first part of the test passes The second portion of the test applies...

Страница 1578: ...ervice due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance documentation to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at...

Страница 1579: ...EPN 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in an Expansion Port Network Port Network 2 or 3 has a major alarm against it This test needs to use the alarmed port network s Packet Bus 1 Resolve the Packet Bus alarm...

Страница 1580: ...at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL The test did not detect the test tone through the loop around connection NOTE If the circuit pack is a TN570 the packet portion of this test was not r...

Страница 1581: ...trol circuit pack 2 If the Packet Control circuit pack checks out OK issue the test board PCSS long command on the Expansion Interface circuit pack 3 If Test 242 continues to fail replace the Expansio...

Страница 1582: ...s Test 241 this condition indicates either a faulty lightwave transceiver or a faulty fiber cable To determine if either a lightwave transceiver or the fiber itself has failed execute the Expansion In...

Страница 1583: ...cted by the test 1 Check the error log for wrong board error 125 or no board error 131 Resolve either of these issues if applicable 2 Check that the board is properly translated and inserted If so che...

Страница 1584: ...repeat the Short Test Sequence 5 If test continues to fail replace the circuit pack or transceiver PASS The Expansion Interface circuit pack did respond correctly to the test Communication from softw...

Страница 1585: ...Expansion Interface circuit pack to be reset is part of the Active Expansion Interface Link the system does not allow the busyout and instructs system technician to switch Expansion Interface Links vi...

Страница 1586: ...le time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 9999 ABORT Expansion Interface circuit pack reset...

Страница 1587: ...ting the test maint P long command on the maintenance board in the same EPN 2 If Step 1 was not successful in releasing the Expansion Interface circuit pack temporarily remove the EPN maintenance circ...

Страница 1588: ...CAUSE the EPN went down When there is no Tone Clock generating the system clock on an EPN then an Expansion Interface circuit pack can only be reset once All subsequent reset attempts fail It is also...

Страница 1589: ...s reset at a time when service is least disrupted by losing use of the EPN 2 If the reset fails with the same error code execute the test tone clock PC command where P is the network that contains thi...

Страница 1590: ...n Interface Link will be unavailable until this problem is resolved 1 Attach lightwave transceiver to 25 pair backplane connector in slot belonging to Expansion Interface circuit pack 2 Reset the circ...

Страница 1591: ...er tests on this Expansion Interface circuit pack are not passing or other errors have been logged against this circuit pack the lightwave transceiver and or the Expansion Interface circuit pack shoul...

Страница 1592: ...ce circuit pack to be tested is part of an Active link from PPN to either EPN the path shown in Figure 10 31 is used If the Expansion Interface circuit pack to be tested is on either EPN and is part o...

Страница 1593: ...cuit Pack Issue 4 May 2002 10 807 555 233 123 Figure 10 32 Expansion Interface Packet Interface Test EPN to EPN PKT CTRL EXP INTF EXP INTF EXP INTF EXP INTF EXP INTF EXP INTF Packet Bus PPN Packet Bus...

Страница 1594: ...te end of the fiber 1 If Expansion Interface is busied out issue the release board PCSS command 2 Examine the results of Tests 237 and 238 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in an EPN Port Network 2 or 3 has a...

Страница 1595: ...m of 3 times 1421 ABORT This abort code is valid and can appear only when the Expansion Interface circuit pack addressed in the test command is one which terminates the link between two the EPNs It in...

Страница 1596: ...the Packet Control circuit pack look for PKT CTL errors 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 25...

Страница 1597: ...ests pass the failure may be in either the PPN Expansion Interface circuit pack or the connected Expansion Interface circuit pack under test or on the EPN Packet Bus If a duplicate Expansion link exis...

Страница 1598: ...PPN to the EPN and if a duplicate Expansion link exists make that the Active link using the set expansion link PCSS command Execute the test board long command on the original PPN Expansion Interface...

Страница 1599: ...r to the PKT CTRL Maintenance documentation for recommended maintenance procedures 2 If all Packet Control circuit pack tests pass the failure may be in the Expansion Interface circuit packs of the EP...

Страница 1600: ...st The set expansion link command has no error codes to return It displays one of following messages upon completion 1 Command completed successfully Link switch was successful This may be verified by...

Страница 1601: ...es of blank and 1 through 10 mean that the link is down due to a defective Expansion Interface Link Look for and resolve Expansion Interface circuit pack errors c Aux Data values of 30 through 40 mean...

Страница 1602: ...on Link To restore normal service the system had to reset the Expansion port network served by the Expansion Link Error type 10004 should have been logged against the Expansion Interface circuit pack...

Страница 1603: ...n carrier A monitors the EXT DEV alarm leads and provides status to the Maintenance processor TN786B or TN2404 TN790 in the active SPE In the EPN the Maintenance Board TN775 monitors the EXT DEV alarm...

Страница 1604: ...UU r2 or 6 1 or 5 Any External Device Alarm Test 120 MAJOR MINOR2 2 One port generates a MAJOR alarm the other port generates a MINOR alarm OFF test environment UU r 2 or 6 Multicarrier Cabinet Tests...

Страница 1605: ...ator section for a description of this test Notes a Refer to DC POWER Single Carrier Cabinet Power section for a description of this test b Refer to EMG XFER Emergency Transfer section for a descripti...

Страница 1606: ...of 5 times 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to ABORT wi...

Страница 1607: ...is reporting the alarm This circuit pack should be replaced There are failures that can occur on Maintenance circuit pack s that will not be detected by their respective maintenance but which will ca...

Страница 1608: ...also be administered as external device alarms NOTE An unadministered maintenance board external device alarm port that is sensing a contact closure will have an entry in the Error Log and in the Alar...

Страница 1609: ...order presented in the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Battery Battery Charger Query Test you may also clear errors generated from other t...

Страница 1610: ...ipment is not available Look for and resolve all Expansion Port Network problems with this cabinet 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the...

Страница 1611: ...ircuit pack and rerun the test 3 If the test still fails then there is a problem with the analog external device alarm port or the Maintenance circuit pack that is reporting the alarm This circuit pac...

Страница 1612: ...arm or the administered Maintenance circuit pack connected to the device reports no alarm then the External Device may not be properly reporting the problems or the External Device may not be properly...

Страница 1613: ...alarm is raised For all other problems a MINOR alarm is raised The software vintage can be displayed via the list configuration software vintage long command The Flash Data Consistency Test is run on...

Страница 1614: ...72 74 80 82 9 15 17 86 160 192 288 320 416 448 4 6 12 14 20 22 36 38 44 46 52 54 68 70 8 or 16 Flash Data Consistency Test 421 MAJOR OFF upgrade software 76 78 84 86 132 164 196 260 Table 10 302 Flash...

Страница 1615: ...tandard system 292 324 388 420 452 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures Orde...

Страница 1616: ...tem is heavily loaded and the test is not allocated sufficient time to run 1 Rerun the test when the system is less busy and is not running standby maintenance 1029 1030 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016...

Страница 1617: ...ard mem long again to resolve the alarms 4 FAIL The load vintages are different in both SPEs 1 Determine the desired software release by issuing the list configuration software long command Obtain the...

Страница 1618: ...save and announcement save pass on both SPEs run test card mem long to resolve the alarms 12 FAIL Load vintages and announcements are different in both SPEs The Active SPE has the most current announc...

Страница 1619: ...4 Be sure to issue the save announcements command 32 FAIL The update files are different in both SPEs The update file on the Active SPE is most current 1 Have INADS issue the copy update file command...

Страница 1620: ...Issue save announcements to save announcements on both SPEs 2 Have INADS issue copy update file to copy the update file from the Active to the Standby SPE 3 Run test card mem long to resolve the alar...

Страница 1621: ...running test card mem long check for Error Codes 32 or 64 Follow the recovery procedure under the applicable error code 48 FAIL The update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Activ...

Страница 1622: ...The update file on the Standby SPE is the most current 1 If you are on site with the switch replace the Active SPE memory card with the Standby SPE memory card If you are not on site with the switch i...

Страница 1623: ...IL The update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE has the most current update file and the Active SPE has the most current announcements 1 Issue the save announcements c...

Страница 1624: ...cedure under the applicable error code 80 FAIL The update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE has the most current update file and announcements 1 Issue save announcemen...

Страница 1625: ...e error code 128 ABORT The Translation memory card in the Active SPE is missing 132 FAIL The load vintages are different in both SPEs and the translation memory card is missing in the Active SPE 1 Fol...

Страница 1626: ...re different in both SPEs and the translation memory card is missing in the Standby SPE 1 Follow the procedures for Error Code 132 288 FAIL The update file in the Active SPE is more current and the tr...

Страница 1627: ...n memory cards are missing in both SPEs The update file in the Active SPE is more current 1 Follow the procedures for Error Code 164 448 FAIL The update file in the Standby SPE is more current and the...

Страница 1628: ...The image is then copied to FLASH memory This feature eliminates having to physically remove the circuit pack and sending it to the factory for a firmware update These procedures apply to these circu...

Страница 1629: ...r Self download or Remote download Single Multiple same type Copying a new firmware image file onto a source circuit pack using the File Transfer Protocol FTP Copying the image to the target circuit p...

Страница 1630: ...remote EPNs only for remote downloads only PC or other server IP connectivity to the source board IP connectivity to the World Wide Web File transfer protocol FTP software program NOTE Not all GUI bas...

Страница 1631: ...s 6 Select the circuit pack you want to upgrade then the firmware images that you need there may be more than one depending on the circuit pack For example the tn2501ap_f05 bin filename is for the TN2...

Страница 1632: ...he files 1 Log onto the switch using superuser or services login and password 2 Type enable filesystem board UUCSS login ftplogin ftppassword size actual_size where ftplogin is any temporary login for...

Страница 1633: ...mporary login for this FTP session for example broncos 5 Type bin and press Enter This transfers files in binary format 6 If you are downloading to the TN2501AP VAL circuit pack only type cd and press...

Страница 1634: ...____________________ Target Board Code ______ Suffix __ Firmware Vintage ___ Schedule Download _ Remove Image File After Successful Download _ Start Date Time __ __ ____ __ __ Stop Date Time __ __ ___...

Страница 1635: ...lay only field for TN799DP C LAN and TN2501AP VAL Schedule Download Type y to schedule the firmware download for another time Type n to start the firmware download immediately after completing the for...

Страница 1636: ...rom the carrier b Pull the circuit pack out approximately 1 2 inches 2 54 to 5 08 cm c Re insert the circuit pack into the carrier d Close the latch securely Start Date Time Type the date and time tha...

Страница 1637: ...esults screen Screen 10 7 appears Screen 10 7 Test Results screen 2 Look in the Result field for FAIL conditions 3 If the test does not pass refer to the Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values sec...

Страница 1638: ...lesystem board UUCSS command status firmware download Page 1 of 1 STATUS FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Location 01C02 Firmware Image File Name tn2501ap_f05 bin Target Board Code TN2501 Suffix AP Firm...

Страница 1639: ...abort a scheduled pending firmware download 1 Type disable firmware download and press Enter This command Continues to download the firmware image file to circuit pack in progress Aborts the remainder...

Страница 1640: ...f the source circuit pack does not have enough available memory delete old files remove file board UUCSS filename or wait until there is less traffic on the board CAUTION The ftplogin and ftppassword...

Страница 1641: ...ew firmware image file is listed in the File Directory Name field Screen 10 9 List Directory screen Schedule download 1 Fill in all of the fields in Table 10 306 except the Target Location field NOTE...

Страница 1642: ...press Enter The System Configuration screen Screen 10 10 appears Screen 10 10 System Configuration screen b Look for the P suffix in the Code column and note the circuit pack s UUCSS address in the Bo...

Страница 1643: ...the header on the new firmware image file to ensure that the firmware download runs as you intend 1 Type test firmware download and press Enter The Test Results screen Screen 10 11 appears Screen 10...

Страница 1644: ...able the filesystem 1 Type remove file board UUCSS filename and press Enter to remove image files from the source board status firmware download Page 1 of 1 STATUS FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Source Board Locat...

Страница 1645: ...ds This section contains three troubleshooting sections Reset 1 or 2 Test firmware download Backing out of a firmware download Reset 1 or 2 If the system does a reset 1 or 2 and no alarms are present...

Страница 1646: ...n 10 14 appears Screen 10 14 Display Firmware Image s screen 2 Check the date and time stamps to determine whether to revert back to Image 1 or Image 2 In the example that follows we are reverting bac...

Страница 1647: ...arge ESD be sure to wear a grounding strap while handling the circuit pack CAUTION For TN2501AP VAL ensure that both the top green and top amber LEDs are out a Release the latch handle to free the cir...

Страница 1648: ...e the error use the test firmware download command The Aux Data specifies the error that resulted from the resource not being available See Table 10 308 for more details Table 10 307 FW DWNLD Maintena...

Страница 1649: ...etry the download 5 Header message failed Check for system wide problems clear all errors and retry the download 6 Download Map timer expired Check for system wide problems clear all errors and retry...

Страница 1650: ...lations and retry 2 Incorrect target board for download schedule verify board location and schedule 3 Target failed to go into DL Mode retry 4 Target received bad file header 5 Bad image checksum on i...

Страница 1651: ...ownload if fail then escalate 24 A download is already in progress Internal firmware error on target board retry download if fail then escalate 30 A start download sequence error Internal firmware err...

Страница 1652: ...there are FW DWNLD errors to be resolve and alarms to clear 1 This test verifies that the information on the FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD screen is correct It also verifies that the source board is of the correc...

Страница 1653: ...the source board has a bad CRC FTP a good firmware image file to the source board 4 FAIL Firmware image file name is too long Rename the image file to a file name of the correct size FTP the new image...

Страница 1654: ...en changed after the schedule was entered Execute list config verify the source board location Execute change firmware download and enter the correct location on the screen PASS Firmware download to t...

Страница 1655: ...nd to detect call progress tones are essential for maintenance of other circuit packs for example Tone Clock The GPTD maintenance feature defines a set of tests to ensure that the general purpose tone...

Страница 1656: ...basis So the H 323 D channel is actually a TCP IP signaling channel Layer 1 and 2 of this signaling channel can be monitored by IP PING testing Performance in terms of voice latency for a signaling g...

Страница 1657: ...removed from service release port UUCSSpp on a specific H 323 B channel increases the trunk group capacity by one No physical piece of hardware is actually added to service status trunk grp mbr use to...

Страница 1658: ...Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 grp is the signaling group number 1 166 the te...

Страница 1659: ...service to provide media connections for the trunk members of the signaling group g Error Type 1794 The Sig Group reported that the far end has detected excessive packet latency or loss h Error Type 2...

Страница 1660: ...other tests in the testing sequence CLAN Ethernet Status Test 1386 This test is non destructive This test checks the status of the CLAN ethernet port that originated this signaling group If the CLAN...

Страница 1661: ...ow LED is off Reset the circuit pack by issuing the busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS commands 2 If this result occurs again replace the circuit pack 2100 ABORT The necessa...

Страница 1662: ...s not successful the test fails NOTE Multiple failures of this test can take the H 323 signaling group out of service If the PING is successful this test looks at the PING round trip delay If a round...

Страница 1663: ...s port 2 Repeat the test 3 If the test aborts with Error Code 7 while step 1 verified escalate the problem 1125 ABORT Link is not in service 1 Check if the link is in service or not If the link is not...

Страница 1664: ...translations and retest 2802 ABORT Different IP address pinged than software had allocated for the test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 7 89 1007 FAIL PING to the destin...

Страница 1665: ...Result Description Recommendation 2100 ABORT The necessary system resources to execute the test could not be allocated 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2500 ABORT Intern...

Страница 1666: ...ch terminates the H 323 signaling portion of each endpoint The MO follows standard maintenance methodology and supports test busyout release and status commands Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Val...

Страница 1667: ...ician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order presented in the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Si...

Страница 1668: ...peer to peer IP layer connection This nondestructive test runs due to in line errors during periodic and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 10 319 TEST 1372 Registration Status Inquiry Error Cod...

Страница 1669: ...3 times 2 Investigate any C LAN ethernet port errors 1007 FAIL The system could not PING the registered endpoint via the C LAN 1 Verify that at least one destination reachable through this port PING...

Страница 1670: ...ic and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 10 321 TEST 1374 Media Path PING Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2100 ABORT Could not locate the necessary system resources to ru...

Страница 1671: ...ntation for related line information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example...

Страница 1672: ...three pairs of wires an analog voice pair a transmit receive pair and a power pair Figure 10 33 Hybrid Station Interactions MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the po...

Страница 1673: ...f these service states follows Out of Service The port and thus the station have been removed from service A busyout of a port causes it to be out of service Ready for Service Once a port on the circu...

Страница 1674: ...61 18 c 0 busyout port PCSSpp WARNING OFF release port PCSSpp 130 d None WARNING ON test port PCSSpp sh 257 e 40988 None MIN WRN2 2 Major or Minor alarms on this MO may be downgraded to Warning alarm...

Страница 1675: ...damaged jack and make sure the voice terminal is a Hybrid set Once the problem has been resolved the alarm is retired after a predetermined period of time f This indicates that the voice terminal has...

Страница 1676: ...is The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly...

Страница 1677: ...us is idle then retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test This could be due to a failure to seize the...

Страница 1678: ...BORT Test disabled via administration This only applies to analog stations The default for this field is y so you may want to determine why it has been turned off for this station 1 To enable test set...

Страница 1679: ...ly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be investigated using other port tests and examining station trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate...

Страница 1680: ...ectronic Power Feed Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources requ...

Страница 1681: ...ower to the station The system technician should check for a short in the wiring a damaged jack a defective voice terminal or an incorrect type of terminal 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the int...

Страница 1682: ...el and noise level of the conferenced output are then measured using a GPTD and checked to verify that they are within an acceptable range The second half of the Conference Test checks the operation o...

Страница 1683: ...one Generator Maintenance documentation 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The tes...

Страница 1684: ...e GPTD BD the TONE BD and the TONE PT 1 This error can be caused by a disconnected terminal First ensure that the terminal is connected and the wiring is OK 2 Then issue display port and status statio...

Страница 1685: ...est fails for all ports on a circuit pack a 5 volt power problem is indicated If a TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is present the 631DB AC power unit may be defective The 631DB power unit is us...

Страница 1686: ...inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use the list config command and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be co...

Страница 1687: ...ible states You must wait until the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the port is not busied out 1 If the port status is idle then re...

Страница 1688: ...omplaints still exist investigate by using other circuit pack tests and by examining the station wiring and connections 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This c...

Страница 1689: ...a release port PCSSpp or release station extension and then run the test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT...

Страница 1690: ...passed The hybrid circuit pack is sending and receiving proper messages to and from the voice terminal 1 If problems still exist investigate using other circuit pack tests and by examining the statio...

Страница 1691: ...intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 ABORT The station is in a ready for service or an out of service state This may be due to wiring or an unplugged or defective set 1 Make sure terminal is connected an...

Страница 1692: ...aximum of 5 times PASS Hybrid Line Lamp Updates completed successfully 1 If complaints still exist investigate by using other circuit pack tests and by examining the station wiring and connections 0 N...

Страница 1693: ...he test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The po...

Страница 1694: ...nd Trouble Clearing Aids for a full description of all possible states You must wait until the port is idle before retesting Attendants are always in use off hook if the handset is plugged in and the...

Страница 1695: ...the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are corre...

Страница 1696: ...times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use display port PCSSpp to determine the station extension number of the port Use s...

Страница 1697: ...oard is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Use list config and resolve any problems that are found 2 If the board was found to be correctly inserted in step 1 issue the...

Страница 1698: ...a result of the test inads link command being issued Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values The Hardware Error Log entries are described as part of the INADS Link Test description Short and Long T...

Страница 1699: ...recognizes this special test inads type of alarm and automatically opens and then closes a trouble ticket which indicates that the reason for the trouble ticket is a command is in progress or the sys...

Страница 1700: ...are correct via the Maintenance Related System Parameters Form 3 Enable alarm origination via the Maintenance Related System Parameters Form and test the PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor by issuin...

Страница 1701: ...minutes for the present command to finish 2 Review the results of the present command by viewing the Error Log and selecting the category inads link 11 0 The switch is trying to report alarms to INAD...

Страница 1702: ...r Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Indicates that an alarm was raised but an associated error was not entered into the hardware error log due to a moment...

Страница 1703: ...s not reset the I O Processor 3 times 1 Reset the I O Processor reset io processor 2 Refer to the repair procedures for Test 704 System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes The I O P...

Страница 1704: ...utes Table 10 333 TEST 703 Demand Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1362 ABORT I O Processor is in service 1 Determine status of the I O Processor display alarms 2 If the I...

Страница 1705: ...erminate generic RTP streams used to carry packetized audio over an IP network As part of the overall H 323 implementation the TN2302 circuit pack handles the audio streams while the TN799 C LAN handl...

Страница 1706: ...S 23 c 0 Board administered but not inserted WARNING OFF add ds1 UUCSS 125 d none Wrong board MINOR ON 257 e 65535 Control Channel Loop Test 52 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 513 f 4352 4353 4355 43...

Страница 1707: ...edPro circuit pack is inserted in the correct slot OR 2 Completely remove the IPMEDPRO from the system using the following steps a Remove the administered IP Interface associated with the circuit pack...

Страница 1708: ...Ps out of service and then to reset the FPGA The reset of the FPGA will cause an uplink response as to whether the reset passed or not There are several error conditions that can be sent up in the err...

Страница 1709: ...hat can be sent up in the error message for this problem they will all be treated as the same failure by switch software For the repair procedure see Associated Test 1406 n Error Type 3073 is associat...

Страница 1710: ...code and vintage and verifies its records Table 10 335 System Technician Demanded Tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence Reset Board Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Non...

Страница 1711: ...successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board...

Страница 1712: ...the Media Processor IP interface 2 Execute the command again 1 FAIL The circuit pack failed to reset 1 Execute command again 2 If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2 2000 FAIL The circuit...

Страница 1713: ...ess Query Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Insufficient system resources to...

Страница 1714: ...nnected and you cannot talk on the network PASS The Ethernet port is connected and you can talk on the network 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be d...

Страница 1715: ...e test It runs due to in line errors during periodic and scheduled maintenance and on demand Table 10 340 TEST 1379 Ping Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 2 ABORT Internal Error...

Страница 1716: ...d not match the number sent normally one ping sent This means that no ping responses were received from the gateway defined on the ip interfaces form for the Media Processor 1 Retry the command at 1 m...

Страница 1717: ...the TN2302 tests ok Otherwise it fails with no fail code or AUX data This test verifies the status of the TSI device on the TN2302 circuit pack If the device is bad software sets an appropriate count...

Страница 1718: ...ommand If the board continues to fail replace the board 8192 8328 FAIL The FPGA DSP test failed 1 Issue the busyout board UUCSS command 2 Issue the reset board UUCSS command 3 Issue the release board...

Страница 1719: ...to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Adm...

Страница 1720: ...that can carry Wideband traffic The ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port ISDN LNK and the associated DS1 UDS1 ISDN Trunk ISDN TRK or PRI endpoint port PE BCHL use ports on a TN767 or TN464B or later DS1 UDS1...

Страница 1721: ...dpoint ports B channels since no call control information can be conveyed to the far end switch without it Stable calls may remain operational but no new calls can be made The ISDN PRI Signaling Link...

Страница 1722: ...nce first If all tests pass run the long test sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 c 18 0 busyout port PCSSpp...

Страница 1723: ...the NPE Crosstalk Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence The command line entry to test the ISDN LNK MO is test port PCSSxx sh or l where xx is 2...

Страница 1724: ...ommand 1001 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots...

Страница 1725: ...ing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at...

Страница 1726: ...I terminal adapter associated with this D channel port is detached from the circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete test on this port either 1 Re at...

Страница 1727: ...channel The ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port is the port on a TN464C or later UDS1 Interface circuit pack that carries D channel messages to the processor The ISDN PRI interface uses out of band signaling...

Страница 1728: ...channels may use any of the ports 1 15 or 17 31 but the ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port must be the 16th port In certain configurations NFAS the 16th port may be used as a B channel Refer to the ISDN PR...

Страница 1729: ...ntrol Circuit Pack TN778 UDS1 Interface Circuit Pack TN464 Primary Signaling Link Voice or Data Voice or Data Voice or Data Voice or Data Port 0 Port 1 Port 15 Port 16 Port 17 Port 31 32 Channel TN464...

Страница 1730: ...errors execute the long test sequence for the D channel ISDN SGR Investigate any errors if there are none execute a long test sequence for the UDS1 circuit pack UDS1 BD and investigate any errors If...

Страница 1731: ...between a remote endpoint and the local call processing software Maintenance will not start any testing or generate any alarms in response to this error g Receive FIFO Overflow error This error occurs...

Страница 1732: ...is detached from the circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete test on this port either 1 Re attach the disconnected PRI terminal adapter and retry te...

Страница 1733: ...t in the out of service state Use the busyout port PCSSpp command to place it in the out of service state and repeat this test CAUTION The busyout will prevent new call originations on all B channels...

Страница 1734: ...ommand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The Loopback test has failed 1 If this test fails repeatedly wait until all of the ports on the board are idle not in use and reset the circuit p...

Страница 1735: ...nnel depending on the type of Signaling Group used as described below For 32 channel interfaces ports 1 15 and 17 31 on the circuit pack are used as B channels The 16th port may be used as a B channel...

Страница 1736: ...S Simplex If a Packet Control circuit pack is used then only the TN464C or later circuit pack may be used to carry the D channel however other DS1 UDS1 interface circuit packs may be used to carry onl...

Страница 1737: ...connection DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 23 Primary signaling link port 24 ISDN TRK ISDN TRK ISDN LNK Port r11h2p3 LJK 072501 Switch PI circuit pack TN765 D...

Страница 1738: ...nnel TDM bus Logical connection Physical connection DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 1 Voice or d...

Страница 1739: ...on UDS1 interface circuit pack UDS1 interface circuit pack UDS1 interface circuit pack Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 31 Voice o...

Страница 1740: ...connection Physical connection DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack Port 1 Port 2 r11h2p7 LJK 072501 DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack DS1 UDS1 interface circuit pack Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port...

Страница 1741: ...t pack UDS1 interface circuit pack Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 1 Voice or data port 31 Voice or data port 31 Voice or data port 31 Voice or data p...

Страница 1742: ...DN PLK D Channel Prim ary Signaling Link Port 24 ISDN TRK B Channel Voice or Data Port 23 TN464 C or later Physical connection Logical connection 24 Channel Packet Bus D C hannel B C hannels TD M B us...

Страница 1743: ...4 B C h a n n e ls B C h a n n e ls B C h a n n e ls T N 4 6 4 C o r la te r P hy s ic a l c o n n e c tio n L o g ic a l c o n n e c tio n IS D N T R K B C h a n n e l Vo ic e o r D a ta P o r t 1 I...

Страница 1744: ...T R K B C h a n n e l I S D N T R K B C h a n n e l I S D N T R K B C h a n n e l I S D N P L K D C h a n n e l I S D N T R K B C h a n n e l P r im a r y S ig n a lin g L in k V o ic e o r D a t a V...

Страница 1745: ...N464 UDS1 Interface Circuit Pack TN464 B Channels B Channels B Channels TN464 C or later Physical connection Logical connection ISDN TRK B Channel Voice or Data Port 1 ISDN TRK B Channel Voice or Data...

Страница 1746: ...D N P L K D C h a n n e l IS D N T R K B C h a n n e l P rim a r y S ig n a lin g L in k Vo ic e o r D a ta Vo ic e o r D a ta Vo ic e o r D a ta Vo ic e o r D a ta P o r t 0 P o r t 1 P o r t 1 5 P...

Страница 1747: ...is no test to clear these errors The error counter is decremented by 1 every 15 minutes Table 10 348 ISDN PRI Signaling Group Error Log Entries Error Codes Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off...

Страница 1748: ...Hardware Check in the test sequence When the link does recover the B channels will be negotiated back to the In Service state and their alarms will be retired When this error occurs the state of the...

Страница 1749: ...to receiving them They provide added data that may prove useful when tracking down obscure networking and routing problems The following table provides more information Table 10 349 Descriptions of E...

Страница 1750: ...nk Service States sections of ISDN TRK for recovery suggestions 3858 The switch sent an ISDN message to the far end switch or terminal adapter which did not respond in the allotted time Possible cause...

Страница 1751: ...onsult with the customer and or the network provider to determine the services that the customer has subscribed to for this trunk group 3892 Protocol detail may offer a clue if customer is having ISDN...

Страница 1752: ...n 3906 Protocol detail may offer a clue if customer is having ISDN calls denied with an unexpected intercept tone If customer is complaining of unexpected intercept tones when accessing ISDN trunks or...

Страница 1753: ...ntercept tone after accessing ISDN trunks or PRI endpoints Determine the trunk group from the circuit pack and port number in the aux data field and then check the BCC fields of the pertinent routing...

Страница 1754: ...rcuit pack providing connectivity to the DS1 UDS1 circuit pack If there are problems with the ISDN PRI Signaling Link also investigate the DS1 UDS1 circuit pack DS1 BD UDS1 BD and the Processor Interf...

Страница 1755: ...to y 4 FAIL There is a problem with the Processor Interface Link No DS1 ISDN Trunk B channel or wideband PRI Endpoint calls can be made until the problem is resolved 1 Display the Communication Interf...

Страница 1756: ...terminal adapter The ISDN PRI Specification allows up to 2 minutes for a response Check the Error Log for ISDN SGR ISDN PRI Signaling Group errors of type 2305 for evidence of a Remote Layer 3 Query...

Страница 1757: ...10 54 PRI Over PACON Remote Layer 3 Query Test 637 P a c k e t B u s T o fa r e n d s w it c h h a r d w a r e P r o c e s s o r T N 7 8 6 P a c k e t C o n t r o l C ir c u it P a c k T N 7 7 8 U D...

Страница 1758: ...e of the ISDN Trunks or PRI Endpoint Ports associated with this signaling group Refer to ISDN TRK or PE BCHL for further details regarding service state definitions and transitions For systems not usi...

Страница 1759: ...h no error code 1 Follow the recommendations for ABORT with no error code PASS A message was composed and sent to the Far end switch The ISDN PRI specification allows up to two minutes for a reply 1 C...

Страница 1760: ...hich link is down find the one that matches the DS1 Interface circuit pack on which this ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port resides and then refer to the PI LINK Processor Interface Link Maintenance documen...

Страница 1761: ...PI LINK Maintenance Object does not monitor the Layer 2 status of the ISDN PRI D channel when the D channel is connected to the Packet Control circuit pack for the ISDN PRI over PACCON feature The Lay...

Страница 1762: ...ed correctly or if the Signaling Channel has been busied out Verify that the Secondary Signaling Channel D channel at the far end has been administered correctly Verify that the DS1 port used for the...

Страница 1763: ...ling Group ISDN SGR to which it belongs For more details refer to the ISDN SGR and DS1 BD UDS1 BD Maintenance documentation NOTE If a Packet Control circuit pack is used instead of a Processor Interfa...

Страница 1764: ...tes A warning alarm is logged against a DS1 ISDN B channel trunk when it is placed in the Maintenance Far End or Out Of Service Far End states during which the trunk is unusable for outgoing calls Whe...

Страница 1765: ...DATA PORT 2 VOICE OR DATA ISDN LNK ISDN TRK ISDN TRK ISDN TRK PI LINK PROCESSOR TN773 PI CIRCUIT PACK TN765 DS1 UDS1 CIRCUIT PACK INTERFACE Packet Bus D Channel B Channels TDM Bus Processor TN786 Pac...

Страница 1766: ...calls but on non US interfaces incoming calls will be accepted Out of Service Near end OOS NE This is the state of the trunk when a hardware failure exists on the link the NPE Crosstalk Test fails or...

Страница 1767: ...INS The near end has sent a B channel maintenance message to the far end requesting that the B channel service state be transitioned to in service The far end has a certain amount of time to respond t...

Страница 1768: ...Level 3 Query failed been down for at D channel has Maintenance Near End Maintenance Far End Pending In Service Maintenance Far End Craft release of B channel or clearing of near end problem with DS1...

Страница 1769: ...sent and the switch is waiting up to 2 min for a reply from the far end Wait 2 minutes and check service state after the pending state has cleared maint NE None ISDN test call in progress test trunk...

Страница 1770: ...ollow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test port PCSSpp sh r 1 1 a Any None test port PCSSpp sh r 1 15 b Any Audit and Update Test 36 18 0 busyout trunk grp mbr release trunk grp mbr 19 c 0 No...

Страница 1771: ...pack or a TN767 series DS1 Interface circuit pack Two types of DS1 interfaces exist 1 24 DS0 channels on a 1 544 Mbps link or 2 31 DS0 channels 1 framing channel on a 2 048 Mbps link For additional ma...

Страница 1772: ...following Aux Data values for Error Type 3585 represent the trunk s ISDN call state at the time the unexpected request to restart the channel was received from the remote switch This information can...

Страница 1773: ...be retired automatically whenever an outgoing or incoming call that uses this trunk is answered by the called endpoint If problems persist then busy out the ISDN trunk to take it out of the hunt grou...

Страница 1774: ...ces to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required for this test are not available The port may be in use on a valid call Use stat...

Страница 1775: ...age 2 of the change trunk group form 1117 ABORT A service state audit message is outstanding 1 Wait two minutes and then try again 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the a...

Страница 1776: ...uit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000...

Страница 1777: ...ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The NPE of the tested port did not conference the tone...

Страница 1778: ...00 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute in...

Страница 1779: ...n the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1114 ABORT The signaling link is in a transitional state 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 4 FAIL Th...

Страница 1780: ...t for the 15 minute cycle but tries to recover immediately For interfaces not using country protocol 1 the Service State Audit executes only if the trunk is in the OOF FE state A message is sent to th...

Страница 1781: ...this trunk 1 Consult the procedures for ISDN LNK ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port and PI LINK Processor Interface Link FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 t...

Страница 1782: ...nnel ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port which is listed in the Error Log as ISDN LNK ISDN PLK the Error Type is 1 Table 10 362 TEST 257 Call State Audit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendatio...

Страница 1783: ...lit yellow LED on the Maintenance Test circuit pack also indicates that a test call is running There are two methods available to place an outgoing ISDN PRI test call in G3iV1 1 286 and G3iV2 386 In t...

Страница 1784: ...or HDB3 the default duration of the test call is 8 6 seconds Otherwise if the B channel is restricted ZCS the default duration of the test call is 9 4 seconds Once the test call completes the bit err...

Страница 1785: ...nel used to stop the test call The measurements are not cleared until the next test call begins NOTE Only one trunk can be tested in a given port network until the test call is canceled or completes T...

Страница 1786: ...annot send any messages on behalf of this trunk 1 Check the results of Test 255 Signaling Link State Check Test 1114 ABORT The signaling link is in a transitional state 1 Retry the command at 1 minute...

Страница 1787: ...Feature Access Code administration for this Facility Test 1 Check the Dial Plan and Feature Administration forms None 2012 2000 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a...

Страница 1788: ...Make sure service is provisioned by the network 2 Check the administration of the far end test line extension on the trunk group administration form 3 Check the administration of the test call BCC Be...

Страница 1789: ...low the recommendations for ABORT code 2035 2214 ABORT Call terminated by unexpected disconnect 1 Wait 1 minute and then try again 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 ABORT Internal system error 1 Follow recomme...

Страница 1790: ...hould include getting the bit and block error rates by invoking status isdn testcall PASS The call worked A test pattern was sent and received properly the communications path is OK if the synchronous...

Страница 1791: ...rinter Link and PMS PRNT PMS Printer Link MO is the same both of these MOs are described in the PMS PRNT JNL PRNT Maintenance documentation MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full...

Страница 1792: ...Maintenance Object Repair Procedures 555 233 123 10 1006 Issue 4 May 2002 LGATE AJ See BRI SET LGATE BD See BRI BD LGATE PT See BRI PT...

Страница 1793: ...on of the switch software restore of translations and periodically After initialization a query is made to a software module called the License Server This module reads the license file compares a ser...

Страница 1794: ...ration number only See MO NO LIC error type 257 c Error Type 513 This error indicates that the license has expired and the six day timer is started When the six day timer expires call processing is re...

Страница 1795: ...enter features Offer Category and capacities Once installed or initialized every hour the system compares these parameters which determine the system status If everything matches the switch runs the d...

Страница 1796: ...sage within prescribed limits The license file serial number matches If it is an upgrade the switch requires a new License File License Error License File serial number does not match the hardware Sys...

Страница 1797: ...en Call Processing Will Be Blocked in Approximately xxx hours appears the system is telling you that The switch is in License Error Mode The 6 day countdown timer has started and you have xxx hours be...

Страница 1798: ...s mode Installing a valid License File that is consistent with the switch No License Outgoing and incoming calls only to administered emergency numbers If you initially login to the SAT if you get a m...

Страница 1799: ...em Logged in ACD Agents Type III includes the product ID license serial identification number release number and capacities Type III features cannot be changed by any login under any circumstances IP...

Страница 1800: ...ore quickly identify the which of these TYPE II and TYPE III features is causing the error compare the Used field with the value of the field itself the License File value NOTE Before usage is checked...

Страница 1801: ...and Test to Clear Values General Information about log svn Error Log Entries a The number 1 15 that appears in the error type field corresponds to the location the login in the internal login data st...

Страница 1802: ...rt where the final invalid login attempt involving the alarmed login ID was detected Valid port values for G3i products include MGR1 Dedicated manager 1 or G3 management terminal connection NET n Netw...

Страница 1803: ...mation can be useful in determining the source of the invalid attempts and analyzing why they occurred The list logins command provides status information about logins on the system If a login has bee...

Страница 1804: ...9600 baud However the system software throttles the rate of data flow to the EPN Maintenance circuit pack for display on the terminal to about 1200 baud All system commands can be executed via the EP...

Страница 1805: ...maintenance slot is hard wired into the backplane of carrier A whereas the serial link from slot 2B02 to the maintenance slot is a ribbon cable connecting the two slots The serial link from the EPN M...

Страница 1806: ...d 2 Busyout the Standby Expansion Links by issuing the busyout board PCSS command where PCSS is the 4 character circuit pack address of the Expansion Interface circuit pack in the EPN on the Standby l...

Страница 1807: ...t pack is defective d The serial link between the Expansion Link in the B carrier and the EPN Maintenance circuit pack is defective 3073 a 0 1 Network Control Circuit Pack DPR Test 104 MAJOR WARNING2...

Страница 1808: ...ck back to a known state After the test sequence runs the Error Log should be examined for MAINT errors of type 1 and 3073 to determine if the Network Control Circuit Pack DPR Test and EPN Maintenance...

Страница 1809: ...on 1000 ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1030 ABORT Internal system error 2028 ABORT Internal system error 2029 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minu...

Страница 1810: ...e allowable time period 2033 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2046 ABORT The EPN Maintenance circuit pack reported an invalid cabinet type Not...

Страница 1811: ...pack location for the Standby link 3 Run the Short Test Sequence against the EPN Maintenance circuit pack If Test 106 still fails replace the EPN Maintenance circuit pack and retest Otherwise follow t...

Страница 1812: ...enance circuit pack and is meant to clarify that only the one dealing with the EPN terminal is being tested Figure 10 62 EPN Manager I G1 or G3MT Connection Table 10 371 TEST 228 MGR I Channel Local L...

Страница 1813: ...est disabled via software patch FAIL Test failed which means the EPN Manager I G1 or G3MT terminal is not usable 1 Run the test three more times Replace the EPN Maintenance circuit pack if the test co...

Страница 1814: ...request was not received within the allowable time period 2033 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2034 ABORT Background EPN Maintenance circuit...

Страница 1815: ...circuit pack is lost Losing the EPN Maintenance circuit pack connection means loss of the EPN Manager I G1 or G3MT and EPN Environment maintenance If an Expansion Links switch does occur the software...

Страница 1816: ...ses if Part 1 is successful and Part 2 fails Table 10 373 TEST 303 EPN Maintenance CP Sanity Maze Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resources required to run thi...

Страница 1817: ...P Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 10...

Страница 1818: ...To determine which is the Standby link enter the status system command from the Manager I G1 or G3MT terminal Switch links by entering the set expansion link command followed by the 4 character Expan...

Страница 1819: ...the EPN Maintenance circuit pack 2 If the test fails replace the Expansion Interface circuit pack If the tests passes the problem is with the Expansion Interface circuit pack 3 If the test still fails...

Страница 1820: ...till fails replace the EPN Maintenance circuit pack and retest Otherwise follow the error routines for any errors that are logged by this Short Test Sequence Single Expansion Interface Link Switch 1 R...

Страница 1821: ...nning 1 Follow up on the test results of the EPN Maintenance Circuit Pack Sanity Handshake Test 105 2 When problems associated with this test are resolved rerun Test 337 1035 ABORT Internal system err...

Страница 1822: ...k 2 Rerun the test If the test continues to fail replace the Standby EPN Expansion Interface circuit pack 3 Rerun the test If the test continues to fail and the Standby link is on the B carrier then r...

Страница 1823: ...an 20 seconds also cause the MAPD s PC to reboot which takes several minutes to complete Switch demanded tests Switch demanded diagnostic tests on the TN802 do not run unless the Internet trunking app...

Страница 1824: ...ression cycle makes ringback busy and voice detection Do not administer these features Call Coverage Redirected Off Net CCRON Certain wireless phone coverage Call Coverage Call Forwarding Call Transfe...

Страница 1825: ...ordinate specific administration and between the IP trunk and Avaya DEFINITY Server for any DCS functionality Some limitations on routing flexibility may apply ISDN IP trunking has no signalling capab...

Страница 1826: ...unk circuit pack Table 10 377 Backing up TN802 administration data Step Description Comments 1 Busyout circuit pack At the Avaya DEFINITY Server terminal type busyout board UUCSS the address of the TN...

Страница 1827: ...of overheating the TN802 circuit pack should not be placed directly above or below another MAPD circuit pack UPS protection Because Windows NT is more vulnerable to damage from a power interruption t...

Страница 1828: ...te Figure 10 64 TN802 faceplate Table 10 379 lists the TN802 LCD messages that you might see if installing or servicing an IP Trunk Figure Notes 1 LCD display see Table 10 379 on page 10 1043 2 Reset...

Страница 1829: ...ies window choose the communication port to which you connected the cable in Step 1 5 Click on Details and configure the settings Table 10 380 Table 10 379 TN802 LCD messages for IP trunks Display Exp...

Страница 1830: ...th a local mouse and keyboard connected to it for these devices to work 1 Connect the VGA monitor to the VGA connector of the TN802 external cable 2 Plug the monitor into an AC power receptacle and tu...

Страница 1831: ...tes 32 time ms TTL If there is no reply a Escalate the problem or replace the circuit pack The problem is not with the external network but within the circuit pack 3 At the command prompt type ping nn...

Страница 1832: ...en Command Prompt This starts a DOS command line session 2 At the command prompt type ping 127 0 0 1 the local host default address and press Enter If configured correctly the system displays Reply fr...

Страница 1833: ...orrectly the system displays Reply from nnn nn nn nn bytes 32 time ms TTL If there is no reply Check that the internal cables on the TN802 circuit pack Notes 4 and 6 in Figure 10 67 on page 10 1049 ar...

Страница 1834: ...rcuit pack with the two additional boards connected through the side plane Figure 10 66 TN802 board assembly Figure Notes 1 Main TN802 board 2 Texas Microsystems Inc TMI board 3 Analogic board 4 Side...

Страница 1835: ...the thee boards and interconnecting cables that make up the TN802 Figure 10 67 TN802 board assembly and cables side view Figure Notes 1 Main TN802 board 2 Side plane 3 Analogic board 4 SCSA Signal Com...

Страница 1836: ...ly and cables end view Figure Notes 1 Analogic board 2 Texas Microsystems Inc TMI board 3 SIMMs memory 1 4 SCSA Signal Computing System Architecture ribbon cable 1 If the board is seated and you hear...

Страница 1837: ...nlatch the circuit pack and remove it from the carrier 3 Remove the hard drive Remove the 2 screws and lift the hard drive out of its mounting bracket 4 Replace the hard drive Position the new hard dr...

Страница 1838: ...oop Test 52 MIN ON test board UUCSS l r 20 257 f Any None 513 g Any MIN WRN3 ON 514 h 46086 MIN WRN3 ON 769 i 46085 MIN WRN3 ON 770 j 46096 MIN WRN3 ON 1025 d 4363 NPE Audit Test 50 1281 Any Loss of S...

Страница 1839: ...test board UUCSS r 6 3840 p Any None 3841 q 4358 3842 r 46097 3843 s 46081 3999 t Any None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate te...

Страница 1840: ...mpts to reset the board If the reset fails the board is probably bad 1 Replace the circuit pack c Error Type 18 the circuit pack has been busied out 1 Release the board release board UUCSS d Error Typ...

Страница 1841: ...ansmit FIFO Underflow threshold is 3 errors within 10 minutes the circuit pack cannot find the end of frame bit when transmitting a frame to Packet Bus 1 Clear the alarm using the following command se...

Страница 1842: ...ng the circuit pack l Error Type 1538 hyperactive circuit pack is out of service and may exhibit one or more of the following symptoms The common circuit pack tests for example Test 50 and or Test 52...

Страница 1843: ...ack received a bad control channel message from the switch This error is not service affecting and requires no action The Aux Data describes the following error events q Error Type 3841 the circuit pa...

Страница 1844: ...N Does not take the circuit pack out of service but the circuit pack has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be considered hyperactive This may be normal during heavy traffic periods Table 10 38...

Страница 1845: ...1 1 N No this test either passes or ABORTS with Error Code 2000 problem with NT Short Test Sequence LongTest Sequence Reset Board Sequence D ND2 2 D Destructive ND Nondestructive NPE Connection Audit...

Страница 1846: ...times PASS The circuit pack s SCOTCH NPE chip has been updated with its translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translation...

Страница 1847: ...described in Replacing SPE Circuit Packs in Chapter 5 PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be d...

Страница 1848: ...ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry reset board at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busyout the circuit pack busyout...

Страница 1849: ...lready administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board is shut down Reseating the board re initializes the board 3 If the board w...

Страница 1850: ...ils the test results Table 10 389 Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 results Windows NT up on the TN802 Then Cause Y Test passes Y Test aborts with ABORT 2000 Error Code Windows NT is not communicating with...

Страница 1851: ...0 394 on page 10 1065 details the test results NOTE The query for slips always returns a 0 count Table 10 392 Major Alarm Inquiry Test 142 results If Windows NT is up on the TN802 When the switch conf...

Страница 1852: ...S command DS1 Link Length between two DS1 endpoints Synchronization Source Control All Zero Suppression Framing Mode Signaling Mode Time Slot Number of the 697 Hz tone Time Slot Number of the 700 Hz t...

Страница 1853: ...r the MAPD interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactive If this is the case the board...

Страница 1854: ...slot The reserve slots do not have any interaction with the switch No tests are associated with this MO Both test board and busy out board abort when either is attempted on a reserved slot An error me...

Страница 1855: ...applies only to a TN802B MedPro running the Media Processor application The MedPro hardware combines an angel complex a Windows NT PC and a TAP802 DSP card in a 3 slot package When operating as an IP...

Страница 1856: ...and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test board UUCSS 1 a 0 Circuit pack removed or SAKI Test 53 MIN WRN2 2 If ports are assigned to the circuit pack then a minor alarm is raised If no...

Страница 1857: ...ck release board UUCSS c Error Type 23 The MedPro circuit pack is not completely administered To be fully administered a MedPro circuit pack must meet all of these 4 conditions 1 Have an entry in the...

Страница 1858: ...n out of service due to hyperactivity If Error Type 1538 is not present then the circuit pack has not been taken out of service but it has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be considered hyper...

Страница 1859: ...E Circuit Packs in Chapter 5 3 Retry the command a maximum of 5 times PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board...

Страница 1860: ...Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation None ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1015 ABORT Po...

Страница 1861: ...the system or b the system is booting up Otherwise there is some inconsistency between the physical configuration and the data kept in the system 1 Verify that the board is physically in the system 2...

Страница 1862: ...ils it is an indication that an illegal change was made and the customer should be notified Also writing the IP address parameters to the registry requires NT to reboot If the IP addresses match there...

Страница 1863: ...test It runs because of in line errors during periodic and schedule maintenance and on demand Table 10 402 TEST 1379 Ping Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 2 ABORT Internal Err...

Страница 1864: ...test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2805 FAIL The number of pings received did not match the number sent normally one ping sent This means that no ping responses were r...

Страница 1865: ...ts replace the circuit pack PASS The circuit pack initializes correctly 1 Run the Short Test Sequence 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to inc...

Страница 1866: ...onnected and you cannot talk on the network PASS The Ethernet port is connected and you can talk on the network 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be...

Страница 1867: ...r G 729 is administered the MEDPROPT can only service 22 channels The MEDPROPT is physically made up of 11 individual DSPs but is treated logically as one port If individual DSPs on the TN802B TN2302...

Страница 1868: ...out of service OOS and a MINOR alarm is raised The Aux Data field contains the number of DSPs that are Out Of Service OOS f Error Type 1025 The port is out of service OOS because of a board level fail...

Страница 1869: ...ls and reports the number of failed DSPs A failure of 3 or fewer DSPs does not result in an alarm A failure of more than 3 and up to 8 DSPs results in a warning alarm A failure of more than 8 DSPs res...

Страница 1870: ...Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2100 ABORT Could not...

Страница 1871: ...of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors may be out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors Even if there are no TTR LEV errors there may not be a Tone Detector available on the network that c...

Страница 1872: ...edia processor board PASS The board is functioning properly 0 NO BOARD No board was detected by the test 1 Resolve either wrong board Error 125 or no board Error 131 issues if applicable 2 Check that...

Страница 1873: ...y traffic conditions or it may have timeslots out of service due to TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum...

Страница 1874: ...ice and available 0 NO BOARD No board was detected by the test 1 Resolve either wrong board Error 125 or no board Error 131 issues if applicable 2 Check that the board is properly translated and inser...

Страница 1875: ...PACCON firmware This type of memory is not erased during circuit pack resets It can be reprogrammed only via upgrade software DRAM is used for software data storage and it changes constantly DRAM lose...

Страница 1876: ...errors against both the Processor circuit pack and Memory This test is run only on the Standby SPE in a High or Critical Reliability system On other systems or on the Active SPE the test is run only v...

Страница 1877: ...ystems or on the Active SPE the test is run only via a reset system 4 command or a reset system 5 command Table 10 411 MEM BD Memory Order of Investigation Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence L...

Страница 1878: ...l provide service this indicates that the Processor circuit pack or Memory has a problem but can still function The error code 1 indicates that MEM BD 1 is failing the test 1 Replace the PROCR Process...

Страница 1879: ...memory failures Table 10 413 TEST 86 Text Checksum Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for a descript...

Страница 1880: ...for the maintenance strategy Memory Board Check Test 631 This test always passes Table 10 414 TEST 332 Memory Functional Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resour...

Страница 1881: ...ops sending ACD data to the MIS and a Warning alarm is raised When finished enter release mis This clears the Warning alarm and allows the switch to send ACD data to the MIS Error Log Entries and Test...

Страница 1882: ...ffice Trunk ports to any digital port or Digital Line or Trunk ports to any analog port An example of a Data Module to Central Office Trunk connection using a Modem Pool conversion resource is shown i...

Страница 1883: ...ulation PCM format but are converted into Data Communications Protocol DCP format before going to the Digital Line or trunk in the connection There are two primary types of Modem Pool conversion resou...

Страница 1884: ...m Pool Switched Connection with Integrated Pooled Modem Analog Pooled Modem Conversion Resource Digital Line TN754 DCP DCP DCP Digital Line Port Analog Line Port Data Module TN758 Central Office Trunk...

Страница 1885: ...Pool administration and customer Data Module option settings should be checked In addition if the Modem Pool is a Combined type option settings should be checked on the external Modem and Data Module...

Страница 1886: ...on when interpreting the results of the execution of test modem pool on Combined Modem Pools Figure 10 70 Typical Modem Pool Switched Connection with Combined Modem Pool Combined Modem Pool DCP DCP DC...

Страница 1887: ...ool conversion resources The standard Digital Line and or Analog Line port tests are run on the ports associated with the Combined Modem Pool The test descriptions for those maintenance objects MOs sh...

Страница 1888: ...but is performed twice in order to test both NPEs in the Modem Pool Port Order of Investigation ShortTest Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Modem Pool NPE Crosstalk...

Страница 1889: ...er to TONE PT Tone Generator Maintenance documentation 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port has been seized by a user for a valid...

Страница 1890: ...he conversion resource under test This action drops any existing calls on that circuit pack 5 If the test continues to abort replace the Pooled Modem circuit pack and retest 6 If the test continues to...

Страница 1891: ...s port should be investigated using other port tests and by examining station trunk or external wiring Table 10 416 TEST 97 Modem Pool Conference Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation...

Страница 1892: ...the port is available for testing 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to a previously existing error on the specific port or because of...

Страница 1893: ...t continues to abort replace the Pooled Modem circuit pack and retest 6 If the test continues to abort with this error code after circuit pack replacement escalate the problem 65515 ABORT System resou...

Страница 1894: ...the Data Channel and Modem Pool Port go on hook within the proper time ANY FAIL The Network Processing Element NPE of the tested port did not conference the tones correctly This causes noisy and unrel...

Страница 1895: ...ther hardware used during the test was in use 1 Wait one minute and attempt the test again 2 If it is absolutely necessary to test the conversion resource the call must be dropped by issuing a busyout...

Страница 1896: ...is error occurs 1 Wait one minute and attempt the test again 2 If the same error persists after five attempts at one minute intervals escalate the problem 5002 ABORT The Network Control Channel alloca...

Страница 1897: ...1 Follow the repair procedures for Error Code 5001 5009 ABORT The Network Control Channel allocated for this test did not handshake correctly 1 Attempt the test again 2 If the same error occurs test...

Страница 1898: ...did not respond correctly to the setup message sent to it after the connection was established 1 Attempt the test again 2 If the same error occurs test the DATA CHL circuit pack using the test data m...

Страница 1899: ...t able to allocate all the necessary resources to execute this test An ABORT simply indicates that the conversion resource was in use when the audit was performed No repair action is necessary unless...

Страница 1900: ...process them Other resources on the MMI pack are 32 ports 4 digital signal processors that manage the 32 resources NOTE Refer to Troubleshooting MMCH in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures for M...

Страница 1901: ...DEFINITY Server must have the ESM installed See the status esm command in Chapter 8 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids Figure Notes Figure 10 72 Typical ESM connections CAUTION The TN2207...

Страница 1902: ...Maintenance Object Repair Procedures 555 233 123 10 1116 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 10 73 TN787 Multimedia Interface MMI Circuit Pack...

Страница 1903: ...sient communication problems between the switch and this circuit pack Execute the test board PCSS command and refer to the repair procedures for the Control Channel Looparound Test 52 in the XXX BD se...

Страница 1904: ...efer to Test 1123 for repair procedures g A failure of the time slot interchanger has been detected Reset the circuit pack using busyout board PCSS reset board PCSS and release board PCSS If the reset...

Страница 1905: ...r to time slots reserved for other connections If the TSI is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may occur If the test passes then the TSI is able to communicate over the TDM bus This...

Страница 1906: ...of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors in the Error Log 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors in the Error Log 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABOR...

Страница 1907: ...errors Refer to TDM BUS to diagnose any active TDM Bus errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 AB...

Страница 1908: ...zation signal unless an MMI circuit pack is either pulled out of the system or reset by using a technician command Test 1122 runs when the long option of the test board command is entered initiating t...

Страница 1909: ...rcuit pack is idle reset the circuit pack using busyout board PCSS then reset board PCSS followed by release board PCSS 2 Rerun the test if the same result occurs again replace the MMI circuit pack 20...

Страница 1910: ...ins a maximum of 32 ports If the number of in service MMI ports falls below the minimum port capacity value entered on the System Parameters Maintenance form under the Minimum Maintenance Threshold se...

Страница 1911: ...ommand to verify the number of MMI ports 3 Compare this number with the value listed in the MMI field on the System Parameters Maintenance form number listed in step 1 a minimum thresholds number for...

Страница 1912: ...tion The Multimedia Interface Circuit Pack provides a number of H 221 protocol terminations for bit streams received from the TDM bus The Multimedia Interface demultiplexes the H 221 bit stream audio...

Страница 1913: ...s which manage the 32 resources These resources are directly mapped to DSPs All 8 resources that the circuit pack controls may be placed out of service by the failure of one of these DSPs Figure 10 74...

Страница 1914: ...ror is received This error is logged for all 8 resources connected to this particular DSP If this DSP continues to fail sanity a Minor alarm is raised Replace the circuit pack e This error occurs when...

Страница 1915: ...purposes only System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Resource Looparound Test 1111 This test is destructive This test checks the connectivity of the resource within MMI circuit...

Страница 1916: ...ould not allocate a tone detector for the test The system is oversized for the number of tone detectors present or some tone detectors are out of service 1 Look for TTR LEV errors in the Error Log If...

Страница 1917: ...times 0 1 2 FAIL This resource cannot guarantee data integrity and is out of service The following error codes indicate failure of a particular media loop 0 video 1 audio 2 low speed data 1 Replace th...

Страница 1918: ...ternal clock and there should be no service disruption A loss of synchronization is usually the result of a circuit pack failure The maintenance strategy is to switch the master source away from the b...

Страница 1919: ...restarts reboot through cold 2 MMI synchronization recovers during board insertion Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes There are no...

Страница 1920: ...tely measure performance and health of analog trunks the TN771 should be replaced when a new circuit pack is available Figure 10 75 ATMS Tie Trunk Test Call MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Co...

Страница 1921: ...k state on off hook of the Maintenance Test Analog Port This error is not service affecting and no action is required M T ANL Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off B...

Страница 1922: ...basis If the NPE is not working correctly one way and or noisy connections may be observed This test is part of a port s long test sequence and takes approximately 10 to 20 seconds to complete Order...

Страница 1923: ...one detectors present or some tone detectors may be out of service 1 Look for TTR LEV errors in the Error Log If present refer to TTR LEV Maintenance documentation 2 Look for TONE PT errors in the Err...

Страница 1924: ...e test is done next for the primary information channel This test is the same as Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of the two tests If either fails or aborts...

Страница 1925: ...fic conditions or it may have time slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS Maintenance to diagnose any active TDM BUS errors A system is considered under heavy traffic when the Cal...

Страница 1926: ...E BD circuit pack or Tone Detector circuit pack See the section on Tone Generator circuit pack 3 If the Tone Clock and Tone Detector circuit packs are functioning properly and the test still fails rep...

Страница 1927: ...the counter reaches some preset threshold and then not sent again until the counter is cleared This test is used to clear the counter so that if the port continues to fail during or after SPE demande...

Страница 1928: ...it pack and repeat the test 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times Any FAIL Internal System Error 1 Retr...

Страница 1929: ...equest was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 2500 ABORT An internal operation failed the test could not be completed...

Страница 1930: ...t and M T PKT Maintenance Test Packet Bus Port Maintenance documentation for related digital port and Packet Bus port information respectively MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1...

Страница 1931: ...entation for more information on ISDN PRI test calls The Maintenance Test Digital Port maintenance ensures that the digital trunk testing function is operating correctly The Maintenance Test Digital P...

Страница 1932: ...555 233 123 10 1146 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 10 76 ISDN PRI Outgoing Test Call DIGITAL MAINT TEST CIRCUIT PACK TN771B C PORT TN767 FAR END CIRCUIT PACK INTERFACE DS 1 ISDN PRI PI CIRCUIT PACK TN765 SPE...

Страница 1933: ...d against Port 3 e This error indicates that the Maintenance Test Digital Port has been unable to successfully loop data from a tone generator to a tone detector f This error indicated that call proce...

Страница 1934: ...controls port connectivity gain and provides conferencing functions on a per port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses...

Страница 1935: ...ate the problem 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time s...

Страница 1936: ...ete as indicated in the Start Time and Duration fields of the above display or abort the test call with clear isdn testcall tg mem where tg mem is determined from the B channel field of the above disp...

Страница 1937: ...e test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum...

Страница 1938: ...the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the test at one minute interv...

Страница 1939: ...ter so that if the port continues to fail during or after SPE demanded testing the Angel sends a message to indicate that fact This test is only used to send a message to the Angel on the Maintenance...

Страница 1940: ...ynchronous mode b sending data from Port 3 to Port 2 in asynchronous mode c sending data from Port 2 to Port 3 in synchronous mode and d sending data from Port 3 to Port 2 in synchronous mode The test...

Страница 1941: ...t at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid ISDN PRI Test Call Use the list isdn testcall command to determine which call is using the port from the M T Po...

Страница 1942: ...tch was unable to communicate with the port circuitry used for digital trunk testing 100 FAIL Data was not sent from Port 2 to Port 3 successfully in asynchronous mode 101 FAIL Data was not sent from...

Страница 1943: ...ute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort replace the circuit pack and repeat the test 2100 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the com...

Страница 1944: ...rating correctly The Maintenance Test Packet Bus Port is alarmed if maintenance determines that the port s maintenance functions are operating incorrectly When Maintenance Test Packet Bus Port mainten...

Страница 1945: ...g If the Maintenance Test Packet Bus Port reconfigures the Packet Bus 12 times within 15 minutes a Minor alarm is raised When the Minor alarm is raised this is an indication that the Packet Bus mainte...

Страница 1946: ...all grp member command prior to replacing the circuit pack Ignore the Packet Bus error indication since the Maintenance Test circuit pack has been determined to be defective d This error indicates a f...

Страница 1947: ...ail during or after SPE demanded testing the Angel sends a message to indicate that fact This test is only used to send a message to the Angel on the Maintenance Test circuit pack Therefore this test...

Страница 1948: ...ce Test Packet Bus Port has reported a failure of the on board self test 2060 FAIL The Maintenance Test Packet Bus Port has reported an invalid state for the Packet Bus 2061 FAIL The SPE cannot commun...

Страница 1949: ...stricted All call origination will be restricted to outgoing emergency numbers incoming calls will be restricted to a Administration Attendant Console number The license file is loaded onto a switch d...

Страница 1950: ...of a duplicated G3si Call processing will be restricted to outgoing calls to emergency numbers and incoming calls to an Administration number c Error Type 513 This error indicates that the license ha...

Страница 1951: ...s to an administration number h Error Type 1793 This error indicates a Software Version Mismatch has occurred Maintenance software will notify Call processing software to stop all new call origination...

Страница 1952: ...resolution and escalation Two service states are specified in a DS1OPS Line maintenance They are out of service in which the line is in a deactivated state and cannot be used for either incoming or o...

Страница 1953: ...alarm is raised against the OPS LINE port However there should be errors logged against the DS1 Interface circuit pack Look for DS1 BD errors in the Hardware Error Log and follow procedures provided...

Страница 1954: ...The NPE controls port connectivity and gain and provides conferencing functions on a per port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and nev...

Страница 1955: ...nd at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have time slots out of servi...

Страница 1956: ...ircuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error Error code 1793 indicates a problem with the DS1 interface board and any problems on the associated DS1 BD or UDS1 BD should be resolved...

Страница 1957: ...ook for TONE BD and or TONE PT errors in the error log If present refer to the TONE BD Maintenance documentation and to the TONE PT Maintenance documentation 2 Retest when the faults from step 1 are c...

Страница 1958: ...slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors The status health command may be used to determine whether the system is experiencing heavy traffic Refer to the TDM BUS TDM bus Maintenance documentation t...

Страница 1959: ...log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error Error code 1793 indicates a problem with the DS1 interface board and any problems on t...

Страница 1960: ...rd problem such as an incoming seizure or an off hook port seizure during the test Retest the board 3 If all of the ports fail check the CARR POW see note below 4 If several ports fail check the error...

Страница 1961: ...If a red LED on TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is on replace the pack PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this port should be investigated us...

Страница 1962: ...to determine the station extension of the port Use the status station command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavail...

Страница 1963: ...the associated DS1 BD or UDS1 BD If tests 138 through 145 on the associated DS1 BD or UDS1 BD are also aborting with error code 2000 hyperactivity on the board or facility is indicated In this case t...

Страница 1964: ...lation has been updated successfully The current trunk states kept in the DS1 Interface circuit pack and switch software are consistent 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port...

Страница 1965: ...ck while common channel signaling is specified 1006 ABORT The test was aborted because the station is out of service This condition may be accompanied by an error type 18 entry in the error log You ma...

Страница 1966: ...ssociated DS1 BD or UDS1 BD are also aborting with error code 2000 hyperactivity on the board or facility is indicated In this case the hyperactivity problem should be dealt with first 3 If the test c...

Страница 1967: ...the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Check to ensure that the board tr...

Страница 1968: ...ion for example A B C D or E SS is the address of the slot in the carrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02 etc and pp is the 2 digit port number for example 01 Full Name of MO PDMOD...

Страница 1969: ...ts two logical information channels and one signaling channel MPDMs and MTDMs use the primary information channel for data communications and the signaling channel for dialing and call supervision The...

Страница 1970: ...this document where the service state of a data module is mentioned It is helpful to understand what is meant by the different service states that may exist An explanation of these service states fol...

Страница 1971: ...20 None WARNING OFF 15 c Any None 18 d 0 busyout port PCSSpp WARNING OFF release port PCSSpp 257 e 40971 None 5132 2 G3iV1 1 286 and G3iV2 386 only 0 Data Module Audits Test 17 WARNING j OFF test port...

Страница 1972: ...ed an on board counter is incremented The user could experience a noisy port or link This is an off board problem detected by the port circuit Check for faulty wiring check for a faulty data module or...

Страница 1973: ...ode NOTE Refer to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i Wiring 555 204 111 g An in line maintenance error has generated an off board warning due to some problem with the link to...

Страница 1974: ...int may have been disconnected l This endpoint is part of processor link Link initialization has failed or demand test for 183 for PI links has failed and is indicating the associated PDM as the cause...

Страница 1975: ...PCSSpp command to determine the station extension of the port Use the station status command to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the...

Страница 1976: ...at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the extension of the data module port Use the status da...

Страница 1977: ...cessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2500 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 tim...

Страница 1978: ...Test is done next for the primary channel This test is the same as the Analog Line Terminal Port Conference Test 6 Only one value Pass Fail or Abort is generated as a result of four tests run If any t...

Страница 1979: ...xists retry the command at one minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1004 ABORT The port was seized by a valid call during the test The test has been aborted Use the display port PCSSpp command to...

Страница 1980: ...usable This could also disrupt other users 1 Run circuit pack tests to check the Tone Generator and the Tone Detector circuit packs using the test board UUCSS short command 2 Resolve any problems that...

Страница 1981: ...g the test board UUCSS short command 2 Resolve any problems that are detected on the Tone Generator circuit pack or Tone Detector circuit pack 3 If the Tone Generator and Tone Detector circuit packs a...

Страница 1982: ...rmation and health information back This information is checked and a pass fail result is provided Ringer Update This updates the data module s ringer state according to processor records Translation...

Страница 1983: ...s to abort replace the Digital Line circuit pack and repeat the test 6 ABORT Data module translation update aborted 1 Verify the data module is connected to the PBX 2 Retry the command at one minute i...

Страница 1984: ...circuit pack and to the SPE where it is checked for consistency This test aborts if no terminal or communications equipment is connected to the data module It also aborts if a number of local PBX res...

Страница 1985: ...RT Extension number not valid 1032 ABORT Extension number not correct length 1 Verify that the data module extension is administered correctly 2 If the administration data is correct escalate the prob...

Страница 1986: ...uit pack used by this test does not support baud rates greater than 9600 bps Verify that the baud rate of the data module is set to 9600 bps or less 1040 FAIL Data received from remote loop back does...

Страница 1987: ...s test the Network Control Data Channel using the test data module command and a known working data module 3 Replace the Digital Line circuit pack and repeat the test 4 If the test continues to fail e...

Страница 1988: ...r example ISDN video codecs but it retains provisions for non ISDN application equipment by using PRI terminal adapters In the same sense that a DEFINITY data module acts as a DCP or BRI terminal adap...

Страница 1989: ...rvice state is negotiated with the far end terminal adapter and it changes over time Also the service state may have a far end or near end component and it is initialized to the Out Of Service Far End...

Страница 1990: ...arry the signaling traffic If there is a problem with the ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port the PRI Endpoint Port is affected The ISDN PRI Signaling Link Port in turn depends on the PI LINK Processor Inter...

Страница 1991: ...n Maintenance Far end MTC FE This state is reached when the far end terminal adapter does not respond to messages sent over the signaling link for a particular port after a certain amount of time This...

Страница 1992: ...LINK LINK NO OR TRANSIENT STATE FOR CRAFT DEMANDED LONG TEST OF THE PORT CRAFT RELEASE OF SIGNALING LINK IF D CHANNEL CONTROLLING THE B CHANNEL IS UP SEND A MESSAGE REQUESTING TRANSITION TO IN SERVICE...

Страница 1993: ...ed below the X NOTE Refer to Troubleshooting PRI Endpoint Problems in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures for a layered approach to the processing of PRI Endpoint problems Table 10 449 PRI Endpoi...

Страница 1994: ...sent waiting for reply from far end terminal adapter 2 minutes X X Wait a couple minutes until Pending State not present check service state Processor Interface Link busied out by system technician C...

Страница 1995: ...to messaging X Warn Alarm Periodically Maintenance will try to resend messages To speed process run system technician demanded test test port PCSSpp Test 256 Far end port busied out OOS FE Far end po...

Страница 1996: ...d Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any...

Страница 1997: ...ween this switch and the terminal adapter at the other end of the connection with regard to the ISDN service state of the PRI Endpoint Port This switch tries to recover by performing a service state a...

Страница 1998: ...her such values can be ignored 10 A call in a stable talking state was cleared unexpectedly by the far end terminal adapter with an ISDN RESTART message This state is called the active state 4 7 8 260...

Страница 1999: ...talks on the selected time slot and that it never crosses over to time slots that are reserved for other connections If the NPE is not working correctly one way and noisy connections may be observed T...

Страница 2000: ...errors The status health command can be used to determine if the system is experiencing heavy traffic Refer to TDM Bus Maintenance to diagnose any active TDM Bus errors 1 If system has no TDM Bus err...

Страница 2001: ...ding 1 Wait 2 minutes and then try again 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2020 A...

Страница 2002: ...er to an already existing error on the specific port or to a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or against the circuit pack and attempt to diagno...

Страница 2003: ...te the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The test failed due to Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inte...

Страница 2004: ...om the circuit pack This is a normal abort when the rollabout video feature is enabled To complete the test on this port do one of the following 1 Re attach the disconnected PRI terminal adapter or 2...

Страница 2005: ...ce state of this port does not affect the service state of other ports in the PRI Endpoint If an incoming call that uses this port is presented while in such a state a Service State Audit attempt is i...

Страница 2006: ...otiation failed that is the far end terminal adapter twice failed to respond within the mandatory two minute window This switch automatically retries approximately every 15 minutes If the port was ini...

Страница 2007: ...as ISDN LNK the Error Type is 1 Table 10 457 TEST 257 Call State Audit Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1019 ABORT An audit is already in progress 1 Wait two minutes and try agai...

Страница 2008: ...Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times PASS This switch sent a call state auditing message to the far end terminal adapter to verify the state of the call active on this port...

Страница 2009: ...essor Interface PI BD circuit pack then it alarms both the System Communication Interface and the Processor Interface circuit pack Processor Interface circuit pack maintenance is also used to test the...

Страница 2010: ...sequence are run On the Active PI if there are no enabled Processor Interface links on the Communication Interface Links Form only the XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack tests execute Error Log Entries a...

Страница 2011: ...circuit pack is located on an Active SPE complex If this is a Duplicated Option system verify that there is an equal number of Processor Interface circuit packs in each SPE complex If there is not an...

Страница 2012: ...cuit pack is logically administered To resolve this problem either remove the wrong circuit pack and insert the logically administered circuit pack OR use the change circuit pack command to re adminis...

Страница 2013: ...the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Standby Processor Interface Circuit Pack Test for example you may also clear errors generated from othe...

Страница 2014: ...e if the reset interface PCS command is used If the checksum fails then the firmware is downloaded again from the tape Table 10 459 TEST 423 Standby PI Board Test Error Code Test Result Description Re...

Страница 2015: ...and 3 If the problem still exists then refer to the TAPE Maintenance documentation for possible TAPE errors If there are no TAPE errors repeat the test command up to 5 times If problem still exists re...

Страница 2016: ...IA port cannot be used in a High or Critical Reliability system The Processor Interface Link can be in three different states These states can be seen using the status link lnk no system technician co...

Страница 2017: ...relevant field of the status screen is the channel status which can be in 1 of 7 different states see the following table State 6 is normal state for the processor channel for X 25 links and state 10...

Страница 2018: ...SDN PRI link is currently down It is periodically restarted or can be forced to restart via busyout release link lnk no 10 ISDN PRI link is up This is the normal state of the channel The link is in da...

Страница 2019: ...no 513 d Any none MAJOR WARNING2 OFF busyout release link lnk no 769 Any PI Loop Around Test 182 WARNING ON test link lnk no l r 2 1025 Any TDM Loop Around Test 183 WARNING OFF test link lnk no l r 2...

Страница 2020: ...ink to restart it This is not a Processor Interface hardware problem Aux values of concern any others can be ignored 0 Processor Interface circuit pack indicates that the ISDN PRI link is down 1 An in...

Страница 2021: ...e status trunk trk grp member or status data module ext If the destination is in service active then the commands are busyout trunk trk grp member and release trunk trk grp member on both sides of the...

Страница 2022: ...the Feature Related System Parameters Form The time out is administered between 6 and 25 seconds No response was received from the remote destination Check the status of the remote destination This m...

Страница 2023: ...blems with the data module or connection to the data module Other errors specific to the data module may also be logged if this is the case j TN765 PI BD determined that the ISDN link went down Check...

Страница 2024: ...status is not in service then go to Step 2 If the link status is in service and for X 25 some of the processor channel pairs are incomplete remote channel not specified meaning that the processor chan...

Страница 2025: ...rrect on the local and remote PBXs 7 Try to isolate the problem in the link if hardware is at fault Test the link via the test link lnk no long system technician command a If Test 182 fails three time...

Страница 2026: ...e D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Interface Loop Around Test 182 X D TDM Loop Around Test 183 X D ISDN Hardware Test 234 X ND Link Quality Test 233 X X ND Data Module Internal Loop A...

Страница 2027: ...rcuit pack reports the failure It is a good check of most of the working hardware on the Processor Interface circuit pack Table 10 461 TEST 182 Processor Interface Loop Around Test Error Code Test Res...

Страница 2028: ...since TDM Bus buffers could be at fault 13 ABORT The TN765 circuit pack has not been reset yet or is currently being reset 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If test con...

Страница 2029: ...circuit pack should be replaced It is not run on ports administered as EIA Table 10 462 TEST 183 TDM Loop Around Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1 ABORT Link was not busied out...

Страница 2030: ...m 16 80 84 85 93 94 102 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort then reset the PI BD via the test interface PCS long...

Страница 2031: ...et 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If test continues to abort with error code 13 then check status of all BX 25 and or ISDN PRI links on this TN765 via the status link...

Страница 2032: ...invalid frame errors and excessive Level 2 resets 1 See PI LINK Processor Interface Link Maintenance documentation for this maintenance object 16392 FAIL HDLC receive rate exceeded the threshold 1640...

Страница 2033: ...cannot be brought up until DS1 maintenance changes the state to in service This is more of a status inquiry than a test Thus the only recovery procedure is to refer to DS1 BD DS1 Trunk Circuit Pack Ma...

Страница 2034: ...ort due to alarm severities Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN only C is the carrier des...

Страница 2035: ...tested then the active test sequence is run which is DESTRUCTIVE Refer to PI SCI System Communication Interface Maintenance documentation for details on these tests Only the Standby Processor Interfac...

Страница 2036: ...mmon Port Circuit Pack for information about these tests Table 10 467 System Technician Demanded Tests PI PT Active Processor Interface Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D...

Страница 2037: ...e on the Processor Interface circuit pack Table 10 468 TEST 404 Standby Processor Interface Port Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2 9 16 80 84 85 93 94 102 ABORT Internal system...

Страница 2038: ...est If the test continues to fail try resetting the circuit pack via the reset interface PCS command 2 If test continues to fail replace the TN765 circuit pack Refer to Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A...

Страница 2039: ...can be four Processor Interface circuit packs but only two on the same carrier are active at any one time If errors against the SCI can be related to the Processor Interface circuit pack then the circ...

Страница 2040: ...The test interface long command resets the PI BD and causes all ISDN PRI and BX 25 links to come down 769 c Any none MAJOR WARNING3 3 Major alarms may be downgraded to Warning alarms based on the valu...

Страница 2041: ...ption System follow procedures in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures for instructions on how to replace the Processor circuit pack TN786 or TN2404 TN790 Use the following steps for G3i 386 and l...

Страница 2042: ...icating with TN765 circuit pack The software lost handshake with the Processor Interface circuit pack See Note b for recovery d Error while communicating with TN765 circuit pack See Note b for recover...

Страница 2043: ...sh where PCS is an active Processor Interface circuit pack WARNING The test interface long command resets the PI BD and causes all ISDN PRI and BX 25 links to come down For information about testing t...

Страница 2044: ...again from Processor circuit pack If it passes SCI Start completes and the associated BX 25 and ISDN links are started up If the checksum failure persists refer the footnote b of Hardware Error Table...

Страница 2045: ...dure 3 In G3i 286 if the problem continues to exist after replacing the tape then replace the TN765 Processor Interface circuit pack Refer to Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenance Aid for instru...

Страница 2046: ...Unassigned data link hardware failure 3 4002 CPU function test failed hardware failure 4 4003 Local Processor Interface RAM memory test failed hardware failure 5 4004 Local EPROM memory test failed h...

Страница 2047: ...Packet Bus maintenance is always performed since the Packet Bus is enabled automatically at system boot Packet Bus testing is dependent on the following hardware components TN771 Maintenance Test circ...

Страница 2048: ...I ADJ These interactions are discussed in the Circuit Packs That Use the Packet Bus section of the chapter referenced in the note above The following list summarizes some of the important points to co...

Страница 2049: ...RES g Circuit pack and port in line errors that are not relevant to the Packet Bus or that indicate a circuit pack failure are acted upon in the normal fashion h Normal background maintenance periodic...

Страница 2050: ...a problem with the Packet Bus itself Table 10 472 PKT BUS Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If...

Страница 2051: ...If this is the only active error against the Packet Bus the Packet Bus is still in service Therefore due to the disruptive nature of the Packet Bus Fault Isolation and Correction procedures repairs s...

Страница 2052: ...as been disabled due to more than one circuit pack reporting in line errors If this occurs more than three times in 15 minutes that is if maintenance is disabled due to errors and then re enabled beca...

Страница 2053: ...rs in the system By clearing error codes associated with the Packet Circuit Pack Audit Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Packet Control Bus...

Страница 2054: ...out this is indicated by an Error Type 18 logged against PKT CTRL If the pack is busied out release the pack by entering the release packet control command Then re enter the command 2 If the Packet C...

Страница 2055: ...2 If the test continues to abort check for problems with the Packet Control look for PKT CTRL error in the Error and Alarm Logs 2100 ABORT Maintenance could not allocate all of the necessary system r...

Страница 2056: ...ce Test circuit pack has been busied out and should be released or c there is no Maintenance Test circuit pack in this port network and one must be installed 2 In a system without Critical Reliability...

Страница 2057: ...coded as follows 1xxx The Maintenance Test Packet Bus port has reconfigured the Packet Bus around the faulty leads This occurs only in high or critical reliability systems 2xxx The Maintenance Test Pa...

Страница 2058: ...esult Description Recommendation 2500 ABORT An internal operation failed the test could not be completed 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL One Packet circuit pack h...

Страница 2059: ...Packet Control circuit pack and a packet endpoint which is connected to a Packet circuit pack An ASAI adjunct is an example of a packet endpoint and a TN556 is an example of a Packet circuit pack In G...

Страница 2060: ...is raised against the PKT CTRL MO This alarm indicates that the Packet Control circuit pack is missing Refer to the Maintenance Related System Parameters Form section in Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance...

Страница 2061: ...t Control circuit pack due to an in line error or certain test failures Once a threshold number of these errors occur maintenance places the Packet Control circuit pack into an out of service state an...

Страница 2062: ...re testing escalates to the Reset Test 586 so that the health of the Packet Control circuit pack can be determined g This error occurs when a certain circuit pack level diagnostic test fails indicatin...

Страница 2063: ...bles below By clearing error codes associated with the Packet Control Parity Circuitry Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Table 10 477 Active...

Страница 2064: ...rol circuit pack and waiting for the response to each of the read and clear commands from the circuit pack Table 10 479 TEST 583 Packet Control Error Counter Read Clear Test Error Code Test Result Des...

Страница 2065: ...the recommended repair procedures for Test 586 If the reset command passes issue the release packet control C command if the Packet Control circuit pack is on the active SPE and reissue the original c...

Страница 2066: ...alarmed PPN Packet Bus Table 10 480 TEST 584 Packet Control Parity Circuitry Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1024 ABORT The Packet Control circuit pack s parity circuitry is cu...

Страница 2067: ...tive SPE issue the busyout packet control C command Issue the reset packet control C command If the reset command fails follow the recommended repair procedures for Test 586 If the reset command passe...

Страница 2068: ...ntrol is providing service and only its ability to maintain the Packet Bus is affected by the fault If the Packet Control appears to be providing service packet endpoints are functioning and or the st...

Страница 2069: ...hether the Packet Control circuit pack can send and receive data correctly The test performs the following major functions 1 Establishes an LAPD link from the Packet Control circuit pack to itself See...

Страница 2070: ...2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus is alarmed 1 Try to retire the alar...

Страница 2071: ...acket control C command If the reset command fails follow the recommended repair procedures for Test 586 If the reset command passes issue the release packet control C command if the Packet Control ci...

Страница 2072: ...ompleted a busied out Packet Control should be released via the release packet control C command Table 10 482 TEST 586 Packet Control Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029...

Страница 2073: ...ed that is the Packet Bus Activated field on the Maintenance Related System Parameters Form is set to y but the circuit pack isn t installed If the system is supposed to have a Packet Control circuit...

Страница 2074: ...m command and refer to the TAPE Maintenance documentation for recommended repair procedures to retire the alarm if one exists otherwise go to the next step 5 If the test has failed consistently with t...

Страница 2075: ...g option and with a repeat option of 3 If any of the tests fail or if there are any tape alarms refer to the TAPE Maintenance documentation and follow the recommended repair procedures If a tape probl...

Страница 2076: ...following circuit packs TN464C TN2464 Universal DS1 circuit packs ISDN PRI service TN767E DS1 Interface circuit pack ISDN PRI service w o Packet Bus TN556B C TN2198 ISDN BRI Line circuit packs ISDN B...

Страница 2077: ...DCS Audio Information Exchange AUDIX Call Management System CMS Outgoing Call Management OCM Adjunct Switch Application Interface ASAI b System links ISDN PRI D channel signaling links ISDN BRI D cha...

Страница 2078: ...face connections Packet Interface Service Operations The following sections provide more background information about Packet Interface service operations Administration Packet Interface Replacement De...

Страница 2079: ...e is in service A reset would disrupt service existing calls and links to adjuncts such as AUDIX The software that controls Packet Interface maintenance puts a Packet Interface in the out of service s...

Страница 2080: ...nterface also is put in the out of service state if it has reported a fatal fault at system initialization time or if the Packet Interface has been reset by background maintenance four times within th...

Страница 2081: ...ries Also issue the status packet interface command to determine the service state of the Packet Interfaces for example in service out of service and information about the total number of Packet Inter...

Страница 2082: ...DS1 C LAN circuit packs and ports CLAN BD RSCL PT PPP PT ETH PT ASAI circuit packs and ports ASAI BD ASAI PT ASAI ADJ ASAI EPT LGATE BD LGATE PT LGATE AJ ATTE PT ATTE AJ MAPD BD Media Processor circui...

Страница 2083: ...or 2 The carrier location is required only for duplicated SPEs 2 Indicates that an alarm was raised but an associated error was not entered into the hardware error log due to a momentary overload con...

Страница 2084: ...processor resets 1 Check to see if Error Types 257 513 769 1025 1281 or 3841 are present in the hardware error log If one or more of those error codes are present refer to the information associated...

Страница 2085: ...ious and when it occurs maintenance software immediately escalates testing to the destructive reset test 889 1 If the Packet Interface circuit has a MAJOR alarm reset the Packet Interface reset io pro...

Страница 2086: ...tion refer to the repair procedures for Test 884 m Error 1793 indicates a FLASH Memory test failure The Packet Interface may still be operational if no other errors are reported However the TN2401 TN7...

Страница 2087: ...aintenance software automatically runs the Maintenance Looparound Test 886 If that test fails maintenance software generates Error Types 3073 and 3072 and it requests a system WARM restart If after th...

Страница 2088: ...been corrected bring the Packet Interface back into service reset packet interface 2 If Error Type 3585 has not been reported enter the reset packet interface command and follow the repair steps asso...

Страница 2089: ...t Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1006 1137 ABORT Packet Interface is in the out of service state so normal maintenance tests will not run 1 Request a Packet Interface reset using th...

Страница 2090: ...ctive SPE a failure of the DUPINT circuit pack or loss of power on the standby SPE The SPE Select Switch field on the status syst 1screen displays spe a or spe b if the SPE SELECT switches are in the...

Страница 2091: ...b If the system is equipped with the High Reliability or Critical Reliability Configuration and if the Packet Interface is on the standby SPE replace the standby TN2401 TN794 NetPkt circuit pack c If...

Страница 2092: ...least disruption of service The Packet Interface is still functional but should be replaced since it may not operate after a system reboot and it will enter a fatal fault state if it is reset for othe...

Страница 2093: ...erefore it is expected that the repair procedures associated with Abort Code 1137 out of service would normally be followed when failures with the Level 2 and Level 3 tests occur Test 885 executes dif...

Страница 2094: ...witches are in the a or b position respectively 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 3 times 2...

Страница 2095: ...ace may still be operational 1 Retry the command 2 If the test continues to fail with the same error code a If the system is not equipped with the High Reliability or Critical Reliability Configuratio...

Страница 2096: ...looparound failure error code 769 being reported against a Packet Interface that is currently on the standby SPE If that is the case and if all other Packet Interface tests associated with the test p...

Страница 2097: ...ot allowed to execute on a Packet Interface on the standby SPE 1 If you wish to run this test on a standby Packet Interface you must first make it active with reset system interchange 1338 ABORT The t...

Страница 2098: ...94 NetPkt circuit pack run the test packet P long command If any of the tests fail the fault may be on the Packet Bus Refer to the PKT BUS Packet Bus Maintenance documentation for recommended repair p...

Страница 2099: ...RAM locations indicates bad locations that cannot be used For a Packet Interface on the active SPE information about the number of bad Translation location is sent to maintenance software as an in lin...

Страница 2100: ...re of the DUPINT circuit pack or loss of power on the standby SPE The SPE Select Switch field on the status syst 1 screen will display spe a or spe b if the SPE SELECT switches are in the a or b posit...

Страница 2101: ...s for those circuit packs in this manual to clear those errors first c If the system is not equipped with the High Reliability or Critical Reliability Configuration replace the TN2401 TN794 NetPkt cir...

Страница 2102: ...e disruption 3 If error code 512 or 768 is reported for a Packet Interface on a standby SPE replace the standby TN2401 TN794 NetPkt circuit pack 1024 1096 FAIL The Packet Interface on the standby SPE...

Страница 2103: ...est Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1006 1137 ABORT Packet Interface is in the out of service state so normal maintenance tests will not run on it 1 Reset the Packet Interface using...

Страница 2104: ...lure of the DUPINT circuit pack or loss of power on the standby SPE The SPE SELECT SWITCH field on the status syst 1 screen displays spe a or spe b if the SPE SELECT switches are in the a or b positio...

Страница 2105: ...splay the active alarms Verify that there are no alarms on the standby SPE components other than the PKT INT alarms for the Peer Link failure If there are other alarms for SPE components clear those a...

Страница 2106: ...est to the Packet Interface on the active SPE for peer link setup between the active and standby Packet Interfaces 1 Retry the test command after a one minute delay 2 If the test continues to fail a U...

Страница 2107: ...t 1screen indicates the state of the standby SPE Unavailability may be caused by a variety of reasons such as the setting the SPE SELECT switches on the DUPINT circuit packs to the position of the act...

Страница 2108: ...clear this failure Any Other Than Those Listed Above FAIL The Packet Interface diagnostic tests failed If the system is equipped with the High Reliability or Critical Reliability Configuration the re...

Страница 2109: ...Avaya DEFINITY Server and a PMS device The strategy includes a set of tests for periodic diagnosis detection of errors during normal operation actions for troubleshooting and raising alarms for seriou...

Страница 2110: ...utions 4 Is a data channel on Network Control circuit pack in in service idle state Enter list data command and find out the extension numbers of data channels on Network Control circuit pack Enter st...

Страница 2111: ...pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test pms sh r 1 18 a 0 busyout pms link WARNING OFF release pms link 257...

Страница 2112: ...EFINITY Generic 1 or Generic 3iV2 and PMS for a period of time the time is specified in system hospitality administration The PMS Link is torn down To clear this error refer to the Procedures for Rest...

Страница 2113: ...s successfully established this error disappears from the Hardware Error Log No alarm is raised against this error j The PMS Link has been busied out for system technician demanded maintenance via the...

Страница 2114: ...t the PMS device Once the PMS Link is successfully established this error disappears from the Hardware Error Log See Note 20x The PMS violated the application protocol The start of a database exchange...

Страница 2115: ...ust returns PASS All resources allocated for a PMS Link are released after this test Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Link Tear Dow...

Страница 2116: ...ABORT Internal System Error 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 30 ABORT Internal System Error 1 Refer back to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Link section for resol...

Страница 2117: ...he system and a PMS device an external Journal Printer device The strategy includes a set of tests for periodic diagnosis detection of errors during normal operation actions for troubleshooting and ra...

Страница 2118: ...XX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for resolutions 4 Is a data channel on Network Control circuit pack in the in service idle state Enter list data command and find out the exten...

Страница 2119: ...er Link section for resolution Table 10 492 PMS PRNT JNL PRNT Link Maintenance Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Tes...

Страница 2120: ...ter device is in the in service idle state If the data extension is not available then refer to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Printer Link section for resolution d Link idle timer link comes do...

Страница 2121: ...493 TEST 213 Link Tear Down Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 40 ABORT Internal system error 50 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1minute intervals a maximum of...

Страница 2122: ...Internal system error 20 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 30 ABORT Internal system error 1 Refer to the Procedures for Restoring the PMS Prin...

Страница 2123: ...ier Port Power Unit for AC Powered Systems or POWER Battery Battery Charger for AC Powered Systems For a multicarrier cabinet system using an external DC power source refer to one or more of the follo...

Страница 2124: ...ter being drained A fully charged battery pack should bridge two power failures without causing a low battery warning to occur Replacing the Battery and Battery Charger Use the procedure below to repl...

Страница 2125: ...ppropriate port network number determined via the Port field from the Alarm or Error Log Battery Battery Charger Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to...

Страница 2126: ...tation for a description of this test d Refer to CABINET Cabinet Sensors Maintenance documentation for a description of this test e Refer to EXT DEV External Alarm Maintenance documentation for a desc...

Страница 2127: ...n this test are not available 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT The battery charger is not connected If the system has a UPS and no battery charger and batter...

Страница 2128: ...s to ABORT with a 2000 error code check for and resolve all DUPINT Duplication Interface errors in a Duplicated Option PPN PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor errors in a standard PPN or MAINT EPN Mai...

Страница 2129: ...ccur on the Maintenance Tape Processor Duplication Interface and EPN Maintenance circuit pack that ARE NOT be detected by the respective maintenance but that cause many if not all environment tests to...

Страница 2130: ...h or Critical Reliability or the EPN MAINT Maintenance circuit pack in an EPN could be reporting this condition incorrectly There are failures that can occur on the Maintenance Tape Processor Duplicat...

Страница 2131: ...ng the PR MAINT Maintenance Tape Processor in a multicarrier cabinet PPN system without High or Critical Reliability the DUPINT Duplication Interface circuit pack in a PPN for a High or Critical Relia...

Страница 2132: ...re ok PWR OK and BOK on the rectifier modules and the BIU Battery Interface Unit make sure the BIU and the RM0850 rectifiers are seated properly plugged in If the BOK LED on the BIU is ok use the foll...

Страница 2133: ...ected by the respective maintenance If many environment tests are failing replace the suspect circuit pack depending on system configuration PASS The Maintenance Tape Processor in a multicarrier cabin...

Страница 2134: ...e the type of powering provided all POWER tests should always pass or abort Since the tests should never fail POWER alarms should not be raised Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values MO Name in Al...

Страница 2135: ...environment P sh r 1 3840 a 1005 or 1028 Assoc Test Battery Battery Charger Query Test 5 ON 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate t...

Страница 2136: ...powered system this test should never fail During this test the status LED on the battery charger is lit and extinguished if the status of the battery charger is reported as normal This event is a res...

Страница 2137: ...eporting a problem with power If this test fails the problem is with the circuit pack and not with POWER 1 The suspect circuit pack depending on the system configuration should be replaced and the tes...

Страница 2138: ...pack The PGATE or PI can be used with the CLAN to create an X 25 to TCP IP bridge for adjunct and DCS connectivity Control LAN Congestion Controls The switch activates congestion controls on CLAN whe...

Страница 2139: ...m test port UUCSSpp long clear Table 10 498 PPP PT Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all test...

Страница 2140: ...long clear e Error Type 1281 System software received an indication that the far end has requested a disconnect of a session on this link This is a log only error f Error Type 1537 1538 Some or all p...

Страница 2141: ...scriptions and Error Codes Investigate errors in the order they appear in the table below TDM Looparound Test 1285 NOTE This test is destructive This test verifies whether the CLAN PPP port can send a...

Страница 2142: ...causing all calls and links associated with the port to be torn down 1002 ABORT No TDM bus timeslots available for the test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 Escalate if the pr...

Страница 2143: ...hich will cause all calls and links using the port to be torn down 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 Es...

Страница 2144: ...vals up to 5 times 2 Escalate if the problem persists 1963 ABORT Firmware indicates that the port is in use or ppp link is connected 1 Determine when the port is available for testing status clan port...

Страница 2145: ...esources to run test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 2 Escalate if the problem persists FAIL CLAN circuit pack detected test failure 1 If the problem persists reset the circuit...

Страница 2146: ...dule 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 1125 ABORT PPP link not in service 1 Verify whether ppp link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status link n 2 If the ppp link is not in se...

Страница 2147: ...problem persists re administer the PPP connection through a different PPP port if available 4 If the problem still persists or if there are no other available PPP ports replace the circuit pack 1007...

Страница 2148: ...s link n 2 If the PPP link is not in service release the link release link n or release port UUCSSpp 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test r...

Страница 2149: ...re down ALL DOWN 1 Test the port test port UUCSSpp to verify the SCOTCH Synchronous Looparound Test 1275 result 2 If test passes wait for system software to indicate ALL UP 3 If the test fails check t...

Страница 2150: ...bled enable the link change data module 3 Repeat the test 4 Escalate if the problem persists 1125 ABORT PPP Link is not in service 1 Verify whether PPP link is in service status port UUCSSpp or status...

Страница 2151: ...th e g DS1 trunks 4 If the destination and other components in the path are in service and the test still fails execute busyout port UUCSSpp and release port UCCSSpp and repeat the test 5 If the test...

Страница 2152: ...m is the administered modem option the internal modem is disabled The TN2404 TN790 has a higher speed 9600 baud internal modem or can support an external modem connected to the DCE port Error Log Entr...

Страница 2153: ...e FAIL section of each test that fails for further instructions 1537 f Any MTP SAT Loop Around Test 228 MIN ON test processor a b r 3 1793 g Any MTP Aux Loop Around Test 229 MIN ON test processor a b...

Страница 2154: ...system 4 command or a reset system 5 command d This test only runs on the active SPE e This test aborts if an external modem is not administered Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Se...

Страница 2155: ...Any current memory card access to terminate and also to tear down any remote access INADS connection Table 10 506 TEST 101 MTP Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT Th...

Страница 2156: ...2 If the test continues to fail replace the Processor circuit pack 1197 FAIL The Maintenance Processor was reset but it responded with a NOT PASS status indicating that it did not pass initialization...

Страница 2157: ...n this test 2 Or if required Wait about ten minutes until the INADS session is terminated and then re enter the command 1000 ABORT System software resources required for this test are not available 1...

Страница 2158: ...this test should be disabled To disable the test issue change system parameters maintenance and change the Test Remote Access Port field to n 5 If the INADS trunk checks out okay but the test still fa...

Страница 2159: ...pplied by the modem NOTE The test does not send any data onto the INADS trunk However to pass the test does require the trunk to be present Table 10 508 TEST 103 MTP Analog Loop Around Test Error Code...

Страница 2160: ...m software resources required to run this test are not available 2000 ABORT MTP did not respond to the test request Repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times If only the MTP Analog Loop A...

Страница 2161: ...st be communicating between the MTP DUART hardware and the modem hardware c The MTP DUART or related circuitry on the processor circuit pack may have failed The circuit pack should be changed at your...

Страница 2162: ...is error entry indicates that the MTP DPR Test failed and that the Processor circuit pack should be replaced NOTE If the test is being run from a terminal other than the PPN SAT for example EPN SAT re...

Страница 2163: ...vironmental alarms communicate with the Standby SPE or reboot from tape if necessary 1 Retry at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail replace the Processor circuit pa...

Страница 2164: ...est are not available 1 Retry at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for a description of these error codes 2000 ABOR...

Страница 2165: ...29 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for a description of these error codes 2000 ABORT The response to the test request was not received within the allowable ti...

Страница 2166: ...intenance documentation for a description of these error codes 1000 ABORT The system software resources required for this test are not available 1 Repeat the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of...

Страница 2167: ...Loop Back Test The AUX port may not be sending any auxiliary data to the auxiliary collection device 1 Repeat the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If test continues to fail replace...

Страница 2168: ...2 Or if required Wait about ten minutes until the INADS session is terminated and then re enter the command 1000 ABORT System software resources required for this test are not available 2033 Internal...

Страница 2169: ...03 passed a Check the RS 232 connections from the DCE terminal on the switch to the DTE terminal on the modem RTS and CTS signals are being communicated between the MTP DUART hardware and the modem ha...

Страница 2170: ...e local Central Office for problems with the INADS trunk and verify that the INADS number is correct If an external modem is being used instead of the internal MTP modem modem settings may be wrong Ap...

Страница 2171: ...ntains the hardware required for controlling the environmental conditions The Maintenance Tape Processor provides the serial interfaces for the administration terminal and CDR ports The Maintenance Ta...

Страница 2172: ...Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value1 1 You must manually repeat the command with the long option the designated number of times from the administration terminal or from a remote administ...

Страница 2173: ...tigation ShortTest Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Software Initiated Interrupt Test 77 a X X ND Processor ROM Checksum Test 80 a X X ND Processor Non mas...

Страница 2174: ...515 TEST 101 MTP Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description...

Страница 2175: ...unctioning correctly The system should continue to function but it will not have the ability to save translation to tape or to read tape if the system needs to be rebooted Environmental monitoring is...

Страница 2176: ...successfully executed before you proceed to Step 2 2 Rerun the test 1131 ABORT INADS port is busy because the system is reporting alarms to INADS or because INADS is dialed into the system 1 Wait abou...

Страница 2177: ...r circuit pack at your earliest convenience PASS MTP detected a loop current on the remote access port 1 If the system cannot call INADS or INADS cannot contact the system check with the local Central...

Страница 2178: ...4 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 1018 ABORT The test has been disabled via administration 1 To en...

Страница 2179: ...is probably dialed into the switch 1 Wait until INADS session is terminated and then re enter the command 10311 ABORT Test 102 MTP Outpulse Relay Test failed 1 Refer to Error Code 10204 of the MTP Ou...

Страница 2180: ...k in and examine the Error Log for an error against PR MAINT with Error Type 769 no Aux Data This error entry indicates that the MTPDPR Test failed and that the Processor circuit pack should be replac...

Страница 2181: ...nce procedure refer to ABORT Error Code 1030 in STBY SPE Maintenance documentation 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2028 ABORT System software...

Страница 2182: ...oss of keyboard input from the PPN Manager I Table 10 519 TEST 106 MTP Sanity Handshake Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 AB...

Страница 2183: ...enance The EPN Manager I if available or remote access can still be used 1 Repeat the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail replace the Processor circuit...

Страница 2184: ...2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 1000 ABORT The system software resources required for this te...

Страница 2185: ...o the auxiliary collection device 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If test continues to fail replace the Processor circuit pack PASS The Auxiliary channel passed the Lo...

Страница 2186: ...DRAM is used for software data storage and it changes constantly Both types of memory are present on the Processor circuit pack The diagnostics run appropriate tests on both memories DRAM is replacea...

Страница 2187: ...SIMM A 2 SIMM B 3 SIMM A SIMM B 4 SIMM C 5 SIMM A SIMM C 6 SIMM B SIMM C 7 SIMM A SIMM B SIMM C Table 10 522 Memory Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test...

Страница 2188: ...ests in the testing sequence Notes a Refer to PROCR TN2404 TN790 RISC Processor Maintenance documentation for a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence...

Страница 2189: ...failure of this test indicates a DRAM failure in the Processor circuit pack DRAM is replaceable and installed in 3 Single Inline Memory Module SIMM sockets on this circuit pack Replacement of these SI...

Страница 2190: ...command performs the same operation as the reset system 4 command but is much less service disruptive 1 7 FAIL If the system can still provide service this indicates that the Processor circuit pack ha...

Страница 2191: ...etry the command 1 7 FAIL The system may or may not continue to operate correctly The system may fail later when some action requires access to the corrupted area of the Text 1 The Flash ROM should be...

Страница 2192: ...RT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a descrip...

Страница 2193: ...unctional Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command 1000 ABORT System resources required to run th...

Страница 2194: ...allowable time period 1 Retry the command 1022 1335 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance doc...

Страница 2195: ...provided equipment Refer to DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Administrator s Guide for details of the CDR feature CDR Link Maintenance provides a strategy for maintaining the link between the...

Страница 2196: ...nterchanging processors because the CDR ports on each of the processor circuit packs are connected via WIRE OR CDR Link Maintenance does not cover the maintenance of the elements composing the CDR phy...

Страница 2197: ...service idle state Enter list data command and find out the extension numbers of data channels on TN777 Network Control circuit pack Enter status data extension command and make sure that at least on...

Страница 2198: ...error Refer to the preceding Procedures for Restoring the CDR Link for resolution Table 10 528 CDR Link Maintenance Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test...

Страница 2199: ...ed during the interval of daily maintenance then the error can be ignored d This error indicates that the CDR output device is in an off line state for example paper jam or paper out for a printer dev...

Страница 2200: ...Link Tear Down Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 40 ABORT Internal system error 50 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1010...

Страница 2201: ...rnal system error Internal error in Maintenance Action Process MAP MAP returns an error back to maintenance script HMM Timer expires while waiting for the reply from MAP 1 Retry the command at 1 minut...

Страница 2202: ...Certain errors are logged to the Hardware Error Log for information purposes only Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Notes a These errors indicate that a system recovery action has been taken...

Страница 2203: ...the DEFINITY software This includes all of the call processing maintenance and administration functions The Processor circuit pack is the most critical component to proper operation of the system The...

Страница 2204: ...t option on the TN773 circuit pack G3iV1 1 286 The repeat option is valid only on the TN786B circuit pack You must manually repeat the command with the long option the designated number of times from...

Страница 2205: ...Maintenance documentation for a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Non maskable Interrupt Test 8...

Страница 2206: ...ncorrect interrupt vector The system may or may not continue to operate correctly 1 Repeat the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to fail the Processor circuit...

Страница 2207: ...tion 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes FAIL The computed checksum did not match the ROM ch...

Страница 2208: ...ck slot that is in the slot immediately to the right of the TN786B circuit pack remove the blank before removing the circuit pack Otherwise the circuit pack and or the two connectors that are used to...

Страница 2209: ...EST 83 Processor Sanity Timer Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System software resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute inter...

Страница 2210: ...ntenance and administration functions The RISC Processor circuit pack is the most critical component to the correct operation of the system The PR MAINT MainTenance Processor for RISC systems is respo...

Страница 2211: ...command clears this alarm but the sanity timer is only tested during initialization so the alarm occurs again and the system is not protected against insane software Table 10 537 RISC Processor Circui...

Страница 2212: ...ing sequence Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Processor Cache Test 895 X ND Processor Cache Audit 896 X X ND Processor Bus Time out...

Страница 2213: ...10 538 Test 80 Processor BOOTPROM Checksum Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command 1029 2014 20...

Страница 2214: ...5 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for a description of these error codes 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command FAIL The interrupt was not detected or acted upon 1 Repeat the command at 1 m...

Страница 2215: ...e Processor circuit pack must be replaced as soon as possible if they are detected Table 10 540 Test 895 Processor Cache Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did n...

Страница 2216: ...or or cache test error Table 10 541 Test 896 Processor Cache Audit Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 1 Retry the co...

Страница 2217: ...escription Recommendation 100 ABORT The test did not complete within the allowable time period 1 Retry the command 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE Mainte...

Страница 2218: ...XX BD Common Port Circuit Pack section Ringing Caused by Maintenance Testing Test 48 may cause some terminal equipment to ring briefly during daily maintenance If this ringing disturbs the customer or...

Страница 2219: ...ngs If the terminal does not ring then replace it Otherwise issue the test port UUCSSpp command and follow the procedure for Test 48 Table 10 543 Analog Line Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Asso...

Страница 2220: ...quipment to ring briefly during daily maintenance If this disturbs the customer or the terminal equipment disable it by setting the Tests field on the change station extension form to n On some softwa...

Страница 2221: ...This result is also reported for the system s Music On Hold port when it is off hook which it usually is 1 Enter display port UUCSSpp to determine the station s extension Enter status station extensio...

Страница 2222: ...RT This port is currently a TTI port and the test will not execute on it 1 Verify that the port is a TTI port using either the display port command the display shows that the port is a TTI port or the...

Страница 2223: ...tinues to fail determine whether the customer is experiencing problems on this line Replace the circuit pack only if the customer is experiencing problems PASS The port s battery feed chip is able to...

Страница 2224: ...e port is in use wait until port is idle 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT The test was aborted due to a configuration problem This test may not be applicable o...

Страница 2225: ...cause of this failure 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 8 FAIL This does not indicate a hardware problem There may be an internal software error The ringer update failed 1...

Страница 2226: ...tem resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port UUCSSpp command to determine the station extension Use the status station command...

Страница 2227: ...erator may be defective or is not wired correctly see errors for RING GEN If it does not occur on other ports then all four ring phases are in use 1018 ABORT The test has been disabled by administrati...

Страница 2228: ...k all of the wiring between the station equipment and the switch Then run the test again 4 If the test still fails the set may be defective Check the set and replace it if necessary 5 Some terminal eq...

Страница 2229: ...a separate maintenance object RDIG STA of this type Fault conditions discovered on one maintenance object may or may not indicate faults on other maintenance objects of the same type Maintenance testi...

Страница 2230: ...r terminals for telemarketing applications c 302B1 and 302C1 attendant console Table 10 547 Remote Digital Line Station Service States Out of Service The port and thus the station have been removed fr...

Страница 2231: ...ere are several different scenarios which causes a terminal to be downloaded These can occur as part of background maintenance activity or on demand from the System Access Terminal SAT or from a stati...

Страница 2232: ...A downloadable terminal is automatically downloaded when translation changes associated with downloadable parameters are made as part of system administration As shown in the previous table these cha...

Страница 2233: ...on will cause the terminal to be downloaded regardless of its previous download status 2 Feature Access Code A Refresh Terminal Parameters Feature Access Code can be used to request a terminal downloa...

Страница 2234: ...nal Download State Complete The terminal successfully downloaded sometime in the past Pending The system is waiting to download the terminal This may require the execution of a background periodic tes...

Страница 2235: ...in terms of feet of wire from the jack to the switch If the problem persists replace the circuit pack Once the problem has been resolved the alarm disappears after a predetermined amount of time b Err...

Страница 2236: ...the switch in terms of feet of wiring between the jack and the switch If the problem persists replace the circuit pack Once the problem has been resolved the alarm disappears after a predetermined am...

Страница 2237: ...the order presented in the table below By clearing error codes associated with the Digital Line Electronic Power Feed Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the test...

Страница 2238: ...inute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS Electronic Power Feed Test passed The message to turn on the power t...

Страница 2239: ...elease the port using the release station extension command and run the test again 2 Make sure that the terminal is connected 3 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 3 ABORT Sta...

Страница 2240: ...y a TTI port and the test will not execute on it 1 Verify that the port is a TTI port using either the display port command the display shows that the port is a TTI port or the list config command the...

Страница 2241: ...BORT Switchhook audit timed out 1 Make sure voice terminal is connected and repeat test 2 If test fails replace voice terminal and repeat test 2 ABORT ID request fails health bit returned from voice t...

Страница 2242: ...sing either the display port command the display shows that the port is a TTI port or the list config command the display shows a t for the port 2 If either list config or display port indicate that t...

Страница 2243: ...gged as many as 26 endpoints associated with that Remote Office and several H 323 signaling groups could be out of service MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the universa...

Страница 2244: ...or because there is no way to determine which entity has failed However the aux data associated with this error indicates whether the endpoint that failed to respond was a DCP Analog or Signaling Grou...

Страница 2245: ...ational applications 25 Hz for international applications Each carrier contains its own Analog Ring Generator A ringing voltage generator failure means that no ringing occurs on analog phones however...

Страница 2246: ...ER A H 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB CARRIER B F L O W S4 FILTER AC AC AC A FANS 3 FRONT 3 BACK F1 D S4 1 S2 S3 S1 631 DA AC F3 CARRIER C 631 A I R DB AC F2 631 DA 631 DA 631 DB 631 DB F4 CARRIER D CARRIER E I...

Страница 2247: ...20A AC 20A AC 20A AC 20A AC 20A DC FUSE TIP FUSE RETAINER FUSES F1 F7 ARE ILLUSTRATED AT THE LEFT FUSES F8 F9 ARE SYMMETRICAL AND CAN BE MUST BE TAKEN TO INSTALL THEM FUSE TIP FIRST INSERTED EITHER WA...

Страница 2248: ...e Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test environment UU 1 Analog Ring Generator Query Test 118 MAJOR ON test environment...

Страница 2249: ...EMG XFER Emergency Transfer Maintenance documentation for a description of this test c Refer to EXT DEV External Alarm Maintenance documentation for a description of this test Analog Ring Generator In...

Страница 2250: ...it pack unable to allocated the resources necessary to run the test or unable to send a down link message 1 Wait for the green LED on the active tone clock to go out use the status port network comman...

Страница 2251: ...IL Ringing voltage is below acceptable levels PROCEDURE FOR A MULTI CARRIER CABINET SYSTEM 1 If this is a High or Critical Reliability system determine the active Tone Clock circuit pack by issuing a...

Страница 2252: ...different carriers in the affected port network d If called stations ring the fault is cleared Proceed to Step f If no stations ring replace the Analog Ring Generator To replace the Analog Ring Genera...

Страница 2253: ...e Clock circuit pack and rerun the test 3 If the test passes then the Analog Ring Generator is healthy and one of the analog circuit packs is defective Replace the analog circuit packs one at a time a...

Страница 2254: ...documentation for related port information MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 for EPN C is the carrier designation for examp...

Страница 2255: ...ice time slot The station set may be connected to the Speech Synthesis Port through either a line or trunk circuit When there is an incoming call to a port the listen network time slot is connected to...

Страница 2256: ...e 18 0 busyout port PCSSpp WARNING OFF release port PCsspp 130 b None WARNING ON test port PCSSpp sh 257 Speech Synthesis PSS Handshake Test 168 MAJOR ON test port PCSSpp sh r 2 513 17922 Speech Synth...

Страница 2257: ...her tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 One or more NPEs reside on each circuit pack with a TDM Bus interface The NPE controls port connectivity and gain and provides conferencing funct...

Страница 2258: ...me slots out of service due to TDM BUS errors Refer to TDM BUS TDM Bus Maintenance documentation to diagnose any Active TDM BUS errors 1 If system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traff...

Страница 2259: ...xisting error on the specific port or a more general circuit pack error 1 Examine Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error...

Страница 2260: ...at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and the port is not in use escalate the problem 1020 ABORT The test did not run due to an already existing error on the sp...

Страница 2261: ...available for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Resp...

Страница 2262: ...Result Description Recommendation ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources...

Страница 2263: ...etry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 1002 1003 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of...

Страница 2264: ...test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5...

Страница 2265: ...command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1019 ABORT Test is already running on a different port possibly due to background maintenance activity Only one of these tests may be active on a c...

Страница 2266: ...ailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is idle retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2000 ABORT Respon...

Страница 2267: ...is test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yellow LED if off before retesting 1 If the port is id...

Страница 2268: ...imes 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call and therefore unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle yel...

Страница 2269: ...o the Common Shadow Circuit on the Standby Duplication Interface circuit pack via the ICC which then executes the write to memory In this way the Standby SPE is kept up to date with the Active SPE and...

Страница 2270: ...By clearing error codes associated with the Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Status Query Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence Table 10 565...

Страница 2271: ...Test 277 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack SPE A Loop Back Test 275 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack SPE B Loop Back Test 276 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Adm...

Страница 2272: ...contents of the FIFO bank and compares them with the value written to the maintenance address space The test is repeated with another address in the maintenance address space This test does not disab...

Страница 2273: ...cuit pack is defective and the Duplication Interface circuit pack must be replaced 1 Follow the Repair Procedures for High and Critical Reliability section in Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenan...

Страница 2274: ...t pack must be replaced 1 Follow the Repair Procedures for High and Critical Reliability in Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenance Aid and replace the Duplication Interface circuit pack 2 Rerun t...

Страница 2275: ...there were any M BUS time outs the test fails Table 10 569 TEST 285 Common Shadow Circuit M BUS Time Out Query Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 1030 2011 2012 2014 2015 2016...

Страница 2276: ...by SPE with the DUPINT circuit pack that was removed in the previous step 4 Rerun the test 5 Test the Standby SPE with the test spe standby short command and address all Duplication Interface circuit...

Страница 2277: ...ty Systems A Maintenance Aid and replace the Memory circuit pack 5 Rerun the test 6 Test the Standby SPE with the test spe standby short command and address all Duplication Interface circuit pack Comm...

Страница 2278: ...on Shadow Circuit fiber cable is missing or connected improperly or the Active Standby DUPINT circuit pack is defective 1 Verify that the Common Shadow Circuit fiber cable on the Standby Active SPE DU...

Страница 2279: ...on Interface circuit pack B 1 Refer to NO BOARD for a description of the Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Status Query Test 315 in DUPINT Maintenance documentation PASS Part of the Common Shadow Cir...

Страница 2280: ...ack then writes the data to Standby SPE Memory This logical connection between Active SPE Memory and Standby SPE Memory is known as the SHDW LNK Memory Shadowing Link Although most of the components c...

Страница 2281: ...ocessor Interface circuit pack ICC A ICC B ICC C SCC only MBUS MBUS Packet Bus Packet Bus TDM Bus A TDM Bus A Pkt ctrl Pkt ctrl B carrier A carrier DUP A to MTP B DUP A to MTP B SPE select lead SPE se...

Страница 2282: ...tests the Memory Shadowing Link Table 10 571 Standby SPE Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If al...

Страница 2283: ...d and an alarm is raised against the STBY SPE Standby SPE This is because the failure of the Shadow Link Test implies that Standby SPE Memory may not be an up to date reflection of Active SPE Memory a...

Страница 2284: ...r PR MAINT to release the Standby SPE processor PROCR for the Standby SPE Processor to clear a magic area in Standby SPE Memory Requests the Standby SPE Maintenance Tape Processor to hold the Standby...

Страница 2285: ...tivity on the Standby SPE other than system technician demanded maintenance Cannot interrupt Standby SPE while entering maintenance mode please try later This message line error is displayed when test...

Страница 2286: ...r connected improperly or the Active Standby DUPINT circuit pack is defective 1 Verify that the Common Shadow Circuit fiber cable on the Standby Active SPE DUPINT circuit pack is present and connected...

Страница 2287: ...to PROCR 80286 Processor Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation and follow the prescribed procedures 2 Check for Standby SPE Memory errors and alarms Refer to MEM BD Memory Maintenance documentation a...

Страница 2288: ...y circuit pack as described in Chapter 6 and proceed with Steps 5 6 and 7 If the red LED on the Standby SPE Memory circuit pack is on replace the Standby SPE Memory circuit pack as described in Chapte...

Страница 2289: ...blem exists with one or more components that make up the Memory Shadowing Link such that Active SPE Memory was not accurately shadowed to Standby SPE Memory 1 Check for both Active SPE and Standby SPE...

Страница 2290: ...uplication Interface circuit pack If the red LED on the Standby SPE Processor circuit pack is on and the Standby SPE Processor circuit pack has not been replaced yet replace the Standby SPE Processor...

Страница 2291: ...ur red LEDs are on AND if this is the third attempt to clear the problem that is the Standby SPE Processor and Standby SPE Memory circuit packs have already been replaced replace the Standby SPE Dupli...

Страница 2292: ...to be issued multiple times If the refresh spe standby command successfully completes 5 times without the Standby SPE becoming labeled standby on the status system form wait 20 minutes This does not...

Страница 2293: ...ng inspect the Inter Carrier Cable for cuts or broken leads If so follow the repair procedures for reconnecting the Inter Carrier Cable described in Chapter 6 4 If all problems found in Steps 1 2 or 3...

Страница 2294: ...it pack is on and the Standby SPE Processor circuit pack has been replaced replace the Standby SPE Memory circuit pack as described in Chapter 6 and proceed with Steps 9 10 and 11 If the red LED on th...

Страница 2295: ...0 and 11 If none of the four red LEDs are lit AND if this is the third attempt to clear the problem that is the Standby SPE Processor and Standby SPE Memory circuit packs have already been replaced re...

Страница 2296: ...Mode This command may have to be issued multiple times If the refresh spe standby command successfully completes 5 times without the Standby SPE becoming labeled standby on the status system form wait...

Страница 2297: ...e to be issued multiple times If the refresh spe standby command successfully completes 5 times without the Standby SPE becoming labeled standby on the status system form wait 20 minutes This does not...

Страница 2298: ...osition a Warning alarm is raised If both switches are out of the AUTO position for six hours a Major alarm is raised Duplication Interface circuit pack B reports the state of the SPE SELEC Switch B t...

Страница 2299: ...iated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the rec...

Страница 2300: ...terface Circuit Pack SPE B Loop Back Test 276 X X X X ND Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Administration Terminal Loop Back Test 274 a X X X X ND Inter Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Loop Back T...

Страница 2301: ...he Duplication Interface circuit pack is not present or not functioning 1 Resolve all alarms logged against the Duplication Interface circuit pack DUPINT 2 Rerun the test PASS The Duplication Interfac...

Страница 2302: ...hen all alarms associated with the SREPN are downgraded to WARNING alarms These include the EXP INTF in the SRP the EXP LINK between the SRP and the SREPN and all maintenance components in the SREPN 2...

Страница 2303: ...standby mode Verify the results by using the status system 1 command The Standby SPE is always in one of three modes Standby Maintenance or Down Usually the Standby SPE is in Standby Mode In this mod...

Страница 2304: ...is not as readily available to assume the role of the Active SPE but it may do so depending upon the severity of the Active SPE fault s Whenever the Standby SPE is returned to Standby Mode from Maint...

Страница 2305: ...r circuit pack the Duplication Interface circuit pack in the A carrier and the Standby SPE Processor circuit pack Additionally the Inter Carrier Cable ICC and the backplane affect the ability of the A...

Страница 2306: ...Bus TDM Bus A TDM Bus A Pkt ctrl Pkt ctrl B carrier A carrier DUP A to MTP B DUP A to MTP B SPE select lead SPE select lead Tone Clock select lead Tone Clock select lead 1 2 2 T O N E C L O C K TDM B...

Страница 2307: ...Handshake Loss With Carrier A Dupint test duplication interface a sh test duplication interface b sh See note n 81 e Any Handshake Loss With Standby SPE Processor test duplication interface a sh test...

Страница 2308: ...ommunication with Standby SPE during reboot following upgrade MAJOR ON upgrade software 805 s any No software mem card inserted in active SPE MAJOR OFF upgrade software 806 t any Checksum on new Stand...

Страница 2309: ...communicate with the Standby SPE The ability to communicate with the Standby SPE should be checked by issuing the test processor a b short command where a b indicates the carrier that contains the St...

Страница 2310: ...Active SPE and the Standby SPE may be functional However to restore the communication path look for the presence of Error Types 58 81 82 98 99 and 106 and use the recommended commands to clear these...

Страница 2311: ...s that writes made to the Standby SPE Memory are not being acknowledged This implies that the shadowing mechanism is not functioning The presence of time outs when shadowing to the Standby SPE Memory...

Страница 2312: ...types until it is resolved This error type indicates an incompatibility between the two Processor circuit packs in a High or Critical Reliability system For a High or Critical Reliability system to wo...

Страница 2313: ...2014 2015 2017 2021 2024 and 2051 for Error Type 257 are described in the System Technician Demanded Tests Test Result Error Codes The Aux Data values 2048 2049 and 2050 for Error Type 257 are describ...

Страница 2314: ...h to the Standby SPE and of Memory Shadowing To restore the function all error types that may affect the function must be investigated and resolved by following the recommended commands or procedures...

Страница 2315: ...SPE in time The software card mem should be inserted into the Active SPE at the appropriate time so as to allow the upgrade software command to be re executed t Error Type 806 is logged when the upgr...

Страница 2316: ...WARNING OFF circuit pack STBY SPE alarm is raised and the Fault Severity Level FSL of the new standby SPE is raised to its highest possible value to prevent an SPE interchange back to the original ac...

Страница 2317: ...or whether it is in Maintenance Mode Whenever this command is issued any Standby SPE maintenance activity currently in progress except for entering maintenance mode is preempted the Standby SPE Proces...

Страница 2318: ...e standby command was used within the time frame that scheduled maintenance with a translation save was to have been conducted the save translation command should be issued to ensure that the current...

Страница 2319: ...ing held on the active SPE artificially This prevents a SPE interchange back to the original active SPE This STBY SPE warning alarm lasts for one hour After this time passes system switches to the SPE...

Страница 2320: ...t long For this command there is a single test for the Standby SPE Processor Interface circuit pack s and a single test for each Processor Interface Port on a Processor Interface circuit pack These te...

Страница 2321: ...Duplication Interface SPE B Loop Back Test DUPINT X X 280 Inter Duplication Interface Loop Back Test DUPINT X X 271 Duplication Interface Background Test Query DUPINT X X 277 Duplication Interface Sa...

Страница 2322: ...MAINT X X 229 MTP Auxiliary Channel Loop Around Test PR MAINT X X 101 MTP Reset Test PR MAINT X 104 MTP Dual Port RAM Test PR MAINT X The following Memory Card tests are executed 695 Cartridge Insert...

Страница 2323: ...he first test in the sequence is the Memory Functional Test 332 which takes from 30 seconds to two minutes After the Memory Functional Test 332 is run the same delays described in Item 1 of this list...

Страница 2324: ...each additional test command issued on a Standby SPE component 6 The test memory 0 1 a b long command is an exception to Item 5 Because of the nature of the Memory Functional Test 332 the same delays...

Страница 2325: ...e tests in the sequence for the component will be attempted and a message will appear on the terminal message line describing why the command was rejected The following is a list of these text strings...

Страница 2326: ...use status system This message line error which corresponds to Error Code 2018 is displayed if a test command on a Standby SPE component is attempted while the Active SPE is performing some Maintenan...

Страница 2327: ...to check for STBY SPE errors or Cannot interrupt Standby SPE while entering maintenance mode please try later Issue the refresh spe standby command once more If the Standby SPE is not labeled standby...

Страница 2328: ...tion Interface circuit pack errors and alarms Refer to DUPINT Duplication Interface Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation and follow the prescribed procedures 3 If the B carrier contains the Active S...

Страница 2329: ...the problem 7 Issue refresh spe standby to put the Standby SPE into Standby Mode This command may have to be issued multiple times If refresh spe standby successfully completes 5 times without the St...

Страница 2330: ...mponent resides on the Active SPE 1030 cont d ABORT 3 Move the SPE Select switches to make the SPE with the problem the current Active SPE This action prevents software from switching to the other SPE...

Страница 2331: ...est be made to the Standby SPE however the request cannot be made because the Standby SPE is busy processing a previous maintenance activity request 1 Issue refresh spe standby to force the Standby SP...

Страница 2332: ...started with a Cold 1 or a reboot issue test spe standby long to thoroughly test all Standby SPE components 2021 ABORT An attempt to refresh Standby SPE memory from Active SPE memory encountered a pro...

Страница 2333: ...ective The communication path between the Active SPE and the Standby SPE Maintenance Tape Processor may have failed or the Standby SPE Maintenance Tape Processor may have failed or the Standby SPE Pro...

Страница 2334: ...r Type 80 is logged against STBY SPE If so the problem is the carrier A Duplication Interface circuit pack Replace the carrier A Duplication Interface circuit pack as described in Chapter 6 Reliabilit...

Страница 2335: ...been replaced replace the Standby SPE Memory circuit pack as described in Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenance Aid and proceed with Steps 11 12 and 13 If the red LED on the Standby SPE Memory...

Страница 2336: ...e LEDs is on AND if this is the fifth attempt to clear the problem escalate the problem 2024 cont d ABORT 11 Issue refresh spe standby to put the Standby SPE into Standby Mode This command may have to...

Страница 2337: ...larms Refer to SHDW CIR Common Shadow Circuit and follow the procedures 2 Check for Standby SPE Memory errors and alarms Refer to MEM BD Memory circuit pack and follow the procedures 3 Check for Stand...

Страница 2338: ...ck as described in Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenance Aid and proceed with Steps 10 11 and 12 9 Issue display errors and check to see if Error Type 58 is logged against STBY SPE If Error Type...

Страница 2339: ...iability Systems A Maintenance Aid and proceed with Steps 10 11 and 12 If none of the three red LEDs is on AND if this is the second attempt to clear the problem that is the Standby SPE Processor circ...

Страница 2340: ...ommand may have to be issued multiple times If refresh spe standby successfully completes 5 times without the Standby SPE becoming labeled standby on the status system form wait 20 minutes This does n...

Страница 2341: ...ribed in Chapter 6 Reliability Systems A Maintenance Aid 4 If all problems found in Steps 1 2 and 3 have now been repaired proceed with Step 8 If no problems were found in Steps 1 2 and 3 proceed with...

Страница 2342: ...the repair steps for STBY SPE error 139 note k 2068 ABORT When attempting to refresh Standby SPE memory from Active SPE memory a problem was encountered when refreshing Packet Control circuit pack mem...

Страница 2343: ...t in that port network However for reliability it is recommended that the clock be connected to the PPN The only operation that software can perform is a query of the alarm leads The only recovery act...

Страница 2344: ...m 3 Clock Hardware Configuration NOTE When looking in the Stratum 3 cabinet A card is on the left and B card is on the right TN767 or TN722 TN767 or TN722 TN780 TN780 Timing output Timing output Alarm...

Страница 2345: ...the card Replace the card 2 Timing Output Cards TOC Provides cable length compensation multiple output ports selection of the ST3 and CI outputs This type of card has two red failure LEDs one indicate...

Страница 2346: ...s of input reference A or CI A failed REF B Red Loss of input reference B or CI A failed ST A Red Failed Stratum 3 clock A ST B Red Failed Stratum 3 clock B PWR A Green 48VDC A present PWR B Green 48V...

Страница 2347: ...nnection between the Stratum 3 clock and the TN780 Tone Clock circuit pack may be faulty or 3 the TN780 Tone Clock circuit pack may be defective Stratum 3 Clock Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data A...

Страница 2348: ...is major Check connections between the Stratum 3 clock and the PBX If there are no loose connections using the Stratum 3 Wiring Guide check that the wiring installation is correct After reconnecting...

Страница 2349: ...e g This error indicates that the Stratum 3 clock has either reference B or CI card B failed Please refer to the error code 8 in the test description of the Test 649 for the repair procedure h This er...

Страница 2350: ...failed or CI card B failed 3 One power supply failed 4 All power supplies failed 5 One clock unit failed 6 All clock unit s failed This test queries the Stratum 3 clock for its alarm status through th...

Страница 2351: ...for DS1 BD DS1 Interface Circuit Pack errors using the display error command Refer to the DS1 BD Maintenance documentation for recommended strategy to resolve any DS1 BD errors found 2 If there are n...

Страница 2352: ...e power supply failed This error only occurs when the Stratum 3 clock has two power supplies and one of them has failed However the clock can function with one power supply 1 Locate the failed power s...

Страница 2353: ...If after replacing the CI card the red LED on the new CI card lights also proceed to Step 3 2 Otherwise issue the test synchronization r 4 command to clear the alarm If any test repetitions fail follo...

Страница 2354: ...k at the Stratum 3 cabinet for red LEDs on circuit cards marked ST3 Replace the card s 2 Determine if the alarm still exists by issuing the test synchronization r 4 command to clear the alarm If any t...

Страница 2355: ...y the following circuit pack types are allowed in the slot Call Classifier TN744 Integrated Announcement TN750 Maintenance Test TN771C Speech Synthesizer TN725B Tone Detector TN748C A MINOR alarm is g...

Страница 2356: ...egrated Announcement TN750 Maintenance Test TN771C Speech Synthesizer TN725B Tone Detector TN748C The code of the invalid circuit pack can be displayed by using the list configuration board UUCSS comm...

Страница 2357: ...N2401 TN794 inserted into the NETCON slot and the Net Pak Backplane Connection TN4200 inserted into the PACCON slot Upgrades involving new control carriers use the TN2401 TN794 only Duplicated R8si sy...

Страница 2358: ...er to the appropriate test description and follow the recommended procedures 0 Any Any Any test network control a b sh r 1 1 Any Control Channel Test 94 MAJOR ON test network control a b r 3 2 a Contr...

Страница 2359: ...the procedures needed to diagnose Tone Clock circuit pack troubles e This error indicates a loss of handshake between SW CTL and the system software Look for and resolve all other SW CTL errors In the...

Страница 2360: ...The 1793 errors are in line errors that indicate a possible problem with the interface between the Switch Control and the processor The receipt of these errors causes Switch Control maintenance to run...

Страница 2361: ...it Pack Maintenance documentation for a description of these tests Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Switch Control Reset Test 93 X...

Страница 2362: ...cation through the same interface Table 10 582 TEST 92 Control Channel Interface Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2012 ABORT Internal system error 2013 2100 none ABORT Could not...

Страница 2363: ...Test 94 also fails if the system timing signals are lost If Test 94 passes do not suspect the loss of timing signals 2 Run the Short Test Sequence several times to make sure that this failure is occur...

Страница 2364: ...of these error codes 2000 or None FAIL The Switch Control could not be successfully reset If this is a standard system the customer probably cannot make or receive calls 1 This failure could be due to...

Страница 2365: ...ectable Table 10 584 TEST 94 Control Channel Transmission Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 0 ABORT The port circuit packs necessary for this test are not available 1 Retry the co...

Страница 2366: ...or several seconds 2 If there are no TDM Bus alarms against the Standby TDM Bus switch the control channel from its current bus to the Standby bus If this test passes on the new bus investigate the po...

Страница 2367: ...um of 5 times 2 If the test aborts 5 times wait until the system is less heavily used and rerun the test at that time 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for...

Страница 2368: ...way High or Critical Reliability system PASS The Time of Day clock on the Switch Control circuit pack is operating correctly Table 10 586 TEST 324 Switch Control EPN Maintenance Board Interface Test E...

Страница 2369: ...out and were not verified 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of five retries 2 If the test continues to abort and SW CTL Test 325 passes there is not a problem but if SW CTL Test 325...

Страница 2370: ...e 1 Run the Short Test Sequence several times to make sure the error is occurring consistently run the Long Test Sequence to reset the Switch Control Sometimes running the Long Test Sequence may clear...

Страница 2371: ...maximum of 5 times 1029 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2020 2022 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to STBY SPE for a description of these error codes 32515 FAIL This failure indicates that communications with the...

Страница 2372: ...igured with primary and secondary synchronization references DS1 interface circuit packs when using Stratum 4 synchronization Both references are optional since the local oscillator can be used and th...

Страница 2373: ...Interface link to the Expansion Interface circuit packs in the two EPNs The EPN Expansion Interface circuit pack uses the received data stream to generate a timing signal The Tone Clock circuit pack i...

Страница 2374: ...e stable than Type II and provides some switching capability at the hardware level Stratum 4 Type II operation is the only synchronization strata provided by Generic 1 It is important to note that Str...

Страница 2375: ...it packs The EPN Expansion Interface circuit packs use the received data stream to generate a timing signal which is used by the Tone Clock circuit packs in the EPNs to provide timing for all circuit...

Страница 2376: ...is executed only after synchronization has been disabled and is used to manually switch to a specific synchronization reference This command is useful to diagnose synchronization problems by forcing...

Страница 2377: ...lows 1 Yellow LED is on 2 7 seconds and off 0 3 seconds This light pattern indicates that an external timing source is being used as a synchronization reference and the circuit pack is in Active mode...

Страница 2378: ...ated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 01 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If all tests pass run the Long Test Sequence Refer to the appropriate test description and follow the reco...

Страница 2379: ...hrough 32 refer to TDM CLK to resolve the problem If not continue with the following steps 5 Execute the disable synchronization switch and the enable synchronization switch commands These two command...

Страница 2380: ...th the following steps 3 High or Critical Reliability system Switch Tone Clock circuit packs on the master port network via the set tone clock PC command Standard system Replace the primary and second...

Страница 2381: ...terface Links back to the previous configuration via the set expansion link PCSS Then switch the Tone Clock circuit packs in the master port network If the problem still persists switch the Tone Clock...

Страница 2382: ...follow SLIP ANALYSIS 5 Standard system Error 2305 Replace the Expansion Interface circuit pack in this port network and the Expansion Interface circuit pack in the PPN that is connected to this port n...

Страница 2383: ...ia this test This test will either pass or abort Table 10 589 TEST 417 Test Synchronization Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1...

Страница 2384: ...ised immediately Other alarming conditions which do not cause the link to go down also get a WARNING alarm Identifying a System Link In order to trace problems associated with a system link it is nece...

Страница 2385: ...h do not involve a link that is down is the current hardware path If the link is down faulted hardware path is the focus of attention The command status sys link location will present the state of bot...

Страница 2386: ...e board have been lost The link is reset on first occurrence hence Error 1025 will also be logged The system link is alarmed if 2 or more errors of this type are detected within 10 minutes To correct...

Страница 2387: ...Manifest effect of this error is that the end point location may experience slower throughput rate and the Packet Interface may experience backup or congestion The system link is alarmed if 4 or more...

Страница 2388: ...tive test queries the switch for the status of the system link and verifies that all switch components have the same view of the link state Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequenc...

Страница 2389: ...second attempt set up attempts are only made by the application software that is the 15 minute timer fires and jobs are printed unless an immediate job was entered After two unsuccessful attempts to e...

Страница 2390: ...er Link has been busied out issue the release sp link command If the link is down proceed to Step 2 2 Issue the display system feature command to determine the destination of the System Printer Link I...

Страница 2391: ...y that there are less than three active logins to the system If this condition exists a login session must be terminated before the System Printer Link can be established NOTE It is recommended that t...

Страница 2392: ...t Most likely due to problem with physical link or printer status 4 internal system error Most likely temporary sporadic failure 5 the data module the printer is trying to use is busy with another cal...

Страница 2393: ...l resources allocated for a System Printer Link are released after this test Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive Link Tear Down Test 2...

Страница 2394: ...Description Recommendation 10 20 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 2 times 30 ABORT Internal system error 1 Refer to the Procedures for Restoring the...

Страница 2395: ...ftware call and the following examples in no way exhaust the possibilities Often two errors are logged at the same time for each problem MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 SYST...

Страница 2396: ...error appears when patching and subsequently applying the patch by a craft requested reset system 1 f A Restart Level 2 occurred due to a power loss g A Restart Level 2 occurred due to a tone clock l...

Страница 2397: ...n command that can be used to initiate maintenance tests on the Tape Unit one for Standard systems and one for High and Critical Reliability systems In a Standard system the command line entry to test...

Страница 2398: ...g Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board Test to Clear Value 0 a 0 Any Any Any test tape 1 b Any Tape Status Test 69 MINOR OFF test tape r 2 257 c Any Tape Status Test 69...

Страница 2399: ...artridge should be replaced first If the problem persists the tape unit should be replaced When this error is first detected follow Error Type 1 Repair Procedure Error Type 1 Repair Procedure 1 Replac...

Страница 2400: ...y several attempts at rereading or rewriting the block on the tape This type of error is most likely the result of one or more hard errors on the tape for example a scratch or a hole in the tape that...

Страница 2401: ...lock error during a read or write operation on the tape A correctable tape error is one in which a block error is detected but corrected during a read or write to the tape This type of error may be ca...

Страница 2402: ...his alarm Error Type 3329 Repair Procedure Standard System 1 Look in the Hardware Error Log for Error Type 1793 If this error exists replace the tape cartridge with a backup cartridge that has valid s...

Страница 2403: ...ranslations its tape was alarmed as well Error Type 3329 Repair Procedure 1 High or Critical Reliability System 1 Issue the status system command to determine which SPE A or B is the Active SPE It is...

Страница 2404: ...t the major TAPE alarm is downgraded to a minor TAPE alarm Error Type 3329 Repair Procedure 2 High or Critical Reliability System 1 The tape against which Error Type 3329 has been logged should reside...

Страница 2405: ...a result of a hardware problem rather than a tape problem To clear Error Type 3843 follow the procedures given in the footnotes for Error Type 3842 m G1 1 and earlier Translations were not saved on th...

Страница 2406: ...sistency Maintenance documentation for the description of this test Tape Read Write Test 65 The purpose of this test is to exercise the hardware read write circuitry and the basic functionality of the...

Страница 2407: ...cription Recommendation 1029 to 1030 and 2011 to 2051 ABORT Refer to the STBY SPE Standby SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 9000 s ABORT or FAIL Refer to Table A in...

Страница 2408: ...s that the tape drive is in good working order Table 10 598 TEST 67 Tape Reset Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1029 to 2051 ABORT Refer to the STBY SPE Standby SPE Maintenance d...

Страница 2409: ...Table A in Tape Unit Aux Data Error Codes Tables and follow the recommended repair strategy for specific Aux Data Any Others FAIL Refer to Table B in Tape Unit Aux Data Error Codes Tables and follow...

Страница 2410: ...fails swap tape unit use original tape and retest 23008 FAIL MTP indicates a test failure 1 Follow the instructions provided in the Tape Maintenance and Repair Procedures section 23009 to 23017 FAIL...

Страница 2411: ...es section 2 Issue the test tape long command If the test passes issue the save translations command to verify condition is clear 3 If the test fails make sure tape is fully inserted 4 If the test con...

Страница 2412: ...only a single sector of the tape An uncorrectable tape error is one in which a block error persists during a read or write operation to the tape Errors of this type are unable to be corrected by sever...

Страница 2413: ...rrectable block errors detected by the test 0 5 Look for Error Types 1793 1828 2049 and 2084 in the Hardware Error Log and resolve these errors by following the procedures provided in the Hardware Err...

Страница 2414: ...already in use 1 If the Tape Unit is in use that is the yellow LED on the tape drive is on and there is tape cartridge motion wait until the first request is complete If there does not appear to be ta...

Страница 2415: ...ape head 3 If still fail check tape insertion swap tape if necessary and retest 4 Replace tape unit as a last resort 9026 Hardware error detected 1 Do the steps below following the directions in the T...

Страница 2416: ...ld not read or write at least one block of data from the tape 9030 Internal system error 1 Follow the steps provided in the Tape Maintenance and Repair Procedures section 9032 Inability to read a sign...

Страница 2417: ...ere is no alarm ignore this error 1 1xxxx If the aux data is 10000 the error is non fatal Ignore the 10000 case Each of the last four digits of the Aux Data 1xxxx is a non zero value Follow the steps...

Страница 2418: ...AT T Preventive Maintenance Log sheet Refer to Chapter 5 Routine Maintenance Procedures New tapes leave more abrasive particles on the tape head Therefore if a new tape is used issue the test tape lon...

Страница 2419: ...the tape cartridge CAUTION The tape drive head should be cleaned by using only Freon TF and polyurethane swabs These products are usually available in VCR head cleaning kits sold in video stores 4 Wet...

Страница 2420: ...and CARR POW Maintenance documentation sections If no power errors exist check the tape drive for power as follows If there is a problem with the 12V supplied to the tape drive its yellow LED will be...

Страница 2421: ...r 2084 is present in which case 48 hours must elapse The problem was a defective main tape Mark the defective tape and follow the standard disposal procedures If any of the tests failed proceed to Ste...

Страница 2422: ...the tape drive WARNING Vintage 6 and Vintage 8 of the TN773 Processor circuit pack in a Medium Cabinet use 12V DC power supplied from the Tape Drive circuit pack and thus may cause severe service disr...

Страница 2423: ...hardware errors against the TAPE MO issue the display errors command Enter a in the Interval field and tape in the Category field If the alarm persists the cause of the problem is either the Maintena...

Страница 2424: ...Step 8 8 With the tape that has the customer s translations set aside replace the TN770 Memory circuit pack CAUTION Make sure that you are using the customer s existing tape drive and tape and not th...

Страница 2425: ...a defective Memory circuit pack and a defective Processor circuit pack If any test still fails escalate the problem For High or Critical Reliability Systems NOTE Before performing the following repair...

Страница 2426: ...y test failed proceed to Step 13 13 Replace the TN770 Memory circuit pack on the STANDBY control carrier Use both the new Memory circuit pack and the new Processor circuit pack Replace the Memory circ...

Страница 2427: ...Tape Consistency Test is run on system technician command and once a week as part of daily Standby SPE maintenance Tape Consistency does not apply and does not exist in Standard systems Error Log Entr...

Страница 2428: ...system Tape Data Consistency Check Test 421 The software vintage number translation time stamps announcement time stamps and update file time stamps and identifiers are read off both tapes and compar...

Страница 2429: ...2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2051 ABORT Refer to the STBY SPE Standby SPE Maintenance documentation for a description of these error codes 9005 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute...

Страница 2430: ...AIL The load vintages and translations are different in both SPEs The Active SPE has the most current translations 6 FAIL The load vintages and translations are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE...

Страница 2431: ...intages and announcements are different in both SPEs The Active SPE has the most current announcements 13 FAIL The translations announcements and load vintages are different in both SPEs The Active SP...

Страница 2432: ...translations and announcements 1 Follow the procedures for Error Code 4 Be sure to issue the save announcements command 32 FAIL The update files are different in both SPEs The update file on the Activ...

Страница 2433: ...has the most current update file and announcements 1 Issue the save announcements command to save announcements on both SPEs 2 Have INADS issue the copy update file command to copy the update file fro...

Страница 2434: ...fter running test tape long check for Error Code 32 or 64 Follow the recovery procedure under the applicable error code 48 FAIL The update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Active...

Страница 2435: ...iles are different in both SPEs The update file on the standby SPE is most current 1 If you are on site with the switch interchange the Active SPE tape with the Standby SPE tape If you are not on site...

Страница 2436: ...he update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE has the most current update file and the Active SPE has the most current announcements 1 Issue the save announcements comma...

Страница 2437: ...e long command check for Error Code 32 or 64 Follow the recovery procedure under the applicable error code 80 FAIL The update files and announcements are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE has the...

Страница 2438: ...le and announcements 86 FAIL The update files load vintages translations and announcements are different in both SPEs The Standby SPE has the most current update file translations and announcements 1...

Страница 2439: ...hway to the Network Control Element NCE and then to the TDM bus The circuit switched connections have a Mu law or A law option for voice and operate as 64Kb s clear data channels The packet switched c...

Страница 2440: ...d Trunk Side BRI ISDN Interface Reference Points CO NT 2 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 4 Wire 4 Wire 4 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 4 Wire PBX PBX LT TE TE TE cydfisdn RPY 072397 NT2 LT LT NT2 NT2 Terminal Adapter...

Страница 2441: ...rotocol handling and multiplexing for Layers 2 and 3 T 4 wire Basic Rate interface to a Network Termination 2 2 Network Termination 1 NT1 that terminates Layer 1 and monitors maintenance performance t...

Страница 2442: ...ocedures for the Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 1025 e 4363 NPE NCE Audit Test 50 None ON 1291 f 4359 Clear Error Counters 270 MINOR ON 1294 g 46088 to 46096 SAKI Sanity Test 53 MINOR ON See h 15...

Страница 2443: ...AM that stores the board s translation information and downloadable application firmware Maintenance software resets the circuit pack g Unable to write LAN Translation RAM Error internal memory access...

Страница 2444: ...ink messages from the board When the board is alarmed due to this error the switch software periodically puts the board back in service and tells the Archangel to process up link messages from the boa...

Страница 2445: ...lead to other types of errors against this circuit pack System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes When inspecting errors in the system always investigate tests in the order listed...

Страница 2446: ...h another circuit pack on the bus Use this test to verify the repair Table 10 609 TEST 595 LAN Receive Parity Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response t...

Страница 2447: ...ded repair procedures 3 If the Packet Bus test passes check the validity of the circuit pack Execute a test that involves data transmission onto the Packet Bus For example the test port PCSSpp command...

Страница 2448: ...gle physical channel which is then routed via the concentration highway to the Network Control Element NCE and then to the TDM bus The circuit switched connections have a Mu law or A law option for vo...

Страница 2449: ...ed Trunk Side BRI ISDN Interface Reference points CO NT 2 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 4 Wire 4 Wire 4 Wire NT 2 Wire NT 4 Wire PBX PBX LT TE TE TE cydfisdn RPY 072397 NT2 LT LT NT2 NT2 Terminal Adapte...

Страница 2450: ...tionality including protocol handling and multiplexing for Layers 2 and 3 T 4 wire Basic Rate interface to a Network Termination 2 2 Network Termination 1 NT1 that terminates Layer 1 and monitors main...

Страница 2451: ...MINOR OFF 3073 m Slip Query Test 1244 MINOR OFF 3585 n Receive FIFO Overflow TDM D Channel Log Only ON 3586 o 3587 p 3588 q 46223 3589 r 3590 s 46211 3591 t 3592 u 3841 to 3942 v 1 Run the Short Test...

Страница 2452: ...14 Transmit FIFO Overflow This error indicates that the circuit pack is having problems transmitting data to the TDM D Channel This error only occurs only a system that switches the packet implementat...

Страница 2453: ...Around Test 619 failed Run the Long Test Sequence paying particular attention to the results of the BRI TDM Port Loop Test 619 k Error Type 2049 The Layer 2 Link Query failed The test is repeated eve...

Страница 2454: ...ce paying particular attention to the results of the Receive FIFO Overflow Test 625 r Error Type 3589 The BRI Port Local LAN Loop Around Test 618 failed Run the Long Test Sequence and pay particular a...

Страница 2455: ...ch problems Network failure 50 subscription Requested facility not subscribed 52 admin Outgoing calls barred 54 admin Incoming calls barred 62 subscription Service not authorized 63 admin sub Service...

Страница 2456: ...ftware is able to successfully send the downlink messages the test aborts otherwise Order of Investigation Short Test Sequence Long Test Sequence D ND1 1 D Destructive ND Nondestructive BRI Local LAN...

Страница 2457: ...required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call Use the display port PCSSpp command to determine the station extension or trunk group member number of the port Use t...

Страница 2458: ...d back by the switch The test passes if the packet connection can be established and the transmitted data is received unaltered The test aborts if the Packet Bus is alarmed in the Processor Port Netwo...

Страница 2459: ...l calls associated with the BRI port to be torn down 1139 ABORT The Packet Bus in the port network is out of service 1 Follow the repair procedures for the Packet Bus 2 Run test port long PCSSpp and v...

Страница 2460: ...bove order If one fails the remaining tests in the sequence are not executed and maintenance software returns an error code 2012 2100 ABORT Internal system error Could not allocate the necessary syste...

Страница 2461: ...system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system...

Страница 2462: ...em could not make the conference connection for the test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 2 FAIL The TDM Looparound failed on one of the channels Error Code 1 TDM Loop...

Страница 2463: ...error is cleared If the counter is non zero the test fails and the value of the counter is displayed in the Error Code field Table 10 616 TEST 623 CRC Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Descrip...

Страница 2464: ...Receive FIFO Overflow Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Response to the test was not received from the circuit pack within the allowable time period 1 If...

Страница 2465: ...L1 Deactivated State below for more details The Pending Activation state indicates a problem with the channels the wiring or the TBRI BD circuit pack When in this state the Level 1 interface is eithe...

Страница 2466: ...e test again NOTE When you release a port you release all ports associated with it If certain ports still need to be busied out use the release port PCSSpp command to busy them out 2 Make sure the ter...

Страница 2467: ...repair procedures for the NT1 Then execute the test port PCSSpp command and review the results of the Level 1 Status Inquiry Test to verify repair 2 FAIL Received a status of Level 1 Pending Activatio...

Страница 2468: ...executing the test port long PCSSpp command review the results of all the tests Follow the repair procedures for any tests that fail Verify repair of the problem by executing the test port PCSSpp comm...

Страница 2469: ...626 which is executed with the command If this test aborts or fails follow the repair procedure for the Signaling Link Status Test 3 Escalate problem if BRI Layer 3 Query Test continues to abort 1139...

Страница 2470: ...or type is present for TBRI PT then release the port with the release port PCSSpp command and run the test again b If the error is present for both TBRI BD and TBRI PT then release the circuit pack wi...

Страница 2471: ...t 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1 to 88 FAIL The circuit pack and the remote endpoint are not synchronized to the same clock rate which has generated the Slip alarm The error code equals...

Страница 2472: ...itched channels support the LAPD protocol and conform with the CCITT Q 920 Recommendations for D channel signaling LEDs The three LEDs on the circuit pack s faceplate indicate board status When illumi...

Страница 2473: ...ice state of the port The test passes if the signaling link D Channel is connected and operating normally The test fails if the board is not installed the signaling link is disconnected or if the port...

Страница 2474: ...a certain amount of time The test aborts if the signaling link is disconnected if a message is already outstanding or if the necessary resources could not be allocated To investigate the service stat...

Страница 2475: ...le maintenance by entering y in the Maintenance Tests field on page 2 of the change trunk group form 1113 ABORT The signaling link has failed so the system cannot send any messages on behalf of this t...

Страница 2476: ...st is already active or if the B Channel is in an Out Of Service state 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum...

Страница 2477: ...ABORT The signaling link has failed so the system cannot send any messages on behalf of this trunk 1 Check the results of Test 1251 Signaling Link State Check 1114 ABORT The signaling link is in a tr...

Страница 2478: ...n the system 2 The test call connection is established over the TDM Bus of the transmit and receive sides of the ISDN Trunk side BRI trunk to a digital trunk testing port on the Maintenance Test circu...

Страница 2479: ...BORT Bad Configuration that is no Maintenance Test circuit pack Issue the test trunk trunk Group trunk member command and make sure there is a DATA CHL NETCON channel administered 1018 ABORT Test call...

Страница 2480: ...force it to be dropped by using the busyout trunk command 1120 ABORT The ISDN Trunk side BRI trunk is in the ISDN out of service far end state 1 Try to change the service state via Test 256 Service St...

Страница 2481: ...mmand at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2067 ABORT The call has timed out perhaps because of a lack of system resources 1 Follow the recommendations for ABORT code 2035 2074 ABORT Bit and Blo...

Страница 2482: ...de 2100 2208 ABORT Internal system error 1 Follow the recommendations for ABORT code 2012 2209 2210 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Follow the recommendation...

Страница 2483: ...hould be taken out of service and the quality of the ISDN Trunk side BRI line should be investigated The investigation should include an in depth analysis of the facility including the transmission fa...

Страница 2484: ...n Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run Full Name of MO TDMODULE1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C D or E SS is t...

Страница 2485: ...er to a TDM Bus Terminology Control Channel Bus The TDM Bus control channel is on Non Control Channel Bus The TDM Bus control channel is NOT on Tone Bus The TDM Bus dedicated tone time slots are on No...

Страница 2486: ...s problem appeared then those hints should be investigated before performing this procedure For this procedure make sure at least one Tone Detector circuit pack is in the same Port Network in which th...

Страница 2487: ...failures that are causing TDM Bus faults Also the circuit pack itself may not be the cause of the problem but the backplane pins may have been bent when the circuit pack was inserted 1 Remove port cir...

Страница 2488: ...r any other processor complex circuit packs In a System Without High or Critical Reliability To perform this procedure for the Network Control circuit pack this circuit pack must be replaced The syste...

Страница 2489: ...is the Tone Clock circuit pack make sure it is in standby mode via the status system command or its LED state The SYSTEM CLOCKS and SYSTEM TONES fields of the status system form should read standby or...

Страница 2490: ...system technician command If any of the TDM Bus tests fail perform Procedure 2 and or Procedure 3 for only the circuit packs in those carriers connected to the shortened TDM Bus Procedure 2 is perform...

Страница 2491: ...or when this circuit pack is powered up again To force the system to send a restart message to all circuit packs on a network try one of the following methods depending on the circumstances NOTE A ci...

Страница 2492: ...o the EPN via the busyout board PCSS command and then release them via the release board PCSS command WARNING The reset system command disrupts all calls in the system Resetting the EPN only disrupts...

Страница 2493: ...aux data value of 0 indicates the last reported TDM Bus corruption was on the Control channel bus Table 10 625 TDM Bus Error Log Entries Error Type Aux Data Associated Test Alarm Level On Off Board T...

Страница 2494: ...as been fixed c This error indicates the TDM Bus was switched to the other bus due to TDM Bus corruption The aux data value is not meaningful and no action is required d This error indicates that some...

Страница 2495: ...slots and if it detects any noise on a time slot it returns a failure At the end of the test any out of service time slots are retested to see if they are still noisy and restored to service if they a...

Страница 2496: ...er FAIL The error code indicates the number of bad time slots that were detected The cause of this failure is most likely due to a bad port circuit pack and not the TDM Bus itself 1 Execute the comman...

Страница 2497: ...n through the Control Channel is not working The problem is not necessarily the TDM Bus itself 1 Display the hardware error and alarm log for the Tone Clock circuit pack Refer to TONE BD Tone Clock Ci...

Страница 2498: ...ntrol channel bus This is a valid response Use the status system command to verify which bus is the control channel bus 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable ti...

Страница 2499: ...XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for descriptions of these tests b Refer to TONE BD Tone Clock Circuit Pack documentation for a description of this test c Refer to Dual Tone M...

Страница 2500: ...t pack must be a TN780 code with firmware revision 2 or above or be a TN2182 e Test 149 is not run on a TN2182 Table 10 629 System Technician Demanded Tests TDM BUS Order of Investigation ShortTest Se...

Страница 2501: ...1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times ANY FAIL This error represents the number of timing slips detected on the incoming synchronization source since the last slip inquiry was sent to the Tone Clock...

Страница 2502: ...t synchronization PC Retry the command If the error is still present replace this Tone Clock circuit pack c the Tone Clock circuit pack under test is in Standby mode make it active via set tone clock...

Страница 2503: ...it pack is expected to be the synchronization source If not correct the synchronization information and re execute the test ANY FAIL This error represents the number of PPM errors detected on the exte...

Страница 2504: ...under test is in the Active mode but is not providing the current system synchronization reference switch the synchronization reference to the Tone Clock circuit pack under test using the set synchro...

Страница 2505: ...eter Update Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error FAIL Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times PASS The Tone C...

Страница 2506: ...ization source and retry the test 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Try the command again at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times 0 FAIL If the Tone Clock circuit pack is in the PPN the external synchron...

Страница 2507: ...secondary references and from Stratum 3 Clock STRAT 3 facilities Only the TN780 tone clock supports a Stratum 3 clock Moreover the Tone Clock circuit pack aids in monitoring and selecting synchroniza...

Страница 2508: ...R Stratum 3 Clock Source A Source B Local oscillator DS1 Primary and Secondary DS1 Primary DS1 Secondary DS1 Primary Only DS1 Primary None No External Source None None SLAVE PNC Duplication Active EI...

Страница 2509: ...been removed or has been insane for more than 11 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack d The Tone Clock circuit pack in the PPN is not a TN780 while a Stratum 3 synchronizati...

Страница 2510: ...a call origination to abort or a user not to get dial tone when going off hook 3 If all tests pass and the alarm does not resolve retest with test tone UUCSS long clear 4 If the test passes terminate...

Страница 2511: ...ss of timing signal from the system synchronization reference The Tone Clock circuit pack has switched synchronization references 1 Resolve any errors logged against the SYNC or STRAT 13 maintenance o...

Страница 2512: ...repair procedures for EXP INTF error log entries 257 769 or 770 or any errors logged against SNI BD SNC BD or FIBER LK 3 If the 2305 errors persist a For Port Networks with more than one Tone Clock c...

Страница 2513: ...to XXX BD for descriptions of these tests b Refer to TONE BD for a description of this test c Refer to TONE PT for descriptions of these tests Order of Investigation ShortTest Sequence Long Test Seque...

Страница 2514: ...un this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1 FAIL This error means the Tone Clock circuit pack framing verification firmware reports an error in the...

Страница 2515: ...M CLK Error Log entries one or more of 1025 1281 1537 2049 and 2305 1 Resolve the errors indicated No separate corrective action is required 65 FAIL The tone clock is currently not able to lock on to...

Страница 2516: ...calls in progress but could cause a call origination to abort or a user will not get dial tone when going off hook 2 If the test passes and the alarm does not resolve retest test tone UUCSS long clea...

Страница 2517: ...it is providing the system clocking signals 4 An EXP INTF circuit pack if the port network on which the test was executed does not contain the current system synchronization reference The error code i...

Страница 2518: ...the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL The error code represents the rate in Parts Per Million or PPM at which clock slip errors have been detected on the incoming synchroniz...

Страница 2519: ...t the number of slips to trigger loss of signal currently 30 per 5 millisecond period Enable the on board synchronization switching algorithm see above Enable holdover operation TN2182 only This is no...

Страница 2520: ...Error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times ANY FAIL Stratum 3 Clock Synchronization is administered for the carrier in which this Tone Clock circuit pack resides but the Tone...

Страница 2521: ...his test requires an external synchronization source to be administered DS1 primary DS1 primary and secondary or Stratum 3 Clock 1 Administer the external synchronization source and retry the test 250...

Страница 2522: ...K Tie Trunk MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C D or E and SS is t...

Страница 2523: ...ded tests and alarm escalation and resolution Three different trunk service states are specified in the DS1 tie trunk maintenance They are out of service in which the trunk is in a deactivated state a...

Страница 2524: ...18 c 0 busyout trunk grp mbr WARNING OFF release trunk grp mbr 19 d 0 None 130 e None WARNING ON test trunk grp mbr 257 f 57473 57474 513 g 57392 DS1 Tie Trunk Seizure Test 136 MIN MAJ2 769 h 57393 DS...

Страница 2525: ...rcuit pack has been removed or has been insane for more than 11 minutes To clear the error reinsert or replace the circuit pack 2562 k 16665 2817 l 52992 3840 m Any Port Audit and Update Test 36 1 Run...

Страница 2526: ...ror can be ignored i Error Type 1793 The DS1 Interface circuit pack is out of service See the appropriate DS1 BD UDS1 BD DS1 UDS1 Interface Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for details j Error T...

Страница 2527: ...rrors generated from other tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 One or more NPEs reside on each circuit pack with a TDM Bus interface The NPE controls port connectivity and gain and prov...

Страница 2528: ...f 5 times 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate time slots...

Страница 2529: ...error 1 Examine the Error Log for existing errors against this port or the circuit pack and attempt to diagnose the already existing error 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received with...

Страница 2530: ...test when the faults from steps 1 2 and 3 are cleared Replace the board only if the test fails PASS The port is correctly using its allocated time slots User reported troubles on this port should be i...

Страница 2531: ...isplay port UUCSSpp to determine the trunk group member number of the port Use status trunk to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the p...

Страница 2532: ...ate indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is idle before retesting 1 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute in...

Страница 2533: ...pack with a TN767C V3 or later The error log may have error type 1281 entries 2 Test all administered trunks on the board If one fails this could be an off board problem such as an incoming seizure or...

Страница 2534: ...tenance documentation If a red LED on TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is on replace the pack PASS The port can correctly conference multiple connections User reported troubles on this port shou...

Страница 2535: ...ort Use status trunk to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests You must wait until the port is id...

Страница 2536: ...trunk back into in service 3 Retry the test command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inserted an incor...

Страница 2537: ...on a trunk if one of the following cases is true 1 The trunk direction is administered as an incoming only trunk 2 The trunk is the 24th port on a DS1 Interface circuit pack which is administered usi...

Страница 2538: ...trunk outgoing type either automatic or immediate start c Is trunk the 24th port of the DS1 Interface circuit pack while common control channel signaling is specified 2 If the trunk has been administe...

Страница 2539: ...The far end trunk did not respond to the seizure of the near end trunk within the allowable time period This test could have associated in line errors in the error log 1 1 Enter list configuration boa...

Страница 2540: ...t pack Maintenance documentation 4 Retry the test at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times PASS The trunk can be seized for an outgoing call 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID...

Страница 2541: ...each tie trunk has a 4 wire audio connection and may have two signaling leads E and M Each tie trunk for the TN439 and TN497 circuit packs has 2 wire audio connection signal leads A and B In G3iV1 1 2...

Страница 2542: ...ence capabilities of all ports This test may fail due to noise induced by adjacent electric power lines Customers having this problem should resolve it with their local power company To temporarily al...

Страница 2543: ...f the Tie Trunk Except for the TN497 circuit pack these updates include Immediate automatic wink start or delay dial and for the TN2140 G3iV2 386 continuous seize ack For the TN2140 G3iV2 386 continuo...

Страница 2544: ...None2 WARNING4 ON4 test trunk grp mbr 4 257 i 57473 None WARNING OFF 257 j 57474 None WARNING OFF 257 k 57475 None WARNING OFF 5134 Any4 EPF M and E Lead 74 4 MAJ MIN WRN1 4 OFF4 test port PCSSpp sh r...

Страница 2545: ...slation match at both ends d On hook before wink This occurs when the far end goes on hook before a wink Check the far end PBX to ensure a translation match at both ends 2305 m 3 574243 Tie Trunk Dial...

Страница 2546: ...k is still seized with an incoming call The far end PBX is not releasing the trunk after the call is dropped A Minor alarm is generated every four minutes until the far end PBX releases the trunk Chec...

Страница 2547: ...a per port basis The NPE Crosstalk Test verifies that this port s NPE channel talks on the selected time slot and never crosses over to time slots reserved for other connections If the NPE is not work...

Страница 2548: ...this error and required actions The port may be locked up 2 If the port status is idle retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this te...

Страница 2549: ...command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times Any FAIL This test can fail due to on board or off board problems Off board problems of concern include EXP INTF faults TDM BUS faults and faults ass...

Страница 2550: ...rt tests and examining station trunk or external wiring 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board 1 Check to ensure that the board translations are correct Translate th...

Страница 2551: ...unavailable for certain tests Refer to the Status Commands section in Chapter 8 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids for a full description of all possible states You must wait until the po...

Страница 2552: ...tate indicates that the port is in use the port is unavailable for certain tests Refer to the Status Commands section in Chapter 8 Maintenance Commands and Trouble Clearing Aids for a full description...

Страница 2553: ...d as follows unless power or tone problems are suspected see notes on the next page 1 To make sure the problem is on board disconnect the port from the CO and retry the test Coordinate this with the C...

Страница 2554: ...carrier port power unit for DC powered systems Maintenance documentation If a red LED on TN736 or TN752 power unit circuit pack is on replace the pack If the test fails on more than 1 port check for...

Страница 2555: ...cuit pack The port translation data for the TN439 circuit pack includes the following Immediate or wink start trunk rotary or DTMF senderization in or out disconnect timing from 10 to 2550ms in 10ms i...

Страница 2556: ...aling troubles are reported verify translation information for this port Non TN439 and non TN497 circuit packs only If the trunk is busied out the test does not run but it does return PASS To verify t...

Страница 2557: ...Log for Error Type 1025 see Error Log table for description of this error and required actions The port may be locked up The far end PBX may not be releasing 2 If the port status is idle then retry t...

Страница 2558: ...st issue change trunk group x where x equals the number of the trunk group to be tested Then change the entry in the Maintenance Tests field on the form to y 1040 ABORT Non TN497 circuit packs only Th...

Страница 2559: ...If the test continues to fail check the far end PBX to ensure a translation match at both ends 3 Check the facility PASS The relevant seizure test passes This port is functioning properly 1 If users...

Страница 2560: ...Type 1025 see Error Log table for description of this error and required actions The port may be locked up The far end PBX may not be releasing 2 If the port status is idle then retry the command at...

Страница 2561: ...should abort 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run the test This could be due t...

Страница 2562: ...ade and compared to administered thresholds Errors are generated when results fall outside of marginal or unacceptable thresholds Detail and summary measurement reports are obtainable via the list tes...

Страница 2563: ...inute intervals for a maximum of 5 retries 1002 ABORT The system could not allocate timeslots for the test The system may be under heavy traffic conditions or it may have timeslots out of service due...

Страница 2564: ...end 1 See actions for error code 1905 1913 ABORT Audible Ring detected from far end 1 See actions for error code 1905 1914 ABORT Unidentified interrupted tone detected from far end 1 See actions for...

Страница 2565: ...ith the far end system a technician at the far end should test the test line TN771 or ADFTC 1941 ABORT High frequency singing return loss self check failed 1942 ABORT Echo return loss self check faile...

Страница 2566: ...n page 4 of the trunk group form Besides the facility test failures can be caused by faulty test lines or switch paths If the measurements point to a facility problem report the results to the trunk v...

Страница 2567: ...des on the TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack and has a backup battery to save the time of day during power failures If the TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack is physically removed from the carrier the contents of the...

Страница 2568: ...t been retired continue with Step 3 3 Test the active TN1648 SYSAM circuit pack using test maintenance a b sh If any tests fail refer to the repair procedures for the SYSAM circuit pack before further...

Страница 2569: ...available on the TN768 or TN780 The TN2182 contains 8 ports used for all purpose tone detection These ports are called Enhanced Tone Receiver ports ETR PT and are described in the documentation for ET...

Страница 2570: ...es the same as other clock boards with one being active and one being standby But the tone detector ports ETR PTs of the TN2182 are always considered available and in service regardless of the active...

Страница 2571: ...uit pack in the same carrier as the active SPE it will become active regardless of its health If the Tone Clock circuit pack in the selected SPE was in the busyout state see item 1 above it will autom...

Страница 2572: ...in two ways 1 A scheduled Tone Clock circuit pack interchange occurs according to the parameters set by the change system parameters maintenance command This can be disabled or set to run weekly but t...

Страница 2573: ...specific country needs These changes are made via the change system parameters country options form The TN2182 allows the same International changes as the TN780 but allows the customization of up to...

Страница 2574: ...ector may be used anywhere a TN768 or TN780 is used with the exception of configurations requiring Stratum 3 Clock The TN2182 may be used in all country configurations Port Networks with a Single Tone...

Страница 2575: ...ork In the PPN restart the system via the reset system 2 command In an EPN restart the EPN by resetting its Expansion Interface circuit pack via the reset board command using the board address 1a01 fo...

Страница 2576: ...ization reference 1 1 For a Tone Clock in the master port network the external source is the primary or secondary DS1 source or a Stratum 3 clock For a Tone Clzteock in a slave port network the extern...

Страница 2577: ...functioning properly If the Tone Clock circuit pack is being replaced due to loss of clocks the Clock Health Inquiry 46 will still report a failure proceed with the next step 7 To verify that the new...

Страница 2578: ...G OFF release tone clock PC 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 125 d None MINOR ON 126 e None MINOR ON 257 65535 Control Channel Test 52 MINOR ON test tone clock PC r 20 257 f Any None 513 g Any None 769 h 4358...

Страница 2579: ...Otherwise only the EPN in question is affected When this happens both circuit packs are faulty and must be replaced See the preceding section How to Replace a Tone Clock Circuit Pack If a successful...

Страница 2580: ...receding section How to Replace a Tone Clock Circuit Pack h Error Type 769 This error can be ignored but look for other errors on this circuit pack i Error Type 1025 This error is not service affectin...

Страница 2581: ...ack on carrier A For an EPN the t c selector is the active EXP INTF circuit pack that is connected to the PPN This is EXP INTF 2A01 or 2B02 for EPN1 and 3A01 or 3B02 for EPN2 The t c selector circuit...

Страница 2582: ...blem sources proceed with the following steps 2 Determine which circuit pack was controlling the choice of Tone Clock at the time the error occurred For a PPN the t c selector is the DUPINT circuit pa...

Страница 2583: ...ne Clocks with the set tone clock PC command If the Tone Clock interchange failed for both t c selectors Replace the standby Tone Clock circuit pack which could not be interchanged into and return to...

Страница 2584: ...e Clock circuit pack had a loss of Data Clocks This error will impact mainly users on station connected to Digital circuit packs These users could be with out service If error 2049 is also logged see...

Страница 2585: ...d Long Test Sequences according to the Tone Clock Circuit Pack Code For a system with a TN756 Tone Clock Circuit Pack a Refer to XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack documentation for descriptions of these...

Страница 2586: ...ates this Tone Clock circuit pack had a loss of any of these clocks the inquiry reports FAIL In addition if TDM CLK error 1 is at threshold this test will FAIL TDM CLK error 1 indicates a suspect cloc...

Страница 2587: ...test fails the only way to make it pass and to retire the associated alarm is to repair the problem and to execute set tone clock PC override against the indicated Tone Clock circuit pack NOTE If pow...

Страница 2588: ...cuit pack resides The system will be able to process certain type of calls that is internal calls will succeed while outgoing calls will not The Tone Clock circuit pack also provides the clocks for th...

Страница 2589: ...ce the circuit pack d The tone generation facility is having problems verifying that tones have been connected as requested e The tone generation facility may or may not be able to generate tones Tone...

Страница 2590: ...on Set on page 1 or the custom tones beginning on page 2 of the system parameters country options form may have values not supported by the existing tone clock This error 1281 indicates that the syste...

Страница 2591: ...Circuit Pack Notes a Refer to XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for descriptions of these tests b Refer to TONE BD Tone Clock Circuit Pack Maintenance documentation for descri...

Страница 2592: ...pack High or Critical Reliability Option The circuit pack must be a TN780 code with firmware revision 2 or above or a TN2182 Order of Investigation ShortTest Sequence LongTest Sequence D ND1 1 D Dest...

Страница 2593: ...e detector These tones are 440 Hz 2225 Hz Digital Count The tone generator is then told to generate a sequence of test tones whose output levels are measured by a tone detector These tones are 404 Hz...

Страница 2594: ...he TDM Bus via test tdm port network PN Refer to TDM BUS section for details 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort follow normal escalation pr...

Страница 2595: ...rvals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort follow normal escalation procedures 2100 ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at 1 minute int...

Страница 2596: ...attempt to move the tone generation function to the alternate Tone Clock circuit pack if one is present in the affected Port Network Users may or may not hear any noisy tones This type of failure affe...

Страница 2597: ...itself A check is also made between the type of tone clock being tested and the type of tone clock needed based on system administration The administration on the system parameters country options for...

Страница 2598: ...ration beginning on page 2 2 Replace existing tone clock circuit packs with TN2182s PASS The tone generation facility has been successfully refreshed with its time slot translation and system administ...

Страница 2599: ...US via test tdm port network PN Refer to TDM BUS section for details 2000 ABORT Response to the test request was not received within the allowable time period 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessa...

Страница 2600: ...information about changing the grace period see Changing the grace period interval Clearing the alarm Use the reset system 3 command with the translation card that matches the processor s in place to...

Страница 2601: ...ment procedure Step Description Command Procedure 1 Suppress alarms change system parameters maintenance Change the Alarm Origination to OSS Numbers field to neither Screen 1816 Press Enter to effect...

Страница 2602: ...to Steps 3 through 8 this time performing the steps on the A side Table 10 660 Processor circuit pack replacement procedure Continued Step Description Command Procedure Continued on next page change s...

Страница 2603: ...the command change system parameters security See Screen 1818 2 Go to page 2 Scroll to page 2 of the form 3 Change the field value Set the Translation ID Number Mismatch Interval field to a number be...

Страница 2604: ...ection of a translation ID mismatch change system parameters security SECURITY RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS SECURITY VIOLATION NOTIFICATION PARAMETERS SVN Station Security Code Violation Notification Ena...

Страница 2605: ...nly either incoming or outgoing not only at the DEFINITY switch but also at the CO switch This is necessary to avoid collisions i e glare and other highly undesirable conditions The TN797 Analog Trunk...

Страница 2606: ...ADM TSC serves as the logical channel function in a DCS network A Non Call Associated Temporary Signaling Connection NCATSC is a virtual connection established within a D channel The NCATSC connection...

Страница 2607: ...rdware Error Log Entries and Test to Clear Values Notes a There is no Test to Clear Value for error types 3840 3967 The error types provides the following additional data that may prove useful when tr...

Страница 2608: ...error conditions do not log an error but switched services may take some type of recovery action in certain instances This test sends a USER INFORMATION TSC heartbeat message inquiry across an Admini...

Страница 2609: ...to y 3 If the congestion still does not clear check other nodes in the network If congestion persists then escalate the problem 1146 ABORT The congestion just occurred in the network 1 Issue the stat...

Страница 2610: ...ABORT The ADMTSC is enabled but inactive near end 1 Disable and enable the ADMTSC 2 Reissue the test tsc administered command 3 If the ADMTSC is still inactive check the other nodes in the network 114...

Страница 2611: ...dministered Change the Enable field to n To enable the ADMTSC change the Enable field to y 3 Reissue the test tsc administered command 4 If the test fails check the ADMTSC node on the other side of th...

Страница 2612: ...s connected and ready to receive digits For example if there are 20 TTRs in the system being used simultaneously by 20 users at a given time then the 21st user would not receive dial tone until a TTR...

Страница 2613: ...Dual Tone Multifrequency Receiver Ports DTMR PTs have been taken out of service for a Tone Detector circuit pack that is the ports have been either busied out by system technician or maintenance has...

Страница 2614: ...s and or Call Classifier circuit packs or 2 reducing the threshold the TTR Level alarm is still present then proceed to Step 3 3 Execute the display error command Look for a GPTD PT DTMR PT or CLSFY P...

Страница 2615: ...clear the alarm refer to the repair procedure described above c Error code 3 does not indicate a current error condition It indicates that the number of GPTD ports in service was below the administer...

Страница 2616: ...l states when the ports are being brought into service f The total number of Call Classifier ports currently in service is below the administered threshold To clear the alarm refer to the repair proce...

Страница 2617: ...e an Integrated Channel Service Unit ICSU is not supported on this circuit pack tests associated with an ICSU are not executed Tests associated with new functionality available with the video enabled...

Страница 2618: ...s in Japan The upgrade procedure requires removing the JRC Japan Radio Corporation external converter in Figure 9 37 Figure 10 98 Japanese TTC public network connections Figure Notes 1 DEFINITY Releas...

Страница 2619: ...UUCSS 2 Remove the TN464 administration change circuit pack change ds1 and change trunk group n 3 Remove the UDS1 BD circuit packs 4 Remove the JRC Japan Radio Corporation external converter and cabl...

Страница 2620: ...group administration parameters that are required for this interface to operate successfully in Japan Table 10 664 H600 513 cable assembly pinout TN2242 TDM 50 pin connection pin number Color Lead De...

Страница 2621: ...ing Disconnect 100 Incoming Glare Guard 800ms or higher Incoming Dial Guard 10 Incoming Incomplete Dial Alarm 25 or higher Incoming Partial Dial 18 PPS 10 or 20 Make for PPS 10 35 Break for PPS 10 65...

Страница 2622: ...pack sends DS1 link status information to the synchronization reference switching algorithm This algorithm determines whether timing references should be switched due to failure or restore conditions...

Страница 2623: ...64BP UDS1 circuit packs feature an integrated echo canceller Echo cancellation is a Software Right To Use feature that can be turned as needed Echo cancellation supports channels carrying voice and is...

Страница 2624: ...N2464BP is selectable per channel even though it is administrable on a trunk group basis For example if all but two ports on a TN464GP TN2464BP need to have echo cancellation applied those two ports m...

Страница 2625: ...free communication Refer to SYNC Synchronization in this MO for details Each trunk line or endpoint has its own maintenance strategy but all depend on the health of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack Ref...

Страница 2626: ...nd the CSU Module between the Integrated CSU and the optional Customer Premises Loopback Jack or between the Integrated CSU and remote CSU These loopback tests are explained in detail later in this UD...

Страница 2627: ...otocol 1 Near End CSU Type is set to other for no CSU installed or for an external CSU such as an Avaya ESF T1 CSU or set to integrated for the 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter Answering...

Страница 2628: ...10 103 on page 10 1843 shows how to configure the circuit pack for 24 channel or 32 channel DS1 The channel selection must match the parameters administered on the corresponding DS1 Circuit Pack Form...

Страница 2629: ...e is copied onto a source C LAN board using FTP The image is then copied to the target boards Flash over the TDM bus The transfer of the download image from the source board to the target board is don...

Страница 2630: ...iry Test 138 MIN WRN3 OFF test board UUCSS 1300 j Any Loss Of Signal Alarm Inquiry Test 138 WARNING OFF test board UUCSS 1301 k Any Loss Of Signal Alarm Inquiry Test 138 WARNING OFF test board UUCSS 1...

Страница 2631: ...N WRN4 OFF test board UUCSS 1795 Any Blue Alarm Inquiry Test 139 MAJ MIN WNG4 OFF test board UUCSS 2049 Any Red Alarm Inquiry Test 140 MIN WRN3 OFF test board UUCSS 2305 Any Yellow Alarm Inquiry Test...

Страница 2632: ...rrect slot or 3843 ab 46081 3900 ac Any CPE Loopback Jack Test 1212 3901 ad Any Far CSU Loopback Test 1213 3902 ae Any One Way Span Test 1214 3999 af Any None 1 Run the Short Test Sequence first If al...

Страница 2633: ...st circuit packs in that inserting the circuit pack into the switch is not enough to make the board usable It must also be administered with the add ds1 command d Error Type 125 No Aux Data An incorre...

Страница 2634: ...slation RAM locations for the call connection attempt An alarm is raised if this error occurs two times within 10 minutes Clear the alarm using the following commands busyout board UUCSS reset board U...

Страница 2635: ...ck of the port carrier but the E1 Sync Splitter field on the add ds1 form has not been administered as y If the 402A or 403A E1 Synchronization Splitter is to be used use the change ds1 command to cha...

Страница 2636: ...is also executed as part of the command test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests Attempt to clear the alarm using the commands busyout board UUCSS test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests release...

Страница 2637: ...r 1400 Echo canceller function failed The Echo Canceller Function Test which is executed by firmware failed Error 1401 Echo canceller memory failed The Echo Canceller Memory Test which is executed by...

Страница 2638: ...not restored to normal operation or the error recurs after the board was restored to normal operation escalate the problem v Error Types 3073 to 3160 For later releases of G3V4 and beyond only Error...

Страница 2639: ...ected but the call continues by using another translation location ab Error Type 3843 LAN Receive Parity Error This error occurs when the circuit pack detects an error in a received frame from the Pac...

Страница 2640: ...vice but it has generated 50 of the messages necessary to be considered hyperactive This may be completely normal during heavy traffic periods However if this error type is logged when the circuit pac...

Страница 2641: ...rm Inquiry Test 140 X X ND Yellow Alarm Inquiry Test 141 X X ND Major Alarm Inquiry Test 142 X X ND Minor Alarm Inquiry Test 143 X X ND Slip Alarm Inquiry Test 144 X X ND Misframe Alarm Inquiry Test 1...

Страница 2642: ...ircuit pack s SCOTCH NPE chip has been updated with its translation 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is in...

Страница 2643: ...Chapter 5 3 Retry the command a few times a maximum of 5 times PASS Communication with this circuit pack is successful 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This co...

Страница 2644: ...ation to run this test This error applies only to DS1 Interface circuit packs It means the DS1 Interface circuit pack is providing timing for the system and therefore it cannot be reset without major...

Страница 2645: ...If the problem persists replace the circuit pack PASS The circuit pack initializes correctly 1 Run the Short Test Sequence 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board Thi...

Страница 2646: ...system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not allocate a tone receiver for the test The system m...

Страница 2647: ...or 1 Retry the reset board command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 1 Retry the reset board command at 1 minute...

Страница 2648: ...evice Obtain the error seconds measurement on the terminating device if possible Refer to the line side terminating device operating manual for information 5 Check the physical connection of the UDS1...

Страница 2649: ...PASS All administered trunks or ports of the UDS1 Interface circuit pack pass the Internal Looparound Test The bit pattern consistency test is executed successfully over the path that covers a DS1 po...

Страница 2650: ...tion also queries the UDS1 board to confirm the I CSU Sync Splitter error A Minor or Warning alarm is raised depending on the severity of the I CSU Sync Splitter error The trunks on the board may be t...

Страница 2651: ...lowing symptoms may be exhibited 1 The UDS1 BD tests such as Test 138 and Test 139 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning a no board result 3...

Страница 2652: ...CSU Module s Sync Splitter s NETWORK jack 2 If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack connects to a T1 facility call the vendor of the T1 carrier to diagnose the remote DS1 endpoint If the UDS1 Interface cir...

Страница 2653: ...connector panel on back of the carrier Otherwise change the Near End CSU Type field using the change ds1 form to other 2 Run the test again The E1 Sync Splitter is missing The E1 Sync Splitter field...

Страница 2654: ...hronization Splitter is physically connected to the UDS1 board on the back of the port carrier but the E1 Sync Splitter field on the add ds1 form has not been administered as y 1 If the 402A or 403A E...

Страница 2655: ...hange the Near End CSU Type field to other The DS1 circuit pack Suffix is incorrect for E1 Sync Splitter administration The E1 Sync Splitter field on the add ds1 form has been administered as y but th...

Страница 2656: ...er and running the test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests command again 3 If the ELB test continues to fail then replace the UDS1 board and run the test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopback tests comma...

Страница 2657: ...ode replace the UDS1 BD circuit pack and run the test again 3 If the test continues to fail with this error code then the problem could be in the I O cable between the backplane and the CSU module Syn...

Страница 2658: ...er 1323 FAIL A service affecting CSU Module Sync Splitter audit failure was detected by the UDS1 circuit pack All administered ports on the UDS1 circuit pack are affected and maintenance software will...

Страница 2659: ...s inserted an incorrect board is inserted or an insane board is inserted 1 Ensure that the board translations are correct Execute the add ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is no...

Страница 2660: ...ervice state before the Blue alarm occurs Line Loopback Alarm The Line Loopback LLB is used by the remote DS1 endpoint to put the ICSU or DS1 board into a loopback mode When the ICSU or DS1 board is i...

Страница 2661: ...ows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the ou...

Страница 2662: ...RI terminal adapter call the vendor of the terminating device to diagnose the equipment 1795 FAIL The UDS1 Interface circuit pack detects a Payload Loopback Alarm PLB If the UDS1 Interface circuit pac...

Страница 2663: ...ds1 UUCSS command to administer the UDS1 interface if it is not already administered 2 If the board was already administered correctly check the error log to determine whether the board is hyperactiv...

Страница 2664: ...runks or ports of the circuit pack into the out of service state The inquiry test runs every 10 minutes until the Red alarm is cleared When the Red alarm is cleared the UDS1 Interface circuit pack sto...

Страница 2665: ...a release has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from t...

Страница 2666: ...UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line sid...

Страница 2667: ...e 4 Replace the local UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switc...

Страница 2668: ...low alarm is cleared the maintenance software restores all trunks or ports on the UDS1 Interface circuit pack back to their previous service state before the Yellow alarm was raised PASS No Red alarm...

Страница 2669: ...the remote DS1 endpoint is in a Loss of Multiframe Alarm condition while the UDS1 Interface circuit pack is administered using the DMI BOS common channel signaling The RMA is handled as a Yellow alarm...

Страница 2670: ...or a release has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from...

Страница 2671: ...he UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using the same...

Страница 2672: ...test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using...

Страница 2673: ...eat the test If the UDS1 connects to a line side terminating device such as a PRI terminal adapter 1 Verify that the switch DS1 and the line side terminating device are administered using the same sig...

Страница 2674: ...on the circuit pack in the out of service state if the Major alarm persists for more than 20 minutes PASS Neither a Yellow alarm nor a Remote Multiframe Alarm nor a F5 state alarm is being received f...

Страница 2675: ...A busyout or a release has no affect on the test results 4 A list config command shows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is iso...

Страница 2676: ...RI terminal adapter do the following 1 The performance of the DS1 link between the UDS1 interface circuit pack and the line side terminating device is very poor Enter the list measurement ds1 log UUCS...

Страница 2677: ...rm the Minor alarm All trunks or ports on the circuit pack are kept in the in service state after the Minor alarm is confirmed The Minor Alarm Inquiry Test runs every 10 minutes until the Minor alarm...

Страница 2678: ...ows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into t...

Страница 2679: ...e terminating device for example a PRI terminal adapter do the following 1 The performance of the DS1 link between the UDS1 interface circuit pack and the line side terminating device is very poor Ent...

Страница 2680: ...e state If the UDS1 Interface circuit pack is used to supply the system synchronization source the MINOR alarm will initiate a synchronization source switch See TDM BUS and SYNC Synchronization for de...

Страница 2681: ...ws that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into th...

Страница 2682: ...cuit pack is a TN464C enter the list measurement ds1 log UUCSS command to read the error seconds measurement 3 Verify that both endpoints of the DS1 link are administered using the same signaling mode...

Страница 2683: ...ction failures 7 Replace the local UDS1 interface circuit pack and repeat the test PASS No Slip alarm is detected on the UDS1 Interface circuit pack 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal I...

Страница 2684: ...eshold i e 17 a MISFRAME COUNT message is automatically sent to the switch maintenance software After the maintenance software receives the MISFRAME COUNT message the Misframe Alarm Inquiry Test is in...

Страница 2685: ...hows that the circuit pack and the ports are properly installed NOTE When hyperactivity occurs the circuit pack is isolated from the system and all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into...

Страница 2686: ...of 5 times 2 If the DS1 interface circuit pack is a TN464C enter the list measurement ds1 log UUCSS command to read the error seconds measurement 3 Verify that both endpoints of the DS1 link are admin...

Страница 2687: ...aming mode and line coding 4 Investigate the maintenance status of the line side terminating device Refer to the Line Side Terminating Device Operating Manual for information 5 Contact the vendor of t...

Страница 2688: ...nslation for the CSU Module T1 Sync Splitter includes the following data Transmit LBO Receive ALBO Supply CPE Loopback Jack Power etc PASS No Misframe alarm is detected on the UDS1 Interface circuit p...

Страница 2689: ...the UDS1 Interface circuit pack translation PASS Translation data has been downloaded to the UDS1 Interface circuit pack successfully 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port...

Страница 2690: ...oard Loopback Test cannot be executed in the current configuration To run this the TN464F or later suffix UDS1 must be administered for 24 channel operation The Bit Rate field on the DS1 circuit pack...

Страница 2691: ...138 and Test 139 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning a no board result 3 A busyout or a release command has no affect on the test results...

Страница 2692: ...t executed successfully The test pattern was transmitted and received successfully up to the DS1 board edge 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due...

Страница 2693: ...oard command is entered Table 10 683 TEST 1210 CSU Equipment Loopback Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the test ds1 loop UUCSS ds1 csu loopbac...

Страница 2694: ...k mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indicate whether a Customer Loopback Jack Test Far CSU Loopback Test or the One Way Span Test is executing or if the board is in li...

Страница 2695: ...of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 inte...

Страница 2696: ...was transmitted and received successfully over the connection from the DS1 board to the near edge of the 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal...

Страница 2697: ...p the RLB loopback transmits a test pattern and verifies that the pattern is received unaltered through the loopback If the transmitted and received pattern is different the test fails When the test i...

Страница 2698: ...and 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error log will indic...

Страница 2699: ...n 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the UDS1 interface circuit pack are then returned to the i...

Страница 2700: ...he connection from the UDS1 board to the far edge of the 120A1 CSU Module or the 401A T1 Sync Splitter 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to in...

Страница 2701: ...ry low The command will also display the type of Loopback Span test executing Test field the type of pattern generated for the Loopback Span test Pattern field and whether the pattern i e 3 in 24 Patt...

Страница 2702: ...on switch command 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error...

Страница 2703: ...all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 i...

Страница 2704: ...iated with the test that fails 3 FAIL The CPE Loopback Jack Test was not set up properly The framed 3 in 24 test pattern generated by the UDS1 Interface circuit pack and looped back through the CPE Lo...

Страница 2705: ...t will continue to run until the system technician enters the test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID...

Страница 2706: ...of Loopback Span test executing Test field the type of pattern generated for the type of Loopback Span test Pattern field and whether the pattern i e 3 in 24 Pattern is synchronized Synchronized field...

Страница 2707: ...on switch command 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware error...

Страница 2708: ...all of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1...

Страница 2709: ...est was not set up properly The framed 3 in 24 test pattern generated by the UDS1 Interface circuit pack and looped back through the far end CSU could not be detected properly by the UDS1 circuit pack...

Страница 2710: ...end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is inse...

Страница 2711: ...ulating the test duration and number of bit errors The command will also display the Loopback Span test executing Test field the type of pattern generated for the Loopback Span test Pattern field and...

Страница 2712: ...tion switch command 1950 ABORT Another loopback span test is already executing on the DS1 board or the board is in a network requested loopback mode Line loopback or Payload loopback The hardware erro...

Страница 2713: ...l of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 int...

Страница 2714: ...un until the system technician enters the test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command or the release board UUCSS command 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no boar...

Страница 2715: ...le 10 688 TEST 1215 Inject Single Bit Error Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the test ds1 loop UUCSS inject single bit error command at 1 minu...

Страница 2716: ...of the trunks for this circuit pack are placed into the out of service state The system will try to restore the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 inte...

Страница 2717: ...sied out using the system technician busyout board command before running this End Loopback Span Test PASS A single bit error has been successfully injected into an active framed 3 in 24 test pattern...

Страница 2718: ...system error 1 Retry the test ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1005 ABORT End Loopback Span Test cannot be executed in the current configuration...

Страница 2719: ...store the circuit pack within 15 minutes When no faults are detected for 15 minutes the UDS1 interface circuit pack is restored to normal operation All of the trunks for the UDS1 interface circuit pac...

Страница 2720: ...st ds1 loop UUCSS end loopback span test command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times PASS The active long duration loopback or span test on the UDS1 BD circuit pack was successfully termina...

Страница 2721: ...the current configuration The test applies only to TN464F or later UDS1 circuit packs administered for 24 channel operation 1 544 bit rate 1 If the circuit pack is a TN464F or later suffix UDS1 circui...

Страница 2722: ...ave differently the board should be replaced at the customer s convenience 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no boar...

Страница 2723: ...or more of the following symptoms may be exhibited 1 The UDS1 BD tests such as Test 138 and Test 139 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are returning...

Страница 2724: ...em resources to run this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times 2500 ABORT Internal system error 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals for a maximum of 5 times Tab...

Страница 2725: ...nged out PASS The Echo Cancellation feature is functioning properly 0 NO BOARD The test could not relate the internal ID to the port no board This could be due to incorrect translations no board is in...

Страница 2726: ...controls The switch activates congestion controls on VAL when it detects buffers exceeding the threshold The switch releases the congestion controls when the VAL reports that its buffer level has ret...

Страница 2727: ...2 MINOR ON test board UUCSS l r 20 257 d 513 e 4352 4357 MINOR ON 769 f 4358 1281 1290 to 1295 g Any MINOR ON reset board UUCSS 1537 1796 h Any MINOR ON 1794 i MINOR ON 1798 j 2049 k Packet Interface...

Страница 2728: ...nication problem between switch and circuit pack does not affect service and can be ignored 1 Ignore this error unless the Control Channel Loop Test 52 fails 2 If Test 52 fails replace the circuit pac...

Страница 2729: ...t bus transmit buffers have overflowed 1 Attempt to clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If the error recurs within 15 minutes replace the circuit pack j Error Type 1798 Unable to write translation RAM...

Страница 2730: ...ket Interface Test 598 fails consult repair procedure for the packet bus m Error Type 2561 2668 System software received an indication that the socket was closed due to an error Errors are reported as...

Страница 2731: ...to clear the alarm reset board UUCSS 2 If alarm persists replace circuit pack q Error Type 3586 and 3999 Switch removed hyperactive circuit pack that reported threshold number of errors One or more o...

Страница 2732: ...k received bad control channel message from switch Aux Data If Error Type 3999 And traffic volume is Then Does not accompany Error Type 3586 Heavy Circuit pack is in service but sent at least half hyp...

Страница 2733: ...ror By themselves these errors do not affect service w Error Type 3846 Main interprocessor error By themselves these errors do not affect service x Error Type 3848 Main internal channel error By thems...

Страница 2734: ...IC Receive Parity Error Counter Test 595 X ND Receive FIFO Overflow Error Counter Test 596 X ND Packet Interface Test 598 X X ND Congestion Query Test 600 X X ND Link Status Test 601 X X ND Table 10 6...

Страница 2735: ...e intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists escalate the problem 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service Busyout the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS Retry the command at 1 minute intervals up to...

Страница 2736: ...uit pack test response within the allowable time period Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If the problem persists repla...

Страница 2737: ...allowable time period Retry command at 1 minute intervals up to 5 times If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If the problem persists replace the circuit pack 2100 ABORT Co...

Страница 2738: ...an indicate a circuit pack problem packet bus problem problem with another circuit pack on the bus Table 10 697 TEST 597 Invalid LAPD Frame Error Counter Test Error Code Test Result Description Recomm...

Страница 2739: ...for Test 598 PASS Circuit pack detects no errors Table 10 698 TEST 598 Packet Interface Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 2000 ABORT Did not receive circuit pack test response wi...

Страница 2740: ...tinues to fail replace the circuit pack PASS The Packet Interface Test 598 passed If Then Used buffers are or are nearly exhausted The test fails The test fails The switch alarms and announcements can...

Страница 2741: ...ongested indicates circuit pack failure If the problem persists reset the circuit pack reset board UUCSS If congestion recurs replace the circuit pack High processor occupancy indicates the VAL is con...

Страница 2742: ...frame is successfully transmitted A failure can indicate a problem with this circuit pack the packet bus the packet interface circuit pack Table 10 700 TEST 601 Link Status Test Error Code Test Resul...

Страница 2743: ...is in the circuit pack If the Packet Interface Test 598 fails refer to Packet Interface Test repair procedures If the Packet Interface Test 598 passes refer to Packet Control Circuit Pack and Packet...

Страница 2744: ...ccess terminal SAT 3 Switch 4 Phone for recording announcements 5 TN799C C LAN is required when using IP SAT or VAL Manager 6 Your LAN See LAN cable 7 computer or remote recording studio for recording...

Страница 2745: ...ure shows the 9 LEDs on the TN2051AP faceplate Descriptions of each LED are in Table 10 701 Figure 10 105 TN2501AP faceplate LEDs The following table lists the TN2501AP faceplate LEDs the type of beha...

Страница 2746: ...edure again Amber Fast flash 100ms on 100ms off Occurs during circuit pack insertion or circuit pack reset which the announcement files are being copied from FLASH to RAM If you reset the circuit pack...

Страница 2747: ...cement circuit pack slot LAN cable that attaches to the Backplane Adapter Backplane Adapter The following figure shows the Backplane Adapter label reads IP Media Processor Figure 10 106 Backplane Adap...

Страница 2748: ...etting it reset board release board Resume activity on the circuit pack after busying out the VAL circuit pack or ports on it busyout board or busyout port busyout port Isolate a specific port usually...

Страница 2749: ...k enable filesystem Begin an FTP session into a specific TN2501AP circuit pack disable filesystem End an FTP session into a specific TN2501AP circuit pack set ethernet options Manually or automaticall...

Страница 2750: ...ongestion controls when the VAL reports that its buffer level has returned to normal levels MO Name in Alarm Log Alarm Level Initial Command to Run1 1 UU is the universal cabinet number 1 for PPN 2 3...

Страница 2751: ...to verify repair 3 Clear the alarm test port UUCSSpp long clear c Error Type 3585 TDM Port Looparound Test 1285 failed 1 Test the port test port UUCsspp long 2 Refer to TDM Looparound Test 1285 repair...

Страница 2752: ...tone receiver receive tones on another timeslot The tones are looped through the record playback port Test failure indicates failure of one or more of the following components VAL TN2501 circuit pack...

Страница 2753: ...cuit pack test response within the allowable time period If this problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS Repeat the test If the problem pe...

Страница 2754: ...try the command when the port is idle You can force the port to the idle state with the busyout port UUCSS command This command is destructive tearing down all calls and links using the port 1002 ABOR...

Страница 2755: ...calate if the problem persists FAIL VAL circuit pack detected test failure If the problem persists reset the circuit pack busyout board UUCSS reset board UUCSS and release board UUCSS If the problem p...

Страница 2756: ...mmand to Run1 1 Where P is the port network number 1 for PPN and 2 or 3 for EPN C is the carrier designation for example A B C or D and SS is the address of the slot in the carrier where the circuit p...

Страница 2757: ...Pack VC BD is not Vintage 2 or later it must be replaced b This circuit pack is busied out by the busyout board PCSS command c Transient communication problems exist between the switch and this circui...

Страница 2758: ...rd PCSS followed by release board PCSS If test 53 passes the on board circuitry is healthy Use test board PCSS long clear to retire the alarm If test 53 fails replace the circuit pack h The circuit pa...

Страница 2759: ...edure described in the XXX BD Common Port Circuit Pack maintenance documentation for a description of this test Control Channel Loop Around Test 52 Refer to the repair procedure described in the XXX B...

Страница 2760: ...it pack is located for example 01 02 Full Name of MO VC DSPPT MAJOR test port PCSSpp l r Voice Conditioner DSP Port VC DSPPT MINOR test port PCSSpp l r Voice Conditioner DSP Port VC DSPPT WARNING test...

Страница 2761: ...d Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order presented in the table below By clearing error codes associated with the DSP NPE Crosstalk Test for example you may also clea...

Страница 2762: ...3 VC DSP Port NPE Crosstalk Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 1001 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call 1...

Страница 2763: ...VC DSPPT Issue 4 May 2002 10 1977 555 233 123 Figure 10 107 VC Circuit Pack DSP Port Local TDM Loopback Test...

Страница 2764: ...for the number of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors are out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors 3 If neither condition exists retry the test at 1 minute in...

Страница 2765: ...ntervals a maximum of 5 times 0 3 FAIL The TDM Loop Around Test failed 1 Replace circuit pack 4 7 FAIL The Conference Circuit Test failed 1 Replace circuit pack PASS The VC DSP Port Local TDM Loop Aro...

Страница 2766: ...s test is destructive This test verifies the connectivity of a VC DSPPT across the TDM bus It aborts if calls associated with the port are in progress Failure of this test indicates an on board fault...

Страница 2767: ...is oversized for the number of Tone Detectors present or some Tone Detectors are out of service 1 Resolve any TTR LEV errors 2 Resolve any TONE PT errors 3 If neither condition exists retry the test...

Страница 2768: ...imes 0 1 FAIL The VC DSPPT DSP Loopback Test failed 1 Replace the circuit pack PASS The VC DSPPT DSP Loopback Test passed Table 10 712 TEST 1106 VC Port Reset DSP Test Error Code Test Result Descripti...

Страница 2769: ...resources for this test 1 Retry the command at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times FAIL The reset of the VC DSPPT was unsuccessful 1 Replace circuit pack PASS The VC DSPPT was successfully reset...

Страница 2770: ...contains 16 physical ports 8 ports are reserved for VC DSPPT ports and the remaining 8 ports are designated as VC SUMPT ports The 8 DSP ports are made up of 4 encoder and 4 decoder resources that enc...

Страница 2771: ...ble for service to be equal to or more than the calculated port capacity value entered in the VCs field To determine how many VC circuit packs are needed for MMCH 1 Display the System Parameters Maint...

Страница 2772: ...vice problem by following the procedures below 1 See VC DSPPT and VC BD and resolve any associated alarms 2 If a VC LEV error alarm exist and none has been raised against VC BD or VC DSPPT maintenance...

Страница 2773: ...arrier where the circuit pack is located for example 01 02 and pp is the two digit port number 01 02 03 Full Name of MO VC SUMPT MAJ test port PCSS l r Voice Conditioner Summer Port VC SUMPT MIN test...

Страница 2774: ...error codes associated with the Voice and Control Channel Local Loop Around Test for example you may also clear errors generated from other tests in the testing sequence NPE Crosstalk Test 6 This test...

Страница 2775: ...0 715 TEST 6 NPE Crosstalk Test Error Code Test Result Description Recommendation 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be busy with a valid call 1 Retry...

Страница 2776: ...Maintenance Object Repair Procedures 555 233 123 10 1990 Issue 4 May 2002 Figure 10 109 VC Circuit Pack Summer Port Loopback Test...

Страница 2777: ...nose any active TDM Bus errors 1 If the system has no TDM BUS errors and is not handling heavy traffic repeat the test at 1 minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1003 ABORT The system could not alloca...

Страница 2778: ...occurs again replace the circuit pack 2012 ABORT Internal system error 2100 ABORT Could not allocate the necessary system resources to run this test 2103 ABORT The system could not make the conference...

Страница 2779: ...Endpoints on one line side UDS1 circuit pack TN464C facility are separate and distinct within the facility and the endpoint application equipment must be administered to send and receive the correct...

Страница 2780: ...rt maintenance These states include out of service where the port is in a deactivated state and cannot be used for calls and in service where the port is in an activated state and can be used for call...

Страница 2781: ...Update Test 36 failed due to an internal system error Enter the status access endpoint extension command and verify the status of the port If the wideband access endpoint is out of service enter the r...

Страница 2782: ...ailable 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are not available The port may be in use on a valid call Use the status a...

Страница 2783: ...command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test continues to abort and if the port is not in use escalate the problem 1020 ABORT The test did not run due either to a previously exis...

Страница 2784: ...ecommendation ABORT System resources required for this test are not available 1 Retry the command at one minute intervals a maximum of 5 times 1000 ABORT System resources required to run this test are...

Страница 2785: ...ones correctly This causes noisy and unreliable connections Although wideband calls do not use the conferencing feature on the NPE this failure indicates problems with the circuit pack hardware 1 Repl...

Страница 2786: ...service If the port is busied out 1 Issue release access endpoint extension command to put the port back into in service 2 Retry the test command If the port is not busied out 1 Check the error and a...

Страница 2787: ...circuit packs approximately 21 minutes elapse before an alarm is logged When a circuit pack that has been removed is alarmed the alarm type is minor and is classified as an on board alarm The time del...

Страница 2788: ...vice TN436B Direct Inward Dialing Trunk Port TN437 Tie Trunk Port TN438B Central Office Trunk Port TN439 Tie Trunk Port TN447 Central Office Trunk Port TN457 Speech Synthesizer Service TN458 Tie Trunk...

Страница 2789: ...756 Tone Detector Service TN758 Pooled Modem Port TN760B C D Tie Trunk Port TN762B Hybrid Line Port TN763B C D Auxiliary Trunk Port TN765 Processor Interface Control TN767B C D E DS1 Interface T1 24 C...

Страница 2790: ...ort TN2140 B Tie Trunk Port TN2144 Analog Line Port TN2146 Direct Inward Dialing Trunk Port TN2147 C Central Office Trunk Port TN2149 Analog Line Port TN2180 Analog Line Port TN2181 Digital Line 2 wir...

Страница 2791: ...rd PCSS sh r 1 1 a 0 Circuit pack removed or SAKI Sanity Test 53 MINOR ON 18 b 0 busyout board PCSS WARNING OFF release board PCSS 23 c 0 None WARNING OFF 36 d 4368 none 125 e None MINOR ON 2172 f 2 G...

Страница 2792: ...test does not clear error 23 then execute reset board PCSS and run the long test again 3 If the reset test does not clear error 23 replace the circuit pack d This error applies only to the Maintenanc...

Страница 2793: ...t one or more of the following symptoms 1 The common circuit pack level tests such as Test 51 and or Test 220 are aborting with error code 2000 2 The tests run on the ports of this circuit pack are re...

Страница 2794: ...it System Technician Demanded Tests Descriptions and Error Codes Always investigate tests in the order presented in the table below when inspecting errors in the system By clearing error codes associa...

Страница 2795: ...TN771B or TN771C the Tone Detector circuit pack TN748B TN748C or TN748D and the Call Classifier TN744 The Maintenance Test circuit pack allows only one circuit pack per port network The Tone Detector...

Страница 2796: ...ard reset board and release busy board commands and then retest 3 If the test still aborts dispatch with the circuit pack 4 Check the off board wiring and the terminal and if there are no problems fou...

Страница 2797: ...b If there are no RING GEN errors and the test continues to abort issue the test board PCSS command on other TN742 TN769 or TN746 Analog circuit packs If an ABORT with error code 1008 occurs for this...

Страница 2798: ...rcuit pack does not support the Ringing Application Circuit Test Analog Line circuit packs that DO NOT support Test 51 include TN712 Vintage 13 and earlier and TN742 Vintage 3 and earlier any NO BOARD...

Страница 2799: ...circuit pack code or vintage 1 Retry the command for a maximum of 5 times 2 If the test still fails issue the busyout board reset board and release busy board commands and then retest 3 If the proble...

Страница 2800: ...gain Refer to SYNC Synchronization Maintenance documentation 1015 ABORT Port is not out of service 1 Busy out the circuit pack 2 Execute command again 2100 ABORT System resources required for this tes...

Страница 2801: ...extension Use status station to determine the service state of the port If the service state indicates that the port is in use then the port is unavailable for certain tests Refer to the Status Comman...

Страница 2802: ...with neon The field Message Waiting Indicator must be set to neon for at least one of the administered ports If this field is not administered to neon the test continues to abort This is acceptable be...

Страница 2803: ...ace the TN755 or TN752 power unit circuit pack 2 Retry the command again 3 If the test continues to fail replace the circuit pack 4 Retry the command again PASS This circuit pack is a TN746 or TN769 A...

Страница 2804: ...Maintenance Object Repair Procedures 555 233 123 10 2018 Issue 4 May 2002...

Страница 2805: ...at for the extension is incorrect the following error message is displayed Extension invalid If the EPN on which the access endpoint resides is not accessible the following message appears EPN is not...

Страница 2806: ...en resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later busyout board This command will busyout...

Страница 2807: ...is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears C...

Страница 2808: ...nsion Error Messages If the length or format of the extension is incorrect the following error message appears Extension invalid If the specified extension is not administered then the following messa...

Страница 2809: ...ng object command word choices appears pms log wakeup log If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing command then a message appears showing the login id of the conflicting...

Страница 2810: ...all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later busyout mis This will busyout a specified management...

Страница 2811: ...ember range then the following message appears Boards not assigned If the specific group or member are not administered then the following message appears Group not assigned or group assigned but with...

Страница 2812: ...f the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later busyout pms link Help Messages If the system technician pre...

Страница 2813: ...sage appears Cannot busyout release part of SCI link If the port is translated within a Wideband Access Endpoint the following error message appears Port within wideband access endpt Use busyout acces...

Страница 2814: ...PRI endpoint the following message appears Extension assigned to object other than pri endpoint If the board that contains the PRI endpoint is not inserted in the system the following message appears...

Страница 2815: ...resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later busyout spe standby Help Messages If the s...

Страница 2816: ...ing message appears EPN is not available If the station port resides on a board that is not inserted in the system the following message appears Board not assigned If the station port resides on a boa...

Страница 2817: ...ng user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart t...

Страница 2818: ...not available If the tone clock is active and the specified action is busyout the following message appears Illegal Command for active object use set to switch to standby If the command entered is in...

Страница 2819: ...rs Cannot busyout release part of SCI link If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing command then a message appears showing the login id of the conflicting user and the co...

Страница 2820: ...lp Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering change circuit packs the following message appears Enter number between 1 3 Error Messages If the command entered is in conflict with a...

Страница 2821: ...ing repairs To deactivate alarm origination 1 Make a note of the current entries in the Alarm Origination and CPE Alarm fields so you can restore them later 2 Change the Alarm Origination to OSS Numbe...

Страница 2822: ...rom the National Customer Support Center NCSC or the TSC and are not allowed in the telephone number Abbrev Alarm Report Enables the Abbreviated Alarm Report feature for the first OSS yes change syste...

Страница 2823: ...The switch originates calls to the OSS and sends an alarm resolution message once all previously reported Major and Minor alarms are resolved Activate Alarm Origination to enable Cleared Alarm Notific...

Страница 2824: ...t customer login ID access to system administration and maintenance interface control set this field to no Avaya services has sole access to this field Repeat Dial Interval MMS Number of minutes that...

Страница 2825: ...locks for its native port network Then the system interchanges to the originally active Tone Clock circuit pack SPE Interchange This field indicates the days SPE interchanges execute during scheduled...

Страница 2826: ...TN756 TN2182 and TN744 suffix C or later each have 8 CPTRs To alarm the first occurrence of a CPTR being taken out of service set this field to the total number of CPTRs in the switch Call Classifier...

Страница 2827: ...16 physical ports 8 ports are reserved for VC DSPPT ports and the remaining 8 ports are designated as VC SUMPT ports The 8 DSP ports are made up of 4 encoder and 4 decoder resources that encode and de...

Страница 2828: ...between the far end and the system ISDN BRI Service SPID This field shows if the link associates with the Service SPID If the link is associated with the Service SPID This number is the test SPID 0 99...

Страница 2829: ...ridge and Inter Board Link Timeslots fields display Default is n Packet Intf3 This field identifies the presence of Packet Interface 3 Unavailable in the si and csi models It is changeable in the r mo...

Страница 2830: ...r space Modem Connection Valid entries are internal default or external Modem Name This field is 20 characters long and will permit alpha numeric characters to provide a unique qualifier for a given m...

Страница 2831: ...s the last initialization parameters to be sent to the external modem This field is 20 characters long and is case in sensitive Auto Answer Ring Count This field controls the number of rings required...

Страница 2832: ...ry is not required No Answer Time Out Most off the shelf external modems provide a timer that abandons any outbound data call after a predetermined interval Some modems provide for this timer to be di...

Страница 2833: ...e following message appears Enter location cabinet 1 carrier A B pos 1 2 Error Messages If the specified carrier is not the active PE the following message appears Command must be executed from active...

Страница 2834: ...ion is incorrect this message displays Format invalid If the specified trunk group or member range is invalid this message displays Trunk or trunk group invalid If a trunk group and member is not spec...

Страница 2835: ...t complete request clear link Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering clear link the following message appears Enter 1 character link number Error Messages If the link ident...

Страница 2836: ...onflict could occur if another user was executing an enable disable or clear message sequence trace command at the same time The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict clear pkt...

Страница 2837: ...es busy try again later copy update file Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering copy update file on a duplex SPE system the following message appears override Error Message...

Страница 2838: ...le administered connection Help Messages If the user presses HELP after entering disable administered connection the following message appears Enter assigned administered connection number 1 128 or al...

Страница 2839: ...le mst Help Messages If the user presses HELP after entering disable mst the following message displays Entry is not required Error Messages If the command entered is in conflict with another currentl...

Страница 2840: ...later disable test number Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering disable test number the following message appears Enter test number Error Messages If the test number ente...

Страница 2841: ...maintenance resources busy try again later Field Help Following are the help messages that the system technician will see upon tabbing to the specified field and pressing the HELP key Active n o y es...

Страница 2842: ...jrnl procr quick st s syn stabd stacrk stations sys prnt tape tdm tone trkbd trkcrk trunk wideband For a table describing the category entries in greater detail see the display errors command Extensi...

Страница 2843: ...he following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later Field Help Following are the help messages that the system technician will see upon tabbing to the specified field and press...

Страница 2844: ...tegory Maintenance Objects adm conn ADM CONN announce ANN PT ANN BD bri asai BRI BD BRI PORT ABRI PORT BRI SET ASAI ADJ card mem CARD MEM CAP MEM FL DATA cdr CDR LNK data mod PDMODULE TDMODULE DT LN B...

Страница 2845: ..._PACKET MO_EPN_SANITY MO_PROCESSOR MO_MEMORY MO_SYSAM MO_ ARCHA MO_MSSNET MO_TAPE MO_DISK MO_SYSTEM MO_TTR_LEV MO_SYS_CONFIG MO_CTONE_BD MO_PNI_BD MO_PACCON MO_EAA MO_LINK s syn S SYN PT S SYN BD stab...

Страница 2846: ...Enter assigned extension Trunk group Enter group number between 1 99 Trunk member Enter group member between 1 99 or blank Interval x is an invalid entry please press HELP key Error Type Entry must be...

Страница 2847: ...usy try again later display memory configuration Help Messages If the system technician presses help after entering display memory configuration the following message appears Enter long print or sched...

Страница 2848: ...cation invalid If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to cl...

Страница 2849: ...restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the follow...

Страница 2850: ...ored The total number of subpatches listed in the header of the update file did not match the number of subpatches received by the switch Received wrong number of subpatches for update file RECOVERY P...

Страница 2851: ...diately 4 The LMM reports a hard error The symptoms of this is an entry in the hardware error log for the processor memory board if you re lucky or extremely odd switch behavior followed by SPE down m...

Страница 2852: ...tem restart indicated in the accompanying documentation 2 If one processor has a copy of the update file and the other doesn t neither has been patched the file can be copied using the command copy up...

Страница 2853: ...cting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restar...

Страница 2854: ...d then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later enable test number Help Messages If...

Страница 2855: ...esources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later li...

Страница 2856: ...es If the software data cannot be sent to the SAT the following message appears Error encountered can t complete request If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires th...

Страница 2857: ...inet 1 3 carrier A E slot 00 20 print or schedule Error Messages If the user enters an invalid format for a board location when entering a list measurements ds1 log or list measurements ds1 summary co...

Страница 2858: ...occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are...

Страница 2859: ...administered port location is entered the following message appears identifier Identifier invalid If the user entered trunk group number or the trunk group member number is not within a valid range th...

Страница 2860: ...mand If the system technician presses HELP after entering command monitor bcms split or monitor bcms skill the following message appears Enter a measured split or skill number 1 99 print Or press CANC...

Страница 2861: ...tem technician presses HELP after entering monitor security violations the following message appears print Error Messages If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires t...

Страница 2862: ...e then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later monitor traffic Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering monitor traffic the following obj...

Страница 2863: ...currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later recycle carrier Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering recycle carrier o...

Страница 2864: ...e appears showing the login id of the conflicting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict refresh spe standby Help Messages If the system tec...

Страница 2865: ...xecuting command then a message appears showing the login id of the conflicting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the executi...

Страница 2866: ...board in the service slot the following message appears Board invalid If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing command then a message appears showing the login id of the...

Страница 2867: ...t If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later release data module Help Messages If the system t...

Страница 2868: ...enance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later release journal printer Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP afte...

Страница 2869: ...he message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message...

Страница 2870: ...between 1 5 Or press CANCEL to cancel the command Error Messages If the release modem pool command is entered from a login for which the command is not valid then the following message appears releas...

Страница 2871: ...nance resources busy try again later release packet control Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering release packet control the following message appears Enter Packet Control...

Страница 2872: ...restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use the following m...

Страница 2873: ...the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If...

Страница 2874: ...lowing message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintena...

Страница 2875: ...presses HELP after entering release station the following message appears Enter extension for an assigned station Error Messages If the format of the extension is incorrect the following error messag...

Страница 2876: ...esubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later release tdm Help Messages If the system tec...

Страница 2877: ...nance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later release tone clock Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after ente...

Страница 2878: ...icting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to resta...

Страница 2879: ...message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message a...

Страница 2880: ...lows login id command has a command conflict If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command res...

Страница 2881: ...t If the standby is entering maintenance mode when this command is executed then the following message appears Cannot interrupt Standby SPE while entering maintenance mode please try later If the stan...

Страница 2882: ...et 0 2 0 3 carrier A Error Messages If the cabinet entered is non numeric or not within a valid range the following message appears Cabinet number out of range Enter 2 3 If the length of the user ente...

Страница 2883: ...tem on a simplex SPE system the following message appears Enter system recovery level 1 WARM 2 COLDII 3 COLDI 4 REBOOT or 5 EXT REBOOT If the system technician presses HELP after entering reset system...

Страница 2884: ...le Error Messages If the announcement data module cannot be accessed upload download port is active the following message appears Announcement data module not available If the announcement data module...

Страница 2885: ...r Messages If there is no test hardware group command to be resumed i e no test hardware group command was previously canceled or some system recovery had occurred and no test hardware group command h...

Страница 2886: ...service the following message appears Announcement data module out of service If one or more of the announcement ports are in use the following message appears Announcement port in use please try lat...

Страница 2887: ...the following message appears Cannot access the standby SPE at this time If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing command then a message appears showing the login id of...

Страница 2888: ...following message appears Port Board invalid If the link associated with the entered EI location is already active the following message appears EXP INTF is already on active link If the specified ex...

Страница 2889: ...ELP after entering set options the following message appears Entry is not required Error Messages If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing command then a message appears...

Страница 2890: ...or y then the following message appears X is an invalid entry please press HELP key All of the fields on page 2 allow the same values If the value in one of these fields is not numeric the following m...

Страница 2891: ...system technician presses HELP after entering set synchronization the following message appears Enter DS1 board location or Tone Clock location cabinet 1 3 carrier A E Error Messages If the command en...

Страница 2892: ...the following message appears Identifier invalid If the technician enters a Port Network number that is not administered the following message appears Port Network number not assigned If the command...

Страница 2893: ...resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later Field Help Following are the help messages that the system technician will see upon tab...

Страница 2894: ...ng message appears Identifier invalid If the carrier entered is invalid the following message appears Invalid carrier specified If the cabinet entered is not within the valid range of cabinets or the...

Страница 2895: ...ailable maintenance resources are currently in use the following message displays All maintenance resources busy try again later set vector Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after en...

Страница 2896: ...on WARM and COLDII restarts a hex value of F causes memory dumps to be taken on WARM COLDII COLDI and REBOOT restarts etc Error Messages If the format of the condition dump vector value is invalid the...

Страница 2897: ...t resides is not accessible the following message appears EPN is not available If during the execution of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the fol...

Страница 2898: ...n the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All...

Страница 2899: ...ppears cumulative peak hour Error Messages If the print option is specified and there is no printer attached to the terminal or if the printer is off line then the following message appears Printer fa...

Страница 2900: ...roblem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resour...

Страница 2901: ...this command is executed then the following message appears Standby SPE memory not refreshed use the refresh spe standby command If the standby SPE is not refreshed and the active SPE is hard selected...

Страница 2902: ...data module Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering status data module the following message appears Enter assigned extension print Error Messages If the format of the exte...

Страница 2903: ...essages If the system technician presses HELP after entering status hardware group the following message appears print status health Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering...

Страница 2904: ...arrier the following message appears Invalid carrier specified If the technician entered carrier is not active the following error message will be entered Board invalid If the specified carrier positi...

Страница 2905: ...assigned or group assigned but with no member If the specified trunk group member is not administered the following message appears Group member not assigned If a test call is currently not in progre...

Страница 2906: ...s All maintenance resources busy try again later status link Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering status link the following message appears Enter 1 character link number...

Страница 2907: ...ater status mst Help Messages If you press HELP after entering status mst the following message displays Entry is not required Error Messages If the command entered is in conflict with another current...

Страница 2908: ...ppears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources bu...

Страница 2909: ...ge appears All maintenance resources busy try again later status pri endpoint Help Messages If the user presses HELP after entering status pri endpoint the following message appears Enter assigned ext...

Страница 2910: ...es If the system technician presses HELP after entering status processor channel the following message appears Enter a processor channel number 1 64 print Error Messages If the technician entered chan...

Страница 2911: ...wing message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenanc...

Страница 2912: ...ith the extension is not a station or an attendant console the following message appears Extension exists but assigned to a different object Error Messages If during the execution of a command a resou...

Страница 2913: ...vailable maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later status system Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP...

Страница 2914: ...ion of a command a resource problem occurs that requires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the...

Страница 2915: ...res the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use...

Страница 2916: ...nsion is not an access endpoint the following message appears Extension assigned to object other than access endpoint If the board that contains the access endpoint is not inserted in the system the f...

Страница 2917: ...ommand then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message a...

Страница 2918: ...t pkt_ctrl quick st pms jrnl procr s syn stabd stacrk stations sys prnt tape tdm tone trkbd trkcrk trunks and wideband For a table describing the category entries in greater detail see the display err...

Страница 2919: ...l or supervision or no selftest or no return loss or no st or rl repeat 1 100 schedule If the system technician presses HELP after entering test analog testcall board the following message appears Ent...

Страница 2920: ...ed but with no member If the trunk group member is not administered the following message displays Group member not assigned If no tests can be found for the associated MO the following message appear...

Страница 2921: ...ils the following message appears No MO in this board If no tests can be found for the associated MO the following message displays No tests for this MO If the specified board is a Switch Node Interfa...

Страница 2922: ...be executed from active SPE If the carrier entered is invalid the following message appears entered value is an invalid identifier press RETURN to execute modified command If the NETCON board is not T...

Страница 2923: ...he following message appears Enter primary or secondary If the system technician presses HELP after entering test cdr link primary or test cdr link secondary the following message appears Enter long o...

Страница 2924: ...1 carrier A B long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule For cabinet 2 3 enter cabinet 2 3 long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule Error Messages If the location identifier entered is not vali...

Страница 2925: ...her currently executing command then a message appears showing the login id of the conflicting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If dur...

Страница 2926: ...uires the user to restart the command then the following message appears Command resources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in u...

Страница 2927: ...e mode when this command is executed then the following message appears Cannot interrupt Standby SPE while entering maintenance mode please try later If the standby SPE is not refreshed when this comm...

Страница 2928: ...error message appears Identifier invalid If the indicated EPN is not available the following message appears EPN is not available If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing...

Страница 2929: ...ecause of the test hardware group command with the all ports option the request to add station will fail and the following message appears Object in use please try later If an invalid physical locatio...

Страница 2930: ...er between 1 99 Auto page n o y es Background n o y es Failures n o y es All ports n o y es SPE interchange n o y es Test sequence x is an invalid entry please press HELP Test Repetition x is an inval...

Страница 2931: ...sources busy Press CANCEL to clear and then resubmit If all of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again late...

Страница 2932: ...en this command is executed then the following message appears Standby SPE memory not refreshed use the refresh spe standby command If the standby SPE is not refreshed and the active SPE is hard selec...

Страница 2933: ...fy group member pair If the specified trunk group is not administered or has no members administered the following message appears Group not assigned or group assigned but with no member If the specif...

Страница 2934: ...echnician presses HELP after entering test journal printer the following object command word choices appears pms log wakeup log Error Messages If the link is not administered the following error messa...

Страница 2935: ...gin id command has a command conflict test link Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering test link the following message appears Enter link number 1 8 long or short repeat 1...

Страница 2936: ...message appears Enter cabinet 2 3 carrier A long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule Error Messages For any system if the entered value is invalid the following message appears Identifier invalid...

Страница 2937: ...B for SPE duplex and anything other than the a carrier for SPE simplex the following message appears Carrier out of range Enter a if SPE simplex a or b if SPE duplex If the standby SPE was specified...

Страница 2938: ...member numbers entered are not digits then the following message appears Identifier invalid If the group number or member number entered is not within the valid range of groups or members the followin...

Страница 2939: ...appears Enter cabinet 1 carrier A B long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule Error Messages If the SPE is not active the following message appears Command must be executed from active SPE If the...

Страница 2940: ...and is executed then the following message appears Standby SPE memory not refreshed use the refresh spe standby command If the standby SPE is not refreshed and the active SPE is hard selected via the...

Страница 2941: ...system technician presses HELP after entering test pkt the following message appears Enter port network port network number 1 3 long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule Error Messages If the tech...

Страница 2942: ...ain later test pms link Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering test pms link the following message appears Enter long or short repeat 1 100 or clear schedule Error Messages...

Страница 2943: ...message appears Port not assigned If there are no tests found for this maintenance object the following message appears No tests for this MO If the command entered is in conflict with another currentl...

Страница 2944: ...nsion is not a PRI endpoint the following message appears Extension assigned to object other than pri endpoint If the board that contains the PRI endpoint is not inserted in the system the following m...

Страница 2945: ...eeds three 3 the following message appears Entry invalid On any system if any cabinet other than 1 or 01 is specified the following message appears Only cabinet 1 may be specified for this command If...

Страница 2946: ...mmand then a message appears showing the login id of the conflicting user and the conflicting command The message is as follows login id command has a command conflict If the standby is entering maint...

Страница 2947: ...age appears Signaling group invalid If the specified group identifier is not administered the following message appears No signaling group assigned If no tests can be found for the associated MO the f...

Страница 2948: ...ll of the available maintenance resources are currently in use then the following message appears All maintenance resources busy try again later test spe standby Help Messages If the system technician...

Страница 2949: ...the standby SPE is not available when this command is executed then the following message appears Standby SPE not available for information use status system 1 test station Help Messages If the syste...

Страница 2950: ...later test synchronization This command updates all the boards involved with synchronization Help Messages If the system technician presses HELP after entering test synchronization the following messa...

Страница 2951: ...d If the port network on which the desired TDM bus resides is unavailable the following message appears EPN is not available If the command entered is in conflict with another currently executing comm...

Страница 2952: ...one of the following messages appears Board not inserted Board not assigned If the specified cabinet carrier location is that of a switch node the following message appears Switch Node carrier specifi...

Страница 2953: ...ppears Group not assigned or group assigned but with no member If the trunk group member is not administered the following message appears Group member not assigned If there are no tests found for thi...

Страница 2954: ...signaling group has no TSC assigned or the specified TSC is unadministered the following message appears No TSC assigned If the specified TSC number is out of range the following message appears Tsc...

Страница 2955: ...The output form lists Hops traversed from source to destination IP addresses of the hop points and the final destination Observed round trip delay from the source to each hop point If no reply is rece...

Страница 2956: ...e traceroute command is issued Time ms Time from the board to each intermediate destination in milliseconds If an error occurs at a node the entry is repeated with an error code immediately following...

Страница 2957: ...m on the software card mem is bad the following message appears Bad checksum on software card mem try another card mem If the software upgrade failed in the standby SPE the following message appears N...

Страница 2958: ...completed initialization the following message appears Standby SPE memory not refreshed Use refresh spe standby If the active SPE cannot communicate with the standby SPE after the standby SPE is prope...

Страница 2959: ...ements recorded 5 20 ANSI 1 18 application protocols 1 16 to 1 23 Asynchronous Data Unit proprietary signal 1 12 ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode B channel 10 214 circuit emulation service CES 10 214 D...

Страница 2960: ...DCE 1 9 D channel protocol 1 9 DCP 1 11 DEC VT220 terminals 3 25 delay echo path 1 23 demand tests 1 8 diagnostic tests 4 2 DIG IP STN 10 551 Digital IP Station 10 551 Digital Multiplexed Interface 1...

Страница 2961: ...nse analog to analog 1 19 analog to digital 1 19 G Global AC MCC J58890CH 10 1345 H H 323 B Channel 10 870 H 323 IP Station 10 880 H323 BCH 10 870 hardware configurations 2 1 power 2 1 holdover batter...

Страница 2962: ...ystems 10 377 CLSFY BD Call Classifier Circuit Pack 10 411 CLSFY PT Call Classifier Port 10 412 CO BD Central Office Trunk Circuit Pack 10 418 CO DS1 DS1 CO Trunk 10 419 CONFIG System Configuration 10...

Страница 2963: ...8 maintenance objects MOs 9 5 maintenance software 9 9 TDM bus 9 8 Packet Interface 10 1290 Password Expiration screen 3 6 PBX standard RS 464A 1 18 pcANYWHERE 10 1043 PCM encoded analog signal 1 12...

Страница 2964: ...e 4 8 SPE interchange 4 7 SRP EPN 10 1516 standard reliability systems 3 2 standards electromagnetic compatibility 3 standby SPE 4 7 station to CO trunk frequency response 1 19 station to digital inte...

Страница 2965: ...580 10 731 10 1453 tests and audits continued 161 Loop Around Test 10 82 10 275 10 1671 17 Station Digital Audits Test 10 582 10 1455 205 Channel Administration Memory Array CAMA Test 10 158 206 Play...

Страница 2966: ...TN2501AP integrated announcements faceplate LEDs interpretation 10 1960 TN2793B 10 111 TN464 circuit packs DS1 interface 10 611 10 919 10 1037 10 1069 10 1831 option jumpers 10 1841 trunks 10 1839 TN4...

Страница 2967: ...37 10 1069 10 1831 10 1841 V V 35 1 11 Voice Announcements over LAN VAL backplane adapter Comcode 10 1958 backplane adapter installing 10 1961 equipment configuration 10 1957 maintenance objects 10 19...

Страница 2968: ...Index 555 233 123 IN 10 Issue 4 May 2002...

Результаты поиска

Содержание Definity SI

Отзывы:

Avaya Definity SI, Руководство по обслуживанию, Страница: 798 / 2968

Результаты поиска

Содержание Definity SI

Отзывы: